co tee
- « - + eM part a eet ead -_
he wal eon . bal catia ios elt te Se ee
—artngs = - amid :
ta ene nanan
Saekarieen ae en Oe Ne
i
pial cian neta He
Toki eet che A Rin tn
aero
Ted att ee a ene
ponte a ore
A ee SS Bie Bm = - es
Se eh eet
Se et
wT ee reer te
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2010 with funding from
University of Toronto
http://www.archive.org/details/canadianfieldnat13otta
€):2
)
ry +p
1899. VoL-xI. 1900.
THE
OTTAWA NATURALIST,
Being VOL. XV of the
TRANSACTIONS
of the
OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB. —
eam
\
(a?
Organized March, 1879. Incorporated March 1884.
OTTAWA, CANADA :
From the Press of Paynter & Abbotce.
1899.
eeensn
Saree?
THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB, 1899-1900.
Patron:
THE RIGHT HONOURABLE THE EARL OF MINTO,
GOVERNOR-GENERAL OF CANADA.
President:
Henry Ami, M.A., D. Sc., F.G.S., F.G.S.A.
Vice=Presidents
Prof. John Macoun, M.A., F.I..S., F.R.S.C. A. G. Kingston.
Librarian :
S. B. Sinclair, B.A.
(Normal School.)
Secretary: Treasurer:
W. J. Wilson, Ph. B. Dr. James Fletcher.
(Geological Survey Dept.) ; (Central Experimental Farm.)
Committee :
W. H. Harrington. Miss M. Kee.
W. S. Odell. Miss G. Harmer.
J. M. Macoun. Miss Marion Whyte.
Standing Committees of Council:
Publishing: J. Fletcher, J. M. Macoun, W. H. Harrington, W. J. Wilson, A. G.
Kingston.
Excursions: S. B. Sinclair, John Macoun, J. Fletcher, W. S. Odell, Miss Kee;
Miss Harmer, Miss Whyte.
Soirées: A. G. Kingston, J. M. Macoun, W. H. Harrington, W. J. Wilson, Miss
Whyte, Miss Kee.
Leaders :
Geology: R. W. Ells, L. Lambe, W. J. Wilson, T. J. Pollock.
Botany: J. M. Macoun, R. B. Whyte, D. A. Campbell, R. H. Cowley.
Entomology : J. Fletcher, W. H. Harrington, C. H. Young.
Conchology: J. F. Whiteaves, F. R. Latchford, A. Halkett.
Ornithology: WW. T. Macoun, A. G. Kingston, Miss Harmer.
Zoology: John Macoun, W. S. Odell, A. Halkett, A. E. Attwood.
Archeology: T. W. E. Sowter, H. B. Small, J. Ballantyne.
THE OTTAWA NATURALIST.
Editor:
JAmMEs M. Macoun.
Associate Editors :
Dr. R. W. ELLs, Geological Survey of Canada,—Department of Geology.
Dr. H. M. Ami, Geological Survey of Canada,—Department of Pa/zontology.
Mr. R. A. A. JOHNSTON, Geological Survey of Canada,— Department of Mineralogy.
Mr. A. E. BARLOW, Geological Survey of Canada,—Departiment of Petrography.
Dr. JAS. FLETCHER, Central Experimental Farm.—Department of Botavy.
Mr. F. R. LATCHFORD.—Department of Conchology.
Mr. W. H. HARRINGTON, Post Office Department.—Department of Entomology.
Mr. W. T. Macoun, Central Experimental Farm.-—Department of Ornithology.
Pror FE, E. PRINCE, Commissioner of Fisheries for Canada. —Department of Biology.
Pror. JOHN MAcoun, Geological Survey of Canada.—Department of Zoology.
Membership Fee to O.F.N.C., with ‘‘Ottawa Naturalist,” $1.co per annum,
LIST OF MEMBERS
OF
THE
Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club,
April,
Adams, Prof. F. D., A.A. Sc., Ph. D.
Alexander, L. H.
Allan, Hon. Geo. W., D.C.L.,F.R.G.S.,
FED. Ses La. (LOrontos)
Amise Else MSs 7A 2 SS Cl Pato
F.G.S.A.
Ami, Mrs. H. M.
Anderson, JZzeut.-Col. W. P.,
M.C.E.
Attwood, A. E., AZ.A.
Ballantyne, James.
Barlow, A.E., 47.A4., F.G.S.A.
Bate, H. Gerald.
Bate, H. N.
Bell, E. B.
Bell, Robert, B. App. Sc., M4. D., LL.D.,
PRES a hee Cig PAG So LG eAle
Belliveau, A. H.
Bethune, Rev. C. J. S., IA4., D.C.L.,
F.R.S.C. (Port Hope, Ont.)
Bigger, Howell.
Billings, W. R.
Bishop, Miss A. M.
Boardman, Wm. F.
Bolton, Miss Eliza.
Borden, Hon. F. W., IA.D., MP.
Bostock, Mrs. H. (Monte Creek, B.C.)
Bowen, Miss Alice. (Quebec. )
Bowerman, J. T., B.A.
Boyd, Miss M.
Brewster, W. (Cambridge, Mass., U.S.)
Brock, R. W.
Brown, Gerald H.
Brown, Mrs. R. D.
Breckenridge, R. Stuart.
Burgess, 1. J. Wi. J.D. Fi ReSaGs
(Montreal).
Burland, J. H., 4. 4pp.Sc. (Montreal.)
Burland, Mrs. G. B. (Montreal.)
Burman, Ae. W. A. (Winnipcg.)
Campbell, D. A., B.A.
Campbell, A.M.
Campbell, R. H.
Gharron; A. T:
Chubbuck, C. E. D.
Church, Clarence R. 44.D., C.M@.
Clarke, T. E.
GE
1899.
Cobbold, Paul A. (Haileybury.)
Conklin, J. J.
Cornu, Félix, 47D. (Angers, Que.)
Coté, J. L.
Cousens, W. C., AZ. D.
Cowan, Miss E.
Cowley, R. H., B.A.
Craig, John. (Ames, Iowa.)
Dawson, G.M., C.44.G., LL.D., F.R.S.,
D.S., Assoc. R.S.M.,F.G.S.,F.RS.C.
Dawson, S. E., Zz. D.
Denis, Theo. &. A. Se.
Dewar, Colin.
Dimock, W. D., B.A. (Truro, N.S.)
Dingman, E. C.
Dixon, F. A.
Doherty, T. Keville.
Douglas, C. A.
Dowling, D. B., B.A.Se.
Dresser, J. A., A.A. (Richmond, Que.)
Dulau & Co. (London, Eng.)
Dwight, Jonathan, Jr., 17.D. (New York.)
Ells, R. W., ZZ.D., F.G.S.A.
Evans, Jno. D., C.Z., (Trenton, Ont.)
Ewart, D.
Ferrier, W.F., B.4.Sc., F.G.S., F.G.S.A.
Ferrier, Mrs. W. F. (Rossland, B.C.)
Fleck, A. W.
Fleming, Sir Sandford, A.C.4.G., C.Z.,
FOR SC. 1s, fi heioaGe
Fletcher, James, ZZ. D., 7. L.S.,F.R.S.€.
Forward, A. J.
Freel, Miss H. B.
Gérin, Léon, B.A., F.R.S.C.
Gilmour, T.
Glashan, J. C.
Gorman, M. J., ZZ.B.
Grant, S¢r J. A., A.C.
FLURC.S, Edin; FRSC.
Grisdale. J. H.. 2. Agr.
Grist, Henry.
Grist, Miss Mary L.
Hardie, Miss Jessie.
Halkett, Andrew.
Harmer, Miss G. (Hintonburgh, Ont.)
Harmon, Miss A. Maria.
Harrington, W. Hague, 7.2.S.C.
Gi Mon.
5 ff. Ge
1899.]
Harrison, Edward.
Hay, George, Sr.
Hay, G. U., 7.2.S.C. (St. John, N.B.)
Hayes, W. .
Honeyman, H. O., B.A. (Granby, Que.)
Hope, J.
House of Commons Reading Room.
Hughes, Chas. (Montreal.)
James, C. C., A.A. (Toronto.)
Jenkins, S. J., B.A.
Johnston, J. F. E. CL.
Johnston, Robt. A. A.
Joly de Lotbiniere. Hon. Sir Henry.
Jones, C. J.
Kearns, J. C.
Kee, Miss Margaret.
Keefer, thos: C.,.C.2., 2.7.8. C.
Keefer, T. (Jr.)
Keel, Joseph.
Keeley, D. H.
Kenny, Thos.
Kingston, A. G.
Klotz, Oskar.
Kemp, E.
Lambart, How. O. H.
Lambe, L. M., 4.G.S., #.G.S.A.
Latchford, F. R., 4. A.
Lee, Miss Katharine.
Lees, Miss V.
Lees, W. A. D.
Lees, Mrs. W. A. D.
Legg, A. B. Rowan-
LeSueur, W. D., B.A.
Library, Leg. Assembly (Quebec. )
Library of Parliament.
Lindsay, A. :
Living, Miss A. Marion.
MacCabe, J. A., ZZ.D., #.R.S.C.
McCalla, W. C. (St. Catharines. )
McConnell, REN Gig BoA oy Ls Ge. A
MacCraken, John Ts B.A.
McDougall, A. H., 4.4.
McElhinney, M. P.
McEvoy, Jas., B.A.Sc.
Macfarlane, Aev. J. A.
Macfarlane, T., 47.2., F.R.S.C.
McGill, A., B.A., B.Sc.
MelInnes, Wm.,-2.A., 7.G.S.A.
MacKay,.A. H.. &.4., B.S¢.,- F-R.S.C.
(Halifax. ) '
McLaughlin, S. (Los Angeles, Cal.)
MacLaughlin, T. J.
MacLeod, H. A. F., C.Z.
McMorran, R. M.
McNab, Chas.
McNab, Rev. E. iiatiawal:
Macoun; Prof. John, WA.,, F.L.S.,
FoR S. GC
‘LIST OF MEMBERS.
Macoun, J. M. ~~ —
Macoun, W. T.
Marshall, John.
Matheson, D.
Mathews, Miss Annie L,
May. Dr. S, P. (Toronto.}
Mearns, Dr. E. A. (U.S.A.)
Morris, Miss F.
Meneilly, W. J. (Toronto. )
O’Brien, S. E.
OdeJl, W. S.
Ogilvie, William, D.Z.S. (Yukon Ter.) -
Poirier, Ho. P. oe 4.4. (Shediac, N, B.)
Pollock, piealle (Aylmer, Que.) — ;
Porter, J. iN Heevtles AU ID-
Pratt, H. O. EBA.
Prévost, L. C., 4D.
Prince, Prof, E.,E.,. B.A. F.L.S.
Prudhomme, O.E.
Robertson, Prof. J. W.
Robertson, N.
Ross, Hox. G: W. (Toronto).
Rothwell, Miss Lina. ~
Sanson, N. B. (Banff, Alta. )
Saunders, Fredk. A., B.A
Saunders, Wm.,. ZZ. D. FL. eh: R.S. C.,
IER ORY
Saunders, W. E. (London, Ont.)
Scott, Fred. (Toronto. )
Scott, Miss Mary McKay.
Scott,, P. J., JZ. 0. (Southampton, Ont.)
Scott, W.
Scott, W., &.A. (Toronto.)
Scotts Well Lae.
Senate of Canada, The.
Shiuthitsn Hy ale ee: A pao th oe
Simpson, Willibert.
Sinclair, S. B., B.A.
Small, H. B.
Small, H. Beaumont, JZ D..
Smith, Capt. W._H. (Halifax, N.S.)
Sowter, T. W. E.
Sparks, Miss A.
Stevenson, Chas. (Montreal).
St. Jean, Dr. P.
Summerby, Wm. J., JZ.A. (Russell, Ont.)
Sutherland, J. peur Que.)
Sykes, W. J., &.A.
Symes, P. B., A. x Cc.
Thompson, T. W.
Thorburn, John, 47.4., LL.D.
Topley, Mrs. W.
Tufts, Harold. (Wolfville, N.-S.)
Tyndall, Miss A. (Cummings Bridge. )
Diyrrell;) Ji BG BA. Bes Sees Pre S.
F.G.S.A.
Waghorne, Rev. A. C. (St. John’s, Nfld.)
Wait, F.G., B.A.
6 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [April
Walker, B. E., #.G.S. (Toronto.) Wickham, Prof. H. F. (Iowa City, Iowa.)
Watker, Bryant. (Detroit. ) Whyte, Miss Ethel.
Walsh, A. R. Whyte, Miss Ida.
Walton, Mrs. J. L. Whyte, Miss Isabella.
Warwick, F.W.,4. Sc. (Buckingham,Que.) Whyte, Miss Marion.
Watson, J. F. Whyte, R. B.
Watters, Henry: Wickham, H. F. (Iowa City, Iowa).
Werry, EL. W. 0. Williams, Miss E.
Weston, T. C.. 7.4. S.A. 2 Willing, T. N. (Olds, N. W. T.)
Whelan, Peter. Wilson, W. J., PA. B.
Whelan, Miss A. Wilson, Mrs. R.
White, George R. Wood, Ho. Josiah, (Sackville, N. B.)
Whit», James. (Snelgrove, Ont.) Woods, J. W.
Whiteaves, J. F., £.G.8S., #.#.S.C., Woods, Mrs.J. W.
F.G.S.A. Young, Rev. C. J. WM. A. (Lansdowne,
Whitley, C. F., 8.S.A. Ont.)
Whitley, Thos. Wounes, Ci ghie
CORRESPONDING MEMBERS.
Hii, ALBERT J. AZ. A., C.Z£., New Westminster, B. C.
MERRIAM, Dr. C. Harv, Department of Agriculture, Washington, U. S.
ORMEROD, Miss E. A., F.R., AZet., Soc., Torrington House, St. Albans, England.
SmitH, Pror. JOHN B, Sc. D., Rutger’s College, New Brunswick, N. J.
Taytor, Rev. G. W., 7.R2.S.C., #:Z.S.(Nanaimo, B.C.)
THE OTTAWA NATURALIST.
~ VoL. XII. OTTAWA, APRIL, 1899. No. 1.
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE OFTAWA FIELD
: NATURALISTS’ CLUB, 1898-99.
The Council of the Ottawa Field Naturalists’ Club herewith
submits a summary of the work done by the Club during the
_ year ending March 14th, 1899 :-—
; The number of members now on the roll is about 250:
_ twenty have been added since our last annual meeting, and about
the same number have resigned during the year. Thirteen
council meetings were held. At the first meeting, leaders in
im the different branches were chosen, also an Editor and Associate
> Editors of THE OTTAWA NATURALIST.
* The President, Prof. Prince, was appointed to represent the
k Club at the annual meeting of the Royal Society of Canada held
in this city in May, when a synopsis of the Club’s work was pre-
_ sented by him to that Society.
= Early in the year the Council! arranged for short excursions
on Saturday afternoons, under competent leaders, to different
6 places within easy reach of the city. The first was to Rockliffe
_ April, 16th. Those who attended spent a profitable afternoon.
‘Early flowers were the chief attraction and cighteen different
Be sccies were collected in bloom.
The second sub-excursion, to the Beaver Meadow, Hull, on
April 23rd was attended by forty ladies and gentlemen.
___The third was to Beechwood, April 30th, when between
forty and fifty members and their friends were present.
The fourth was to Dow’s Swamp, May 7th, when a small
_ party made an interesting collection of plants. =
The fifth to New Edinburgh, May 14th, was well attended.
At these excursions those desirous of gaining a knowledge
of Natural History are brought into closest touch with nature
fi
3 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [ April
herself and are shown how they may most profitably pursue their
studies. It is not the aim of the leaders to store the mind with
scientific names of specimens or mere facts about them, but
rather by suggestion to enable the students to find out facts for
themselves, and thus become independent of teachers.
There were four general excursions. The first was on May
28th to Gilmour’s Grove, Chelsea. It was attended by 175 mem-
bers and their friends and was a complete success.
- The second on June 25th to Chats Falls was largely attend-
ed and though the rather unfavorable weather prevented much
work being done, all agreed that an enjoyable and profitable day
was spent.
The third was to Aylmer, Sept. 24th, when a party of
twenty-five attended. 75 species of Fungi were collected, and
notwithstanding the lateness of the season twenty species of
flowering plants were found.
The fourth and last excursion, Oct. Ist, to Chelsea was
attended by about one hundred.
These general excursions are conducted in much the same
way as the sub-excursions already described. The whole party
however, usually assembles at some convenient spot an hour
before leaving for home, when the leaders give short addresses
on the salient features of the locality visited and the specimens
collected.
During the winter the following papers and reports were
read at the regular monthly soirées of the Club.
1898.
Dec. 14. —‘‘ Inaugural Address,” by Prof. John Macoun, M.A., F.L.S.
** Notes on some Local Violets,” by Mr. James M. Macoun.
Report of the Botanical Branch.
1899.
Jan. 10— ‘** Zhe Minerals of the Ottawa Valley,” by R. W. Ells, LL.D., F.R.S.C.
: ‘‘Notes on a herbivorous Dinosaur from the Cretaceous of Western Canada,”
by Mr. Lawrence M. Lambe, F.G.S.
‘Report of the Geological Branch.
Feb, 7.—‘‘ Some Native Herbaceous Perennials worthy of cultivation,” by Mr. W.
T. Macoun,
‘* On the Burrowing Habits of Cambarus—the Cray-fish,” by H. M. Ami,
M.A-; F.G-S.
1899] ANNUAL REPORT. RE Si»
“© Noles on Fresh-water Polyzoa,” by Mr. Walter S. Odell.
Report of the Ornithological Branch.
Feb. 21.—‘‘ The Archeology of Lake Deschenes,” by Mr. T. W. E. Sowter.
“ Extra-limital Insects Found at Ottawa,” by Mr. W. H. Harringion.
BaRsS+€!} .
“€ Notes on the rea ing of a Young Cow-bird,” by Mr. A. G. Kingston.
Report of the Entomological Branch.
Mar. 7.—‘‘ Life-history of the Salmon,” by Prof. E. E. Prince, B.A., F.L.S. °
“* Natural History in Art,” by Prof. James Mavor, Toronto University.
(Both papers illustrated by lime-light views.)
Report of the Zoological Branch.
At each meeting, various interesting objects belonging to
different departments of science were exhibited,
A most successful conversazione was held in the Assembly
Hall of the Normal School, when the Club was honored by the
presence of our noble patron His Excellency, the Governor-Gen-
eral. A full report of this meeting was published in the February
number of THE OTTAWA NATURALIST.
THE OTTAWA NATURALIST under the editorship of Dr.
Ami and seven Associate Editors has been issued monthly:
The volume just completed, No. XII, is the largest we have
issued. It contains 270 pages and g plates. These latter add
materially to the value of the papers and are of exceptional
merit. Five plates of Canadian Violets were drawn specially
for THE OTTAWA NATURALIST, by Mr. Theodor Holm of
Washington; Mr. Barlow’s plates were from photographs taken
by himself.
Many valuable papers have been published during the year.
These cover the whole range of subjects included in the scope
of the Club. In addition to these, numerous accounts of excur-
sions and soirées, reports of the different branches, book reviews,
etc., have been printed.
The special work done by members of the Club has been
included in the reports of the various branches and need not be
particularly referred to here as these reports have already been
published or will appear in an early number of THE OTTAWA
NATURALIST. ‘3
_ Shortly after the arrival in Ottawa of His Excellency, the
Governor-General, a committee of your Council interviewed him
10 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [ April
with a view of obtaining his patronage. He was graciously
pleased to accede to their request and has since evinced great
interest in the work of the Club.
A grant has again been received from the Provincial Govern-
ment at Toronto. Upon this grant depends in great measure
the maintenance of the standard of excellence which has made
THE OTTAWA NATURALIST the best medium in Central
Canada for the prompt publication of original papers bearing on
the Natural History and resources of Ontario and the adjoining
provinces,
The thanks cf the Club are due to the Young Men’s Christ-
ian Association, which kindly put the Association Hall at its
disposal for the lectures; to Dr. J. A. MacCabe- for the
use of rooms in the Normal School for the monthly Council
Meetings and for the library, also for the use of the large Assem-
bly Hall for the Public Conversazione held on Jan. 24th ;
to the Electric Light Co. for their generosity in gratuitously
putting in wires and lamps for the microscopes on that occasion;
to the daily press for inserting notices of all mectings and
thus helping the Club considerably by bringing its work before
the public.
W. J. WILSON “EK DWARD!-ES-PRINCE
Secretary: President.
TWENTIETH ANNUAL MEETING OF PHE OTTAWA
FIELD-NATURALIS£ES -CLUs:
The Twenticth Annual Meeting of the Ottawa Field-Natur-
alists’ Club was held in the Lecture Hall of the Y.M.C.A,
Ottawa, on Tuesday evening March 14th, 1899. The following
members and officers of the Club were present ; Prof. John
Macoun, Dr. James Fletcher, W. H. Harrington, Colonel Wm.
White, C.M.G., Dr. H. M. Ami, Dr. R. W. Ells, Mr. R. B. Whyte,
Mr. W. R. Billings, Mr. F. T. Shutt, Mr. D. B. Dowling, Mr. J.
M. Macoun, Mr. Andrew Halkett, Mr. S. J. Jenkins, Mr. A. H,
- 1899] ANNUAL MEETING. II
Belliveau, Mr. A. B. Rowan-Legg, Mr. R. W. Brock, Mr. D. A.
Campbell, Mr. J. Ballantyne, Mr. W. S. Odell, Capt. and Mrs.
McElhinney, Miss A. Shenick, Miss Marion Whyte, Miss Kee,
Mr. W. J. Wilson.
In the absence of Prof. E. E. Prince, the president of the
Club, Prof. Macoun occupied the chair. The minutes of the
Nineteenth Annual Meeting having been read and confirmed,
the Secretary was then requested to read the “Report of the
Council” tor the year just ended.
Dr. James Fletcher presented the Treasurer’s report which
Shewed that the Club was ina prosperous condition ; all debts
were paid and there was a balance on hand of $65.00.
Mr: S. B. Sinclair’s report as Librarian was then read by the
Secretary, and on motion was received and adopted. Similar
resolutions were passed regarding the Report of Council and
Treasurer’s statement.
The Chair announced that the Librarian had prepared
thirty-two complete sets of the Zvansactions of the Ottawa Freld-
Naturalists Club including Vol. I—XII of THE OTTAWA
NATURALIST, and that these could only be sold in complete sets.
Dr. Ami presented a verbal report of the Editorial Staff of
THE OTTAWA NATURALIST and stated that Vol. XII just
completed, contained the largest number of original papers pub-
lished in any one year by the Club, and that he had still on hand.
a number of very valuable manuscripts for the in-coming Editor.
Mr. R. B. Whyte spoke on Nova Scotia Bird-lists ; Mr.
Kingston, on reports of meetings and soirees for the press; Mr.
Shutt, on the advisability of having a paid officer to assist the
Secretary, Treasurer and Editor, inthe clerical work of the Club;
Dr. Ells and Mr. Kingston on responsibility of leaders. It was
pointed out further that when leaders were appointed and held
office—they were expected not only to prepare but also sign the
reports presented to the Council and Club.
The Club then proceeded to the election of officers. The
names of the new officers appear on the cover of this number of
~ THE .OTTAWA NATURALIST.
12 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [ April
TREASURER’S REPORT FOR THE YEAR 1898-99.
To the President and Members of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club: ~
The Treasurer begs to report that although the
finances of the Club are in a satisfactory condition, as far as
the balance is concerned, they are in a very unsatisfactory state
with regard to the payment of subscriptions by members at the
time they are due. By an expenditure of much time and
labour, a large amount has been collected for arrears ; but the
payments on account of the current year’s subscriptions are
not at all what they ought to be. The Treasurer makes an
earnest appeal to the members to pay in their subscriptions at
the beginning of the Club year instead of waiting until the end.
The printers must be paid month by month, and were all fees
paid when due, the Council could carry out much good work
which has to be left undone, owing to uncertainty as to when
funds will be available. Further, owing to neglect on the part
of members to pay their fees unsolicited, the Club is put to
much extra expense for postage, and the work of the Treasurer
is much more than doubled.
Another matter which the Treasurer considers it his duty
to again bring prominently before the members of the Club, is
the patronage of those firms who help the Club by advertising
in the OTTAWA NATURALIST. These are all first-class houses
who will supply goods at least equal in quality to those to be
obtained anywhere else, and it is only reasonable that they
should expect to receive an increase of business from the
members of the Club, whose interests they serve by advertising
in the Club organ.
Your obedient servant,
JAMES FLETCHER
Treasurer.
eae
1899]
TREASURER’S REPORT.
OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB.
Treasurer's Statement for the Year Ending March 14th, 1899.
1898. RECEIPTs.
Mar. 11. Balance....... $ 69 90
Subscriptions 1898-9..... $114
PRTC ANS 5 te0 hc oges oe 139
; some oh Ye,
Government grant....... 200
OTTAWA NATURALISTS
<0) (3 Pee 9 aes I 63
Authors’ extras sold..... 18 75 |
Electrotype sold........ 50
Excursion profits,...... 8 00
Advertisements ......... 62 Ic
$613 88
13
EXPENDITURE.
Printing OTTAWA Na-
TURALIST, including
wrapping and post-
age, December 1897
to March 1899, (16
numbers)... «350. . 3904 32
Less discount .. ... 17 47
376 85
Illustrations ....... 60 45
oer 437 30
Printing Authors’ extras 37 05
A imi r} Tar eA L4e 35
Miscellaneous printing 30 90
Expenses of Conversazione 24 70
Advertising........ 1 60
Stationery 7.32 tec 2 82
Bostag es tte a ome . 12 18
Balance 67 33
$ 613 88
Audited and found correct
J. BALLANTYNE, \ :
R. B. Wuyte, f Auditors.
March 28, 1899.
JAMES FLETCHER,
Treasurer.
PROCEEDINGS OF: THE-NATURAL HISTORY
ASSOCIATION OF MIRAMICHI.
The formation of a Natural History Society at Miramichi
is another evidence of the fresh interest that is being taken in
the Maritime Provinces in all branches of Natural History.
The papers of greatest interest to Ottawa Naturalists in the
first number of the Proceedings of the Association are: “ The
Anowra of New Brunswick,” by Philip Cox Ph. D., “Our Winter
Birds,’ by J. McGregor Baxter, M. D.,and “The Moths of
Miramichi,” by J. D. B. F. MacKenzie.
14 Tite OTTAWA NATURALIST. [April
THE. MINERAL: RESOURCES: OF THE
OTTAWA DISTRICT*
By Re We Bes “LEDs; PR See:
In investigating the mineral wealth of any district, in order
to proceed on a right basis, one should, first of all, carefully con-
sider the gcological conditions which prevail,and should ascertain,
by a careful preliminary examination, whether such conditions
are favorable for the occurrence, or otherwise, of mineral deposits,
in quantity to be economically important. If this precaution is
neglected there is often a very great possibility that large sums
of money may be foolishly squandered in a vain search after the
impossible.
In all such investigations it may safely be regarded as an
established fact, that our mineral deposits are determined by
certain active causes. The action of these causes and their
influence upon the associated rock masses, it is largcly the busi-
ness of the geologist, mineralogist or mining engineer to investi-
gate. Unfortunately in the history of mining in this country, as
well as elsewhere, this principlehas often beenentirely disregarded.
In the course of some twenty-five years wandering to and fro, in
the service of the Geological Survey, it has been- my fortune to
encounter many such cases, and to witness the small savings of
individuals, singly, or even the capital of large companies, wasted
in a vain attempt to obtain from the bosom of old mother earth
some small share of her buried treasures, simply because some
person, often with a smattering only of a few scientfiic terms,
but who was otherwise entirely lacking in all knowledge of the
conditions which govern mineral deposits, had asserted that the
conditions in certain localities were favorable to the attainment
of mineral wealth.
Very often it is to be feared that such statements are made by
the adventurer, simply on the chance of getting money easily
from the inexperienced, and in such cases, the poor proprietor,
after investing what money he could raise, has had his dearly
bought experience for his trouble, with possibly the addition of
*Read by title before the Ottawa Field-Naturalists Club, Jan. 10 th, 1899.
cn Pa ll ts i ll I At lt lat eli aaa ae
1899] MINERAL RESOURCES OF THE OTTAWA DISTRICT. — 15
a fine large mortgage on his property, which probably he may
never be able to lift. One need not go far from the province of
Ontario for illustrations of this peculiar tendency on the part of
certain persons to invest money in this reckless manner. Thus
when we find men, otherwise shrewd enough in ordinary business
matters throwing away thousands of dollars in an attempt to
obtain oil by boring through the Laurentian granites and gneisses
as has been done in the upper Rideau district not very long ago,
even by people who should have known better, there is evidently
a necessity for furthur enlightenment on these subjects, in order
that the public may be better guided. Recently, I met a person
whowas endeavouring toobtaincoal by sinking a shaft through the
crystalline limestone in Lanark county, and in reply to my
observations that he would not find it there, he stated that he
knew he did not agree with the scientists on the subject, but he
was convinced the coal was there, because he had smelled the
gas inthe shaft. His case was a hard one and difficult to deal
with, for the reasonthat he would not beconvinced on the ground
of common sense and scientific knuwledge ; and his chances for
success were scarcely equal to those of a man I once met in
New Brunswick, who had alarge farm composed principally of
barren grey sandstone, but who knew that there was a large body
of iron ore on his place because lightning had struck there twice
in fifteen years.
It is wonderful how some men get carried away on the
subject of mines. [I have known men of the highest standing
in the legal world who’ were prepared to spend thousands of
dollars in mining on the word of a travelling clairvoyant, whom
they had consulted on the subject, and who, after going intoa
trance, declared he clearly saw a large body of rich ore three
hundred feet below the surface. On the mere strength of such
a statement a company went to workand sunk a shaft 500 feet,
in which they dropped 50,000 dollars of capital, without finding
the rich ore body so easily located. People in general will
scarcely believe such instances of folly exist among those whom
education should cause to know better, but at the same time
16 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [ April
almost similar iastances could be cited from many localities,
did time permit.
If, however, we were to go on and relate many such cases,
there would be but little time for the matter proper of this paper,
and I will pass from the consideration of this subject by saying
that with many men who become infected with the mining fever»
so peculiar is their disposition, that in many cases the advice
of a competent mining or geological expert is very apt to be
disregarded, most people preferring probably to cure themselves
of the disease in their own peculiar way.
With regard to the leading geological features of the
mineral bearing areas of the Ottawa District it may be said that
these are referable to two divisions of rocks, viz., the Palaeozoic
and thecrystalline. Concerning the origin of the rocksof the'former
there is no great doubt. They are sedimentary, and contain in
their mass the traces of organisms peculiar to the age in which
they were deposited, All these fossiliferous deposits have been
arranged in due order like the pages of a great book, by turning
which a clear and comprehensive history of the growth and
development of the earth’s crust, for this portion of its history, can
be obtained.
When we come to the question of the underlying crystalline
rocks we have a different s'ory. Formerly these were regarded
by many as having originally the same origin as the newer rocks,
that is,the greater part were also held to be sedimentary deposits.
Recent studies, both in the field and in the laboratory, have
however led to a marked change of opinion in this respect, and
it is now very clearly established, that a very large proportion of
the crystalline rocks have been produced without the agency of
water in the ordinary sense, but are distinctly and directly igneous
in their character. Inthis way we have come to regard many
of the rock masses, with which our most important minerals are
associated, as intrusive through the sedimentary deposits, and
this peculiarity of intrusion has in‘many cases, had a very im-
portant bearing upon the development of the associated minerals.
The principal rocks of the crystalline “series, which in
Canada have been, forthe most part, long regarded as
ea la
1899] MINERAL RESOURCES OF THE OTTAWA DISTRICT. ry
Laurentian or Huronian, and over the origin and relations
of which many wordy battles have been waged, consist of gran-
ite, gneiss, limestone, greenstones, &c. The term gneiss does
not apply of necessity to rocks of any special age, but has
a general reference to structure only, though this distinction has
often been lost sight of in discussions on the subject. A gneiss
has been by some regarded as peculiar to the rocks of the
Laurentian system, yet when we find a granite of comparatively
recent age, as is the case of many of. the masses which
penetrate the sedimentary formations as recent as the Cretaceous,
assuming a foliated structure, especially on the outer zone,
a feature which may be due to pressure or other causes, it is
also styled a gneiss, as readily as is its older brother of the
Laurentian time.
The generally accepted idea at the present day, as to the
structure and relations of these oldest rocks of our country may
be briefly stated, as these points have a manifest bearing on the
question of mineral deposits. The lowest, and presumably the
oldest, since upon these all the others rest, is a reddish, or greyish
granite gneiss but containing different coloured bands, andcalled
for the purpose of distinction, the lower or sometimes the
Ottawa gneiss. This rock may be held to represent the oldest
known crust of the earth, though probably now in a form much
modified or altered from its original condition, when this crust
was first consolidated. It is, in so far as yet known, lacking
in mineral deposits of economic importance.
' Succeeding this in ascending order, are certain other
eneisses of greyish or darker shades, some of which have been
clearly shewn to owe their origin to aqueous action, though now
ina highly metamorphic state. With these are associated bands
of quartzite and limestone which sometimes form large areas.
These last, with the upper gneisses, form what has been styled the
Grenville and Hastings series of the Ottawa district. We thus
have in the crystallines, rocks produced in two different ways.
Throughout the districts in which these rocks occur there
are often great masses of granite, anorthosite, diorite and
pyroxenic rocks, some of which also shew a gneissic structure ;
18 - Tue OTTrawa NATURALIST. [April
but as arule these are of more recent date than the limestone
and gaciss with waich they ‘are associated; and it is in
connection with these later intrusive masses that, in our search
for economic minerals, we areparticularlyinterested,sincein some
of these our most important deposits occur, among which may
be mentioned the several ores of iron, the gold of Hastings and
the nickel of Sudbury.
The determination of these areas is therefore very important
from the economic standpoint, and much time and study has
been, and is still being, devoted to the study of this group of
rocks by th2 officers of the Geological Survey. In connection
with the upper gneisses also, or rather with the intrusive masses
of pyroxenic rocks associated with these, are the great deposits
of apatite, mica, &c. found both to the north and south of the
Ottawa River. The asbestus of this district is associated with
serpentines and generally with the crystalline limestone, and
were it not for the enormous deposits found in the Eastern
townships of Quebec, the occurrence of this mineral would be of
much greater importance than is now the case.
For though mineral deposits may theoretically have the
same value at different places and times, this value does not
always hold in practice. Thus the apatite deposits which were
at one time extensively mined and of great economic
importance, have, since the development of the more easily
obtained phosphates of the Southern States, become practically
valueless, since they cannot now be mined ata figure to enable
them to enter into successful competition with the cheaper
output of the south. A somewhat similar case is afforded in the
micas, though here the results are not so disastrous to the persons
engaged in the industry. At one time the price of this material
was governed, to a certain extent, by the size and colour of the
crystals obtained, but the market value of the mineral, in regard
to the largest sizes, has now greatly diminished, owing to the
discovery of a process by which sheets of almost any required size
can now be built up from small pieces, by a_ process of
jnterlamination, cementing and pressure, so that the high prices
once obtainable for large crystals cannot at present be realized,
Oe TT Oy Pe EE eeEeEeeEEeEeE—eeEeEeEeeeeeeeeee
1899] MINERAL RESOURCES OF THE OTTAWA VALLEY. 19
and the profits from its mining are proportionately reduced.
In conection with the flat-lying deposits of the Paleozoic
formations important mineral deposits are rarely found in this
part of ourcountry, with the exception of certain areas of
Bog-iron ore, such as are seen near Vaudreuil; but the
limestones and sandstones from the Potsdam to the Trenton
furnish abundant supplies of building stones often of quite as
much importance as sourcesof revenue asarethe mineral deposits
of the older crystalline rocks.
Before taking up the question of the distribution of the ore
deposits in the older rocks it may not be out of place to say a
few words in reference to the development of a new industry
which in some localities has already been entered upon with
good prospects of remunerative returns.: Unfortunately for
this at the present day, the glamour which surrounds our
mining areas in the west tends to draw away attention from
possible fields for profitable investment nearer home. |
refer to the utilization of our peat bogs, which form a con-
spicuous feature over many miles of our generally level country
between the Ottawa and the St. Lawrence. As much as thirty
years ago the question of utilizing these peat bogs was brought
prominently forward in the country east of the St. Lawrence,
and a large quantity of the material was extracted and prepared
for fuel, principally for use on the Grand Trunk railway. The
operations in this direction were carried on at three principal
points, viz., Ist., on the line of the Three Rivers branch railway,
2nd., in the great bog lying between the city of St. Johns and
Farnham, and 3rd.,on the St. Lawrence River, near the village of
Port Louis, in the county of Huntingdon. A good demand arose
for the fuel and tests made b’ the Grand Trunk railway were
apparently satisfactory to the company, who were quite prepared
to adopt it forthe work of their road. The great objection how-
ever to its use at the time was its bulky nature, and the industry,
which at one time promised to assume great proportions, was
allowed to dwindle away. Recent experiments have, however,
_ shewed that,by a proper system of compression,a really excellent
fuel can be made, having a density nearly equal to that of
oe oe
eng ee
20 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [ April
ordinary coal, while in calorific power the tests already made
have shewn it to be quite as valuable as that substance. While,
however, the experimental stages have been quite satisfactory,
it was found that in the manufacture, through some defect in the
machinery, its commercial output has hitherto, not been such as
to contribute largely to our mineral wealth. From the satis-
factory nature of the work done lately however it may be taken
as assured that the commercial aspect of this question will be
shortly settled and a compressed peat, which will replace coal for
all purposes, both in our houses and factories, as well ason many
of our lines of railway, will yet be an accomplished fact, especially
in view of the statement of those who have already engaged in the
work, that such a fuel can be produced at a cost, at least half of
that which we now pay for coal. This material has for years been
successfully produced in Germany, where the industry of com-
pressed peat has assumed large proportions and where a most
excellent fuel is prepared at a cost of less than two dollars per.
ton.
But there is also another aspect of the question which is
already receiving much attention by the persons interested in
the exploitation of our peat deposits. Fora number of years
there has been sent to the markets of the leading American cities
a substance known as moss-litter, which finds a ready sale at
remunerative rates, and for which there is an ever increasing
demand. This industry is now being carried on inthe Welland
district where the peat bogs along the line of the canal are being
utilized.
In practice the working of a peat bog should embrace both
the preparation of the moss-litter and the manufacture ofcompress-
ed peat. The substance ot a good peat bog is divisible into three
portions or strata, viz., the upper or green growing surface, of
which but little use can be made and which must first be removed
in order to reach the lower and economically available portions,
This second part has a thickness of three to four feet, and
passes gradually downward into the black and unctuous portion
which is best suited for fuel purposes. In the economic working
of a peat bog therefore, due attention must be paid to this order -
1899] MINERAL RESOURCES OF THE OTTAWA DISTRICT. 21
of succession, and it was doubtless to a lack of this separation,
that much of the failure experienced in the attempt to obtain a
_ first rate fuel in the early days of the industry can be attributed.
In the prepartion of the litter after the living green surface
with its tangled mass of shrubs has been taken off, the next
three feet or so is removed, teased out and dried in the sun or
by the application of artificial heat, then carefully baled and is
ready for the market. The price of this varies from five to ten
dollars per ton, and it is now used in all the largest and best
conducted stables in the principal citiesin England and in the
United States. The great merits of the material for this purpose are
that, in the first place it isa wonderful absorbent of all the
liquid matters found in the stable, a perfect deodorizer, cleanly,
and when it has served its purpose in this.capacity provides a
large quantity of a most excellent fertilizer for the farm, for
which it also is in great demand. As there are in the country
between the Ottawa and the St. Lawrence several important
areas of this raw material, as well as on the east of the latter
river, we have at our very doors an almost inexhaustible supply
of mineral wealth, which at no very distant day, will doubtless be
largely utilized, that is, after our people have become alive to the
fact that there is money in its exploitation. Then when the bogs
have been carefully drained and the machinery for the proper
compression of the rich underlying peat has been perfected, or
introduced after the model of the German machines, which should
only be a matter of time and experiment, there is no apparent
reason why the fuel supply of eastern Canada should not be sup-
plied from these home localities. What that means, in view of the
great extension of our railway systems and the constantly increas-
ing demand for coal for domestic consumption and for our fac-
tories, is very clear to any enquiring mind, so that though it is
true that all is not gold that glitters, it is equally true that there
is gold in certain substances that do not glitter at all. It is
interesting to know that within the last few months there have
been many enquiries as to the extent and location of thesedeposits,
and there is evidently a growing intention to utilize their hidden
stores of wealth.
(Zo be continued.)
22 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. ; [ April
REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN
During the year numerous exchanges and other publications
‘have been received and placed in proper position. Thirty two
complete sets of back numbers of “THE NATURALIST” from the
time of its inception, 1879, to the present time have been arranged
and stored ina cupboard easy of access. This exhausts all copies
ofcertain months but leaves a large number of copies of other
months. By this arrangement considerable new space will
be secured in the Library room.
For a number of years no apportionment has been made for
the binding of publications. I beg to suggest that it would be
wise to revive this custom as regards the most valuable exchanges.
It might also be well in view of the limited number of back copies
of “THE NATURALIST?” to formulate a more careful plan of distri-
bution than in the past.
All of which is respectfully submitted.
| S. B. SINCLAIR.
Ottawa, Mar. 14th, 1899. Librarian.
BOTANICAL NOTES:
Edited by Dr. JAs. FLETCHER.
GENTIANA SERRATA.—-In the autumn of 1897 several
specimens of this interesting plant were found and identified by
Miss Mary Nagle, teacher of School Section No. 6, Huntley, to
whom belongs the credit of being first to locate the plant in the
Ottawa district. .
While travelling from Stittsville toward Ashton on Sept.
14th, 1898, the writer discovered a colony of many hundred
specimens growing near the roadside in wet sandy soil, a con-
genial habitat for this plant. The rich blue and the ciliate
fringed margins of the corolla render the “ fringed gentian ” one
of the loveliest of our native plants.
VERBASCUM BLATTARIA.—In the summer of 1891 a small
colony of Moth Mullein was noted in an old pasture on Lot 33,
Ottawa Front about half a mile west of Mechanicsville. Though
1899] BOTANICAL NOTES. 23
this locality has been visited regularly every summer the above-
mentioned plant has not been observed since 1891 until last
summer when several sturdy colonies. some of them hundreds
of yards apart, were found in an excellent state of bloom. The
flowers were the pale yellow variety with purple markings.
The best specimens were about four feet high.
INTRODUCED PLANTS. Three plants evidently introduced
from the North West, Helzanthus rigidus, Lepachy’s columnarts,
and Grindelia squarrosa, were reported by the Botanical Section
in 1891, as having been found near the old Eddy Mill-sight at
Birchton. Only the last of the three appears to have persisted.
Since 1891 Grindelia squarrosa has spread over a considerable
area. The bright yellow flowers and a profuse resinous, viscid
coating are conspicuous features of this thrifty plant.
ARALIA QUINQUEFOLIA.—On October 7th, 1898, several
fine plants of this species were obtained near an old roadway on
the Chats Island, but in all cases the fruit had already disap-
peared. In the Autumn of 1897 a party of Indians sold about
sixteen pounds of the roots of this Ginsing in Fitzroy Harbor.
They stated that they obtained a considerable quantity of them
on the Chats Island.—R. H. COWLEY.
VIOLA CUCULLATA.—Our knowledge of the local distribu-
tion of the six species of the V7. cucul/ata group enumerated in
the January number of The OTTAWA NATURALIST is yet far from
complete. The admirable illustrations, which were published at
the same time, will enable the youngest amateur botanist to de-
termine the several species providing care be taken to collect
flowers and summer fruit from the same locality, and so carefully
as to preclude the possibility of mistakes. Three of the species
are known from but one locality while the other three are of
more general distribution —J. M. M.
: ad
ae Las
24 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [April
SPRING ANNOUNCEMENT.
The Council of the Club has arranged a series of seven after-
noon lectures for the spring weeks. These lectures will be of an
elementary character and are designed to excite a wider interest
in popular science. They will be delivered in one of the Nor-
mal School lecture rooms at 4.15 p. m. on Mondays as follows :
April 1oth—Geology, Dr. H. M. Ami; April 17th—Botany,
Mr. R. B. Whyte; April 24th —Entomology, Dr. Jas. Fletcher ;
May 1tst—Conchology, Mr. F. Rk. Latchford ; May 8th—Ornith-
ology. Mr. A. G. Kingston ; May 15th—Zoology, Prof. John
Macoun and Mr. W. S. Odell ; May 22nd—Planting and care of ~
Forest Trees, Sir Henri Joly de Lotbiniére.
Members of the Club are requested to bring these lectures
to the notice of their friends.
SUB-EXCURSIONS.
Sub-excursions will this season be made a special feature of
the Club’s work. The attendance of leaders in each of the
principal departments of natural science is assured and the stud-
ent can find no better means of acquiring knowledge than these
sub-excursions. These first visits to the woods are a perennial
pleasure to the older members of the Club and this notice is ~
especially intended for those who usually restrict their attend-
ance to the general excursions.
Those who attend the sub-excursions will rendezvous at 3 —
p.m. at the point on the Electric railway nearest to the locality ©
chosen for investigation. The April excufsions will be :—
April 15, Rockcliffe ; April 23, Hull ; April 30, Beechwood.
OTTAWA HORTICULTURAE SOGIETY.
The Horticultural Society is this year offering an exception-—
ally fine lot of premiums of which members may select ten upon ~
payment of the small annual fee of $1.00.
The usual monthly meetings will be held during the year,
when in addition to the exhibits of seasonable flowers, addresses
will be delivered by leading Horticulturists. Nearly $400.00 in :
prizes will be offered for all of which members may compete.
In order to obtain the premiums subscriptions must be sent to
the Secretary by April 15th. Address Mr. J. F. Watson, Experi-—
mental Farm.
THE OTTAWA NATURALIST.
Vot. XIII. OTTAWA, MAY, 1809. No. 2.
THE MINERAL RESOURCES OF THE
OREAW AV DISTRICT,
By Rs Wie BEES. lo: Di eoP RES CG.
( Continued from April number. )
While mineral developments are found throughout the
Ottawa valley at a number of places, there are two localities in
the lower Ottawa basin which have for many years been distin-
guished for economic production. Of these, probably the most
important, as to output, are the deposits of apatite and mica
lying to the north of the Ottawa River and, between the rivers
Gatineau and Liévre ; the other is situated to the south, in the
vicinity of the Rideau lakes, and near the line of the Kingston
and Pembroke railway, in which districts our great deposits of
iron are located. In the great area occupied by the lower or
Laurentian gneiss the mineral developments are, in so far as yet
known, few, and it may be gencrally remarked that investiga-
tions along these lines in that area have not yet been very
successful. The geological horizons therefore, in the crystalline
rocks that promise the best results, and have so far been the
most productive, are the upper part of the gneiss and limestone
formation and the associated Huronian rocks.
Now if we carefully study the rock masses in these areas
we find a very extensive development of clearly igneous rocks,
such as greenstones, granites, pyroxenes, diorites, &c., and it is
generally in connection with some of these masses that our most
productive mineral deposits may be looked for. The natural
inference therefore is that mineral developments are in some
way due to the agency of these latter intrusions.
That many of these intrusive masses are newer than the
rocks with which they are associated is clearly shown by the
fact that, though they sometimes occur as apparently bedded
portions, they quite as often occur cutting the surrounding
26 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. | May
strata at all angles. It was to some extent, doubtless, this
bedded character that led to the original supposition that these
masses were, for the most part, sedimentary in their nature, and
this was the view expressed by most writers on this subject
twenty to thirty years ago.
APATITE.
If we examine any of the mines of apatite, either to the
north or south of the Ottawa, we find this mineral invariably
associated with pyroxene, which would therefore appear to be
its necessary accompaniment. Now the pyroxene dyke or mass
which cuts across the strike of the gneiss or limestone must be
of more recent date, and the apatite is generally found along
the outer margin or near the lines of contact of the intrusive
mass and the gneiss. Frequently, however, masses of calcite,
often of large size, and of a pinkish or grey color, are found in
the mass of the pyroxene, and this frequently contains large
crystals of both apatite and mica, leading to the statement by
some observers that these minerals occur sometimes in economic
quantity in the crystalline limestones. One must however dis-
criminate between masses of calcite which are an_ integral
portion of the pyroxene dykes, and the limestone formation
proper, which is an entirely different thing, so that it may be
safely stated as the result of the examination of all the known
mines of this mineral, that apatite is not found except in asso-
ciation with pyroxene.
As to the origin of this mineral opinions differ, but it is
found generally in one of two ways, either as large pockety
masses, which sometimes yield a thousand tons or more, or as
irregular developments varying in width from a few inches to
several feet in thickness. The extent and value of this one of
our mineral resources of the Ottawa district, may be gathered
from the statistics contained: in the official bulletins of the
Geological Survey. Thus we find that, in the seventeen years
from 1878 to 1894, the output of this mineral from the mines of
eastern Ontario was 24,760 tons, with a market value of 260,974
<=
_ 1899] MINERAL RESOURCES OF THE OTTAWA DISTRICT. 27
dollars, while from the mines of Quebec the output for the same
time was 269,771 tons with a value of 4,749,888 dollars, so that
the total product of the phosphate mines of the lower Ottawa
district, for this period, was not far from 5,000,000 dollars,
_ which, it must be allowed, is a very creditable sum and only
one and a-half million dollars less than the total gold output
from all the mines in Nova Scotia in the same time. The
placing on the English market, about 1890, of the cheaply mined
phosphates of the Southern States, which could be put on ship-
board at a cost of about two dollars per ton, caused a speedy
decline in the market for the high-priced Canadian apatite, so
much so that within the last three years the last of these mines
has been obliged to discontinue working entirely, and this great
source of mineral wealth is now at an end, and will probably
not be again utilized until the exhaustion of the southern
deposits has been reached. In mineral development, therefore,
we see that progress and profit are simply a matter of supply
and demand. In both Ontario and Quebec there are yet great
stores of apatite which may some day again find a market, and
then we can look to a return of prosperous conditions in this
part of our valley and the utilization of some of the large
amounts of capital invested in this direction.
MICA.
Closely allied to apatite in its associations, and to some
extent also in its mode of occurrence, are the deposits of mica.
The demand for this mineral has, however, never been so great
as in the case of the other, while the industry has not been
prosecuted for so long a time. yet from the mica mines of the
Ottawa district there was marketed in the nine years from 1886
to 1894, a total value of half a million dollars. The occurrence
of mica forms an interesting subject of study, and some facts
have been obtained, from a close inspection of many localities,
that may be of general interest. Merchantable micas are of two
or three varieties, principally muscovite and phlogopite, with
5 the variety biotite. The first is known asa potash mica, the
“
Lo
'
%
|
4
28 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. | May
others as magnesian micas, of which the biotite differs in con-
taining iron as well, and is consequently darker in colour and ~
sometimes quite black. The muscovite is distinguished by its
general clearness and lack of colouring, while the phlogopite
mica is usually some shade of brown or yellow and is generally —
known as amber mica. Years ago large sheets of white mica,
as it was generally styled as contrasted with the darker coloured
or amber variety, were quoted at a very high price, but this dis-
tinction seems of late years to have largely disappeared, as is —
also the case with sheets of extra large size, since this feature of ©
size is now attained by a process already referred to of building
up by means of cement and pressure from smaller sizes, so that
almost any size required can now be readily obtained.
Of these several varicties, the white or muscovite is usually
found in association with intrusive masses of a whitish granite,
composed of quartz and white felspar which cuts the gneiss
and limestone in the form of dykes or veins; while the amber
and black varieties are found in connection with pyroxenes. As {
a rule the darker the containing rock the blacker the mica, so —
that in the light coloured pyroxenes the mica is often a light
shade of amber. The most perfectly shaped crystals are
generally found in a matrix of calcite in the pyroxene ; and were —
:
:
|
;
j
it possible to secure perfect crystals at all times there would be
much more profit in mica mining than has yet been enjoyed.
4
Unfortunately, however, the greater portion of the crystals are_
injured by wrinkles, cracks, small punctures or from some other
cause, so that it is a fortunate mine that will yield ten per cent. |
of merchantable mica from its total output.
Crystals are often found in the Gatineau district of very
large size, one from a mine near the Cascades being stated to
have a diameter of nearly eight feet. Unfortunately thes2 large
crystals, owing to their generally fractured condition, have
generally but little economic value. Onc of the largest deposits
of this mineral yet found in the Gatineau district is in the town-
ship of Hincks. It occurs in a dyke of pyroxene which cuts the
limestone of that area and is in turn cut by a dyke of green-
1899] MINERAL RESOURCES OF THE OTTAWA DISTRICT. 29
stone. The crystals here were of a large size, sometimes as
much as three feet across, and many of them so clear that plates
two and three feet long by nearly a foot in breadth were
obtained. The mica here was dark coloured as might be ex-
pected from the dark colour of the containing rock, and a large
quantity of excellent mica was extracted before the deposit was
exhausted.
A very pretty purple-tinted mica is also sometimes found in
cases where a dyke of light-tinted granite cuts the limestone. —
but as yet has not been obtained in quantities to be of economic
value.
IRON ORES.
The iron ores of this district are divisible into several classes
and occur at several horizons. The principal.workable deposits
are magnetites, though several mines have been opened on
hematite ores, and sometimes both varieties are associated, as
in the case of the Haycock mine and at several points in Ren-
frew county. Of the magnetic variety there are also two kinds,
viz., the titaniferous and the true magnetites, and each of these
is found in its peculiar country rock. Thus in the case of the
titanium ores it may be said that they usually occur in anortho-
site rocks, which are a recent intrusion in the gneiss and lime-
stones,and the amount of titanic acid in these sometimes reaches
45 per cent, which renders the ore practically useless on account
of its great refractibility, and the consequent large amount of
fuel necessary to reduce it to a state of metallic iron. Attempts
have been made from time to time to utilize this ore, but always
with disastrous results to those interested.
The true magnetites are found at many points and furnish
an ore often of great purity and value for smelting purposes.
They occur in the vicinity of Hull where they were mined ex-
tensively, and where they were also smelted for some years,
though operations in this locality have now been suspended for
nearly a quarter of a century. In Bristol also there are large
‘deposits of this ore which have also been extensively worked,
but its value is to some extent affected injuriously by a certain
|
30 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [May
percentage of sulphur which necessitates a roasting process
before it is sent to the smelter. As a consequence the demand
for these ores has of late years largely fallen off. The same
association of sulphur is found in some of the deposits along the
Kingston and Pembroke Railway, and seriously impairs their
value as smelting ores, so that the hopes which were raised in
regard to their speedy utilization by the building of the Hamil-
ton smelter have not yet been realized. All the ores in this
district are not, however, affected in this way, and there are some
large deposits of excellent quality ; but on the other hand these
are sometimes so far removed from convenient shipment that
the price obtainable will not repay the cost of hauling to railway
and the subsequent freight to the smelter. It can be easily seen
therefore. that though there may be a very large amount of raw
material available, this is not always in such a shape as to yield
profitable returns. This condition of affairs is unfortunate, and
many persons unacquainted with the actual conditions, often
wonder why mining is not pursued with greater vigour in certain
directions. Investors of small capital, however, generally wish to
see some chance of realizing on their investments when once
mining operations are commenced, unless as is sometimes un-
fortunately the case, such investments are made on a limited
scale with simply a view to speculation. Such schemes cannot,
however, be classed under the head of legitimate mining, and the
last investor generally has the experience obtained as his share
of the profits.
Improvements are constantly being made in the process of
iron smelting, and therefore we may hope that with greater
facilities for shipment and reduced expenses in smelting, the
greater part of these ores will some day become valuable assets.
At present the great barrier to the successful development of
the blast furnace industry in this district, is the cost of fuel, and
it is to be hoped that some day in the not too distant future, the
successful manufacture of compressed peat will go far to solve
this difficulty. Smelting with peat fuel has been carried on
successfully for many years in Norway and Sweden and also in
ee
es ae
ap DN OV EEE Se Le PAWEL Re ane Be, 0: ab le Ababa abe: abuts
BEBE ee atten inn stm each tt
1899] MINERAL RESOURCES OF THE OTTAWA DISTRICT. — 31
Germany ; and there is no reason why methods which are so
successful in those countries should not be equally so here, pro-
vided the greater cost of labor be not an insuperable obstacle.
Figures given by the American expert, Birkenbine, for the
Ottawa district, some ycars ago, placed the cost of manufacture,
even under the then unfavorable conditions, at such a price as
to fairly warrant investment at some central point such as
Ottawa city, and to make the erection of a blast furnace profit-
able, but the initial cost of such an enterprise is heavy and
investors prefer often to take their chances in some more gilded
scheme, even though, as is often the case, the results are not
always very flattering. However this country is as yet com-
paratively young in mining matters and the attention of foreign
capitalists is now only being directed to this portion of the
empire as a field for profitable investment, so that it is not worth
while to become greatly discouraged over a present depression
along certain lines.
GRAPHITE.
Among the other mineral industries that at some not
far distant day promise to be a very important factor in the
country’s development is the mining of graphite. We have in
the Ottawa district some of the largest and most valuable
deposits of this mineral anywhere known, and easy of access,
and though efforts have been made in a half-hearted way for
some years to turn these to profitable account, such attempts
have been so carried on as not to yield satisfactory returns. In
such a case we should not attribute the lack of success to any
fault on the part of the ore deposit, since this has been thoroughly
investigated in the laboratory of the Geological Survey, and the
mineral found to equal in quality, for all practical purposes, that
from the celebrated mines of Ceylon, which so largely enter the
markets of the world to-day. The failure rather seems to be on
_ the part of those who have the mines in charge, and to their lack
of enterprise in seeking a market, since the Canadian market
alone consumes annually a sufficient amount of this material to
warrant the workings of these deposits on a large scale. Thus
32 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [ May
from the official bulletin of the Survey we find that in the ten
years, from 1886 to 1895, the quantity of graphite produced in
all Canada, including the output from New Brunswick, amounted
in value to less than 30,000 dollars, while the value of the im-
ports of this material for the sixteen years from 1880 amounted
to over half a million dollars. This is certainly a bad showing
in the face of the fact that we have more than enough of the
the raw material to supply all our own needs and to furnish
plenty for export besides. Certain changes now in contempla-
tion may in a few years result in effecting a marked difference
in the balance of these figures, but this wiil only be done by
changing entirely the present inoperative system of management.
At one mine north of the Madawaska River, not many miles
north from the Kingston and Pembroke Railway, there is a won-
derful deposit of this minera], the amount in sight being
apparently sufficient if properly handled to supply the market
alone for some years, while the great deposits of the Buckingham
district have as yet only been opened sufficiently to show their
great extent and value.
MOLYBDENUM.
The peculiar mineral molybdenum which has recently come
into prominence in mining circles, is somewhat widely dis-
tributed through the crystalline rocks of the Ottawa basin. In
physical features it is sometimes mistaken for flake graphite
which it resembles strongly in the field. Along the Ottawa
River it occurs in limited quantity in certain of the rocks on
Calumet Island, though the extent of the deposit here has never
cen ascertained, but at or near Haley Station, on the Canadian
Pacific Railway, there is a large deposit of this mineral which
has been worked for some years in a desultory fashion.
Recently, however, the mine has been reopened and a consider-
able output is now being obtained for shipment. Along the
Gatineau River this mineral is found in several of the adjoining
townships, but apparently the most important deposit yet
located in this direction is in the township of Egan, north of the
Desert River, where it appears to have a large development. It
Pe ee ee ee eee
g
o-
ys
di
1899] MINERAL RESOURCES OF THE OTTAWA DISTRICT 33
is usually found in connection with white granite dykes which
cut the crystalline limestone and associated gneiss of the Gren-
ville and Hastings series, which have a wide extent in this area,
both north and south of the Ottawa. The market at present
for this mineral is not large, but the demand has increased
rapidly within the last three years, so that there ts a fair pro-
spect of some of these deposits being utilized at no very distant
date.
. ASBESTUS.
Of the peculiar mineral asbestus, or rather chrysotile, of
which you have all heard, though there are limited deposits at
several points, they are of such small extent, as compared with
the great deposits in the Eastern Townships of Quebec, that it
may be safely said we cannot hope to successfuly compete with
these in the matter of production. In point of fact, ‘the great
deposits of this mineral in Quebec have practically closed down
the output of the mines for the rest of the world, at least as
regard the finer qualities. Asbestus proper is a variety of horn-
blende, and is found and has been worked for some years in the
County of Hastings under the name of actinolite. What passes
under the name of asbestus in commerce is a fibrous serpentine
or chrysotile, which has a soft, beautiful and silky fibre, of great
tenacity and strength, so that it can be readily teased out, spun
and wove, or made into rope, while the shorter and more im-
perfect fibre is used for millboard, packing, and for a varicty of
purposes. Its great value depends upon its capacity to resist
combustion, that is, it is practically a fire-proof material.
In connection with some of the limestones of the Grenville
series there are certain serpentinous bands which contain small
veins of this substance and these have been mined at a number
of points, though the small size of the fibre prevents it from
competing with the longer material of the Eastern Townships.
This Ottawa product is, however, utilized for the manufacture of
a celebrated fire-proof plaster which possesses many advantages
over the common variety for interior work, and this is rapidly
growing in favor with builders, so that the industry promises to
34 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [| May
assume large proportions at some time, though there are not the
large profits which are obtainable from the mines of the eastern
district.
GOLD.
The mining of the precious metals has always possessed a
charm for many persons, though there is probably no enterprise
in which more money has been lost than in the attempt to
obtain gold from the hard matrix in which it is usually found.
Still there is always a great fascination to most persons in the
term gold-mining, though the ideas many people possess on the
subject are exceedingly crude. The discovery of gold in any
country usually gives rise to much excitement, and this is often
in direct ratio to the remoteness of the locality where the find is
reported. Gold mining has too large an element of uncertainty
in it to be pursued by the ordinary citizen with profit. To say
nothing of the capricious nature of this mineral itself there is
often the temptation on the part of the unscrupulous miner to
salt his claim and thus impose on the ignorance or credulity of
his neighbour. Then there is frequently the dishonesty of the
assayer to whom the samples selected as a fair test of the pro-
perty are sent and of these, I regret to say, the making of false
returns is sometimes a matter of business in order that more
samples, and the necessary fees for testing the same, may come
his way. In fact, some of these assayers have been known to
boast that they could get an assay of gold from any kind of
rock, or even from a piece of brick if necessary; so that the
report of a so-called assayer, for there are some that disgrace
the name, is not always to be relied on as absolutely correct.
The gold of the Ottawa district may be said to belong to
the Huronian belt of rocks which traverse a portion of Ontario
in the counties of Addington, Hastings, Lanark and Renfrew,
and which also crosses the Ottawa River into the province of
Quebec. These rocks have been described in the reports of the
Geological Survey under the head of the Hastings series. They
have been by some regarded as a portion of the Laurentian
ee ee
1899] MINERAL RESOURCES OF THE OTTAWA DISTRICT. 35
system, while by others they are regarded as belonging to a
higher division, the evidence in favour of the latter view being
that generally accepted at the present time. The occurrence of
gold in certain portions of these rocks was ascertained as early
as 1865-66 in the neighbourhood of Marmora, and several mines
were shortly after opened in that locality which gave great
promise of good returns. Since that date this industry has been
pursued with varying success, and with gradually improved
methods of treatment this area will yet probably give satisfactory
results. Asa rule the gold of this formation is associated with
various sulphurets which renders its separation from the quartz
a somewhat difficult matter, and expensive methods are neces-
sary for its profitable extraction. The difference between this
ore and the free milling gold quartz lies chiefly in the fact, that
in the latter the gold readily separates from the gangue after
crushing and amalgamates easily with mercury, while in the
arsenical ores, like those of the Marmora district, as also in
some of those from Nova Scotia, the separation has to be secured
by expensive chemical treatment.
No definite returns are to hand as to the actual output of
the gold mines in this district, but it has varied greatly at
different times. Assays from several mines in the Madoc and
Marmora district have shown a very high percentage. of the
precious metal. Lately the gold bearing rocks have been recog-
nized at different points nearer the Ottawa, and assays from
some of these localities have given very satisfactory returns.
Unfortunately however in many cases the veins of quartz are
small and irregular, and there appears to be a good deal of un-
certainty as to whether these can be properly manipulated.
Small quantities of gold can be obtained by assay from many of
the veins which traverse the rocks of this formation.
In the Report of the Geological Survey for 1878-79, an
analysis is given of a sample of bluish-grey quartz, traversed by
small veins of a light green apatite, which is reported as coming
from the Peche Village, township of Wakefield. The results of
this assay surpass anything yet found in the rocks of the Ottawa
36 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [May
district, the amount of gold per ton of quartz of 2,000 lbs. being
stated at 11.725 ounces and of silver, 52.323-ounces. The size
of the sample from which this assay was made was small, and if
the vein from which the specimen was taken could be located
there would seem to be a prospect for further developments in
this direction.
It may not be.out of place here to suggest that the attempts
to obtain accurate information as to the quantity of gold con-
tained in the quartz veins, which traverse many of the rocks in
the Ottawa district, by mere assay of small samples is never
likely to prove satisfactory. This can only be done by submit-
ting a large sample of from one to three tons to a special mill
test. Such tests can now be readily made in the new mining
schools of Kingston or McGill college, and in this way definite
knowledge can be obtained as to the commercial value-of the
ore, and the possibility of obtaining satisfactory 1esults from its
extraction.
It is very interesting to notice in connection with the occur-
rence of gold in this area that the same agencies which have
played so important a part in the development of the deposits
of mica and apatite, viz., that of intrusive granite or diorite,
have also been exerted here. Thus it has been clearly shown
that all the most productive mines are situated in close proxi-
mity tu igneous masses which have penetrated the country rocks,
generally composed of schists and slates, and it may be broadly
stated that the same general principle applies to all the valuable
mining areas both to the east and west. The productive
mineral zones of the Lake Superior district conform to this
general rule, and the deposits of copper and nickel at Sudbury
are also found in intimate associations with great intrusions of
granite and greenstone. It would therefore seem to be a well
established fact that these intrusive masses have exercised a
direct and favorable influence upon the presence of the economic
minerals.
In the new group of mines on the Calumet Island, up the
Ottawa, the masses of blende and galena are always found con-
1899] MINERAL RESOURCES OF THE OTTAWA DISTRICT. 37
nected with the diorites of that area, and the new showing of
nickeliferous pyrrhotite on the same island has a large mass of
diorite close to the development of the ore. These diorite and
granite masses in this locality clearly break through the asso-
ciated crystalline limestone and associated gneiss.
As for copper, the Ottawa district has as yet failed to pro-
duce anything of economic importance, but the silver-bearing
galenas of Lake Temiscaming which have been opened up,
appear to have a somewhat extensive development, though
mining in this quarter has of late years languished. In the
Wanapetae district however, which is on the western border of
the Ottawa basin, very valuable deposits of rich gold ore have
been recently exploited and are now being worked with good
prospects of profitable returns.
COAL:
Coal, of course, has never been found in the Ottawa
country, though scarcely a year goes by without the usual news-
paper paragraph to the effect that a large bed of this mineral
has been discovered in the area to the north of the upper St. Law-
rence. To many, this absence of coal has seemed a mystery,
and of late several severe attacks have been made upon the
scientific authorities in connection with deposits of so-called
coal in the Sudbury district to which the attention of everyone
was recently directed. The true coals of the eastern provinces
are confined almost entirely to the middle portion of the Car-
boniferous system, which lies at a much higher position in the
geological scale than any of the rock formations of Ontario,
which do not reach above the horizon of the Devonian. In one
area in New Brunswick in this last formation there is a deposit
of graphitic anthracite which has a thickness of several feet and
which was persistently boomed for some years, and caused a lot
of money to be wasted in an attempt to place it on the market
as a first-class fuel. This hope has never been realized from the
fact that the mineral contained too great a percentage of ash
and graphite to burn well, the amount of residue after combus-
38 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [May
tion being nearly 40 per cent. There are, however, in some of
the formations in Ontario and Quebec, notably in the Trenton
and Utica, certain black bands of highly bituminous shale which,
when ignited in a strong flame will burn till the greater part of
the contained bitumen is consumed. The same bituminous
character is seen in some of the shales of the lower Carboniferous
formation of New Brunswick, and some of these are so rich as
to yield over 60 gallons of oil to the ton, and slabs of this
material placed on a camp fire will burn for a long time when
once ignited. These cannot however be called coal deposits,
though they contain so large a quantity of carbonaceous matter,
and it would almost be as well to style our mines of graphite
coal mines since graphite is also a form of carbon. Thus, the
mineral found at Sudbury is certainly a carbon and will burn
under certain conditions, but if there is too large an amount of
ash it cannot compete readily with the better class of coals
which are now used ; and besides the uncertain nature of such
deposits, as contrasted with the great beds of the true coals,
renders the investment of capital a very risky matter.
This question of Ontario coal came before the Geological
Survey in the early days of its existence, and a rather good
story is related in the life of Sir William Logan bearing upon
the early operations in this direction.
Nearly forty years ago boring operations were commenced
near Bowmanville with the intention of finding coal there, in
spite of the old geologist’s advice ; and after some days pieces
of the mineral were frequently obtained. This, to many
persons, was quite conclusive evidence that a true coal field had
been reached. So much were some of these persons impressed
with this discovery that one of Sir William’s old friends, the
sheriff of the district, came down to Montreal, where our offices
were then located, and in a great burst of confidence, produced
a sample with the request to know if that wasn’t coal. Sir
William, ever courteous, replied that it was most certainly coal,
-and a very good sample of Newcastle coal at that. “ But,” said
the sheriff, “ I saw it taken out of the hole myself.” “ Ah, yes,”
ete ees
1899] MINERAL RESOURCES OF THE OTTAWA DISTRICT. 39
said the old knight, “and if you had been there a little sooner
you would probably have seen them putting it in too.”
44 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. { May
commerce. The quantity so far found appears to be sufficient
to supply the demand for many years, and there should shortly
be a marked development along lines of production. The im-
ports of emery in 1895, which it is supposed this mineral will
replace, amounted to nearly 15,000 dollars, but as there isa large
quantity from abroad into the United States, it may be expected
that the Canadian mines should contribute largely in that
direction. The development of this area will be eagerly looked
for. The mineral occurs in connection with certain areas of
intrusive rocks in the crystalline series, chiefly granites and
syenites, which are found over a large extent of country in the
vicinity of the Madawaska River to the south of Barry’s Bay,
which is at the present time the nearest point of shipment, by
the Ottawa and Parry Sound Railway. There are large areas of
these old rocks, many of which are now very difficult of access,
but which will, in process of time, become more readily acces-
sible. and doubtless large stores of mineral wealth, whose
existence we can now only conjecture, will be discovered. Many
of these valuable deposits are found out only by conditions cf
settlement or by railroad building, as was the case in the great
asbestus areas of the Eastern Townships of Quebec, which were
first made available by the construction of the Quebec Central —
Railway, the areas traversed by that line in this locality being —
Z
ee
previously regarded as of no economic value on account of the ©
rocky and barren character of the district, yet from a small and
rocky patch of a few hundred acres there have been taken in
the seventeen years since 1880 almost 6,000,000 dollars worth of
asbestus, or almost the entire supply for the world’s market.
It may, therefore, be confidently anticipated that as our ©
country becomes more and more developed, fresh deposits of
mineral wealth will be disclosed, as indeed is only to be expected
in a comparatively new country like this, containing such a vast —
stretch of mineral-bearing formations. Prior to the building of —
the Canadian Pacific through the rough country to the north and ©
west of Lake Superior, which had up to that time been almost
inaccessible, we had no idea of the great and ever increasing —
1899 | MINERAL RESOURCES OF THE OTTAWA DISTRICT. 45
stores of mineral wealth which have of late years been revealed
in that area, and the present development of our western
Ontario gold fields was an impossibility. The same remark
applies to the great deposits of nickel at Sudbury, which were
‘disclosed by the building of the Canadian Pacific, while it is
only in the last three years that the new and valuable finds of
corundum have come to light, as a result of the explorations of
the Geological Survey.
In all attempts at mineral development there are of neces-_
sity a host of schemes placed on the market which are largely
speculative. This seems to be an unavoidable evil, but it also,
unfortunately and seriously, interferes with the actual business
of legitimate mining. Areas practically worthless are placed
before the public under high sounding names, and in the rush
after speedy wealth many of these are assumed by the uninit-
lated to be of equal value with those which are clearly of
economic importance. The resulting disapointment on the part
of the holders of stock in worthless properties tends to bring
discredit on whole areas of valuable lands, and results in very
serious injury to the mining interests of the country at large.
Another great source of harm to legitimate mining is the
misstatements of certain persons, who, under the guise of mining
experts, travel the country and pretend to discover valuable
mineral deposits, sometimes by the aid of the mineral rod and
sometimes by means of experience, supposed to be gained in.
other mining fields abroad ; and it is a curious thing to note
that, if the so-called LSP or prospector can claim to have
been in Australia or California, his dictum is held to be quite
conclusive as to the value of any mining property, even if any
experience so obtained may only be acquired as the result of
shovelling away the accumulated debris from around the surface
of the pit. Such experts, it may be said, generally do more.
harm than: good in so far as deciding on the actual value of a
mining area, and many owners of comfortable farms throughout
this country have speedily lost all their property by. following
the lead of such blind guides. The peculiar properties of the
46 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [May
mineral rod, so implicitly believed in by many persons, as an
- agent in mineral discovery, have yet to be proved. There are,
however, many people who place the utmost confidence in its
working, and who claim to be able to infallibly locate the
different kinds of minerals by its use,as well as to determine the
extent and value of the ore beds and the depth at which these
will be reached. In many cases where the information so re-
vealed has been followed up, dire misfortune has been the result
and the money so invested has been wasted.
There is without doubt much wealth hidden in the rocky
strata of the Ottawa district, but it requires care in the investi-
gation, and capital and strict business methods in the develop-
ment, to, in most cases, ensure profitable returns. It is not, asa
rule, a profitable thing for men not trained to this line of work,
to throw aside their ordinary legitimate business, whether of
farming or the mechanical pursuits, to rush after what, in many
cases, is a merely chimerical attempt to obtain wealth, by dig-
ging out the various ores of copper, gold, silver or iron, when
there are surer sources of income nearer home. Ultimate
success in mining requires the application of skill and capital,
often in almost unlimited amount, and the attempt by the
j dividual, which would almost certainly result in failure, is often
attended with success when undertaken by properly organized
and equipped companies, working in the right direction and with
proper methods. é
UNDER the title“ Flora of Ontario” the Education Depart-
ment of Ontario has issued a list of the flowering plants and
vascular cryptogams known to occur in the Province of Ontario,
The typographical work and general arrangement of the list
could not be improved upon, and its convenieat size enables
one to carry it into the field.
No more useful or convenient Botanical list has ever been
published in Canada.
——r
=,
1899] 47
BRITISH COLUMBIAN DEER.
The following letter from Mr. J. A. Teit of Spence’s Bridge,
B. C. is of interest both to the naturalist andthe sportsman. Mr,
Teit has lived in British Columbia for 15 years, is a careful
observer and has had abundant opportunity for studying the
animals of that province :—‘‘There are three or four varieties of
Western Deer known to me which are distinguishable chiefly by
their tails. Now here in the interior there is :—
Ist. A deer of large size, one of the largest, if not the
largest, variety we have. Some of the old bucks have very
large and thick horns, probably their horns grow to a larger size
and are thicker than those of any other variety we have. The
face is generally slightly concave although with some the reverse
is the case. At the same season of the year there are two
shades of color to be observed amongst them ; some are more
greyish others more brownish. Their tail 2s whzte all around
Jrom the root down to the tip whichis black. They are the
commonest deer throughout the North Western portion .of
the “Dry Belt” (the Thompson, Bonaparte, Chilcoten, &c.)
and are also very common in the Similkameen, the Okanagan,
and in some parts of Kootenay. Some people call them
Mule Deer. Others call them Black-tail and some call them
American Deer.
2nd. A deer almost the same as the first and equal or nearly
equal in size. Colorof the body the same and ears just as long.
The under part and the sides of the tail are white from the root
down to the tip, whichis black. The dack or outer part of the
tail is of the same color as the body and this stripe is continuous
Srom the body until it joins the black tip. With some of them
this stripe on the back of the tail is very narrow (about half an
inch or less in width.) These deer are not so common in the Dry
Belt as the first variety but are found along with them in most.
places. They are found on the Thompson, Bonaparte and
Fraser rivers as far down as the canyon or even below, also around
Lillooet and probably in most parts of the interior where the first
48 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [May
variety is found. Like No.1 they are called Mule Deer by some
and Black-tail or American Deer by others.
3rd. A deer of very small size, and with light and rather small
horns. The color of the body and markings nearly the same as
the first two varieties. It inhabits very bushy parts of the country
and is not so timid as other varieties of deer. It is found in parts
of the country where the climate is moist. It is the common
and probably the only variety of deer on the coast, Vancouver
Island and islands of the Gulf of Georgia and is said to be found
also in some of the moister and more forested parts of the interior
especially near lakes which are wooded. Its tail is the same as
the 2nd variety, only the stripe on the back of the tail (which is
the same color as the body) is mach wider and there is hardly
any white to Le seen at the sides of the tail. These deer are called
Coast Deer or Pacific Buck and are also very frequently named
Black-tail.
4th. A deer of about the same size as the first variety and
very similar to it in every way, excepting the tail which is longer |
and altogether white. It is found in the “ Dry Belt” from the
Thompson south, especially in the Similkameen and in some parts
of Kootenay. It is called White-tail, Flag-tail Virginia Deer,
and Long-tailed Deer. I would like to know the proper names
of the four varieties of deer outlined above, and also if there are
any other varieties to be found west of the Rockies in these
latitudes.
Yours very truly,
Jia TEM
No. (1) Does weigh (when in prime condition) 100 to 150.
Ibs., bucks 209 to 275lbs. A few weigh about 300 Ibs. or over,
and very rare specimens have been obtained which went as high
as 400 lbs., and even more. These weights are average and for
deer Shout the entrails removed.
A buck (with entrails removed) wersbiie- 230 to 260 lbs. is
considered an average fine one. Freaks are sometimes obtained of
this kind of deer and also of No: (4). I knew one of the latter,
1899] - British CoLumBia DEER. 49
a doe shot by an Indian, which had two small horns. About
three years ago a half-breed shot a doe of No. (1) variety, which
had one long horn on one side of th: head. There was no sign
of any horn on the other side. Whitish or grey colored
specimens. of Nos. (1), (2) and (4) have been occasionally seen or
shot, but they are very rare, and are probably albinos. I saw
some time ago a very white specimen of a fawn taken from its
mother’s body, probably about two or three weeks before its
time for birth. The skin had a very few red spots onit. Skins
of albine deer, especially fawns, were formerly of some
value and prized by Indian medicine-men for making tobacco
pouches, etc. They were supposed to bring good luck.
No. (2). Thewhite spot on the throat of this variety is
often more pointed at the sides than that of No. (1).
_ No.(3). These deer are just about half the size of the
other varieties of deer. Prime bucks weigh about the same as
does of No. (1) and others, and does seldom weigh more than
75 lbs. The profile of this variety on some parts of the coast is
frequently slightly convex.
1 myself have been accustomed to call the-varicty first
described Mule Deer, the second, Black-tail (of. the interior),
the third, Black-tail (of the coast), the fourth Virginian or White-
tail.
In reply to Mr. Teit’ S quate eee pone Macoun, Dominion
Naturalist, has written: raed
“ No.1.—This is the» true Black-tailed Deer (Cariacus macrotis
Say.) Also cane Mule Deer.
Richardson. This is alsoa Mule Deer or Black- tailed Deer,
In 1854 Anderson and Bachman changed the name to Carzacus
Richardsoni and hence the name Richardson’s Deer—by which
it is generally known.
No.3.—Lord in his book “The Naturalist in British
Columbia” calls the small coast deer Cartacus Columbianus and
50 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. | [May
does not separate the two inland forms, but names them both C.
macrotts. This, (No.3), is the Columbian or Coast Deer.
No. 4.—This is Cartacus Virginiana var. leucurus, Dough.
the western form of the eastern White-tailed Deer.
Mr. Teit’s descriptions are evidently accurate and he sets
out the forms so distinctly that there can be no doubt about the
species.
ORNITHOLOGY.
Edited by W. T. Macoun.
WINTER BIRDS AND EARLY SPRING ARRIVALS.
The abundance or absence of winter birds is often decided
to his satisfaction, by the casual observer, just in proportion to”
the number of pine grosbeaks which he sees during the winter
months, and as these birds were not seen this year, notwith-
standing the fact that there was such an abundance of food for
them, the conclusion naturally arrived at was that other birds
were scarce also. This conclusion was correct this winter to a
large extent, as during the early part of the winter few birds
were seen, with the exception of crows, which have been quite
abundant all winter at the Experimental Farm.
The first spring birds were nearly a month later in coming
this year than last, and only a comparatively-small:number have
yet arrived. Inthe following list the winter birds are recorded
and also those which have arrived up to the 14th April. It is
hoped that all those who sent in their notes last year will con-
tinue to do so this season. The notes of any others who are
especially interested in birds will be gratefully received.
1808.
Nov. 15—SNOWFLAKE, Phlectrophenax nivalis. Flock at Experimental Farm. Mr.
Wm. Saunders.
1899.
Jan. 29—AMERICAN GOLDFINCH, Sfinus tristis. Several feeding on birch at
Beechwood. Mr. Geo. R. White.
30—-SHARP-SHINNED HAWK, Accipiter velox. Mr. Geo. R. White.
1899] ORNITHOLOGY. 51
Feb. 5—-PINE SISKIN, Sfrnus pinus. Several below Rockcliffe ; also flock on
21st. Mr. Geo. R. White.
I4—AMERICAN GOLDEN EYE, G/laucionetta clangula americana. Two male
birds. Mr. F. W. Warwick, Buckingham, P.Q.
20—AMERICAN CROSSBILL, Loxia curvirostra minor. Small flock of six feed-
ing on pine cones, and two males and one female feeding on fruit of
mountain ash, 1oth April. Mr. Geo. R. Whitc. Mr. Lees reports see-
ing several on the 12th ; they were seen by other people at different
times, but no other dates have been sent in. Some of the birds were
young. The bills of these were not crossed.
25—AMERICAN MERGANSER, Aferganser americanus. Mr. Geo. R. White.
25—CHICKADEE, Parus atricapillus. A few seen during the winter.
Mch. 1O—AMERICAN Crow, Corvus americanus. Mr. Geo. R. White. Crows
were abundant all winter, but this was the first date on which they were
recorded.
I5—PRAIRIE HORNED LARK, Ofocorzs alpestris praticola. Wr. Fletcher.
March 23rd, Mr. Geo. R. White.
17—PHOEBE, Sayornis phoebe. One caught ; Miss Harmer ; April 16th, Mr.
W. T. Macoun.
22—PURPLE FINCH, Carpodacus purpureus. Mr. Geo. R. White. Flock
feeding on fruit of mountain ash; 23rd, Mr. W. T. Macoun.
22—WHITE-CKOWNED SPARROW, Zonotrichia leucophrys. Mr. Geo. R.
White. One male ; probably remained over winter. ;
29—RED POLL, Acanthis linaria. Mr. Geo. R. White.
pril 6—BRONZED GRACKLE, Quiscalus guiscula. Three males. Mr. Geo. R.
White ; April 7th, Mr. C. H. Young.
6—Rosin, Merula migratoria. Seen by men at Experimental Farm. April
8th, Mr. Geo. R. White; Mr. W. T. Macoun. Recorded first on
March 15th, 1898,
6—RED-WINGED BLACKBIRD, Agelaius pheniceus. Mr. C. H. Young.
6—SoNG Sparrow, Melospiza fasciata. Mr. C. H. Youug. April 7th, Mr.
Geo. R. White ; Mr. W. T. Macoun. Recorded first on March 11th,
1808.
7-—SLATE-COLOURED JUNCO, Junco hyemalis. Mr. Geo. R. White.
7—BLUEBIRD, Szalia szalis. ' H. Fixter. One seen by Mr. Geo. R. White
on the 13th.
I0O—TREE SWALLOW, TZachycineta bitolor. Mr. Geo. R. White. . author’s edition, Dec.,
1897. Ex. Brit. Medical Assoc. Guide and Souvenir, pp. 45-49, Montreal, 1897.
(Issued Montreal, Canada, Dec., 1897.)
Bailey, L. W.— Report on the Geology of South-west Nova Scotia, embracing the
counties of Queens Shzlburnz, Yarmouth, Dizby and a part of Annapolis. Geol.
Survey, Canada, Annual Report, new series, vol. 9, I map, 5 pls., 1898, Queen’s
Printer, Ottawa, Canada.
Bailey, L. W.—Dr. James Robb, first Professor of Chemistry and Natural
History tn King’s College, Fredertcton—A sketch of his life and labours. Bull. Nat.
Hist. Soc. N.B., Article 1, No. 16, vol. 4, pt. i, pp. I-15, giving list of publications
and writings, St. John, N.B.
Bailey, L. W.—T7he Bay of Fundy trough in American Geological history.
Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, 2nd series, vol. 3, sec. 4, pp. 107-116, 1897, (1898).
(Issued Ottawa, Canada, 1898.)
Bell, Robert.— Refort on the Geology of the French River sheet, Ontario. Geol.
Survey, Canada, Ann. Rep., new series, vol. 9, May 3, 1897 (issued 1898), I map,
Queen’s Printer, Ottawa, Canada.
Bell, Robert —Ox the occurence of mammoth ani mastodon remains around
Hudson Bay. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull., vol. 9, pp. 369-390, June 22nd, 1898,
Rochester. :
“One or two papers not previously noticed belong to the year 1897.
en ae mee, ee
Sete
Pr tee Ct ms* @ ansh OO
AA cdma 4 slate
ee .
oot
9 8 ed
a 9
42 Popa sf
«
Bi palidatacipiih pis Shute ty e'
1899] AMI—GEOLOGICAL Work IN CANADA, FOR 1898. 53
Billings, W. R.—Death of a distinguished American amateur Geologist and
Paleontologist—-S. A. Miller. Ottawa Naturalist, vol. 11, No. r1,, p. 208, 1898,
Ottawa, Canada. k . -
Chalmers, Robert—7zke pre-glacial decay of rocks in Eastern Canada. Amex.
Journ. Sc., series 4, vol. 5, pp 273-282, April, 1898.
Coleman, A. P.—Clastic rocks of Western Ontario. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer.,
vol. 9, pp. 223-238, Feb. 24th, 1898, Rochester, U.S.A.
Coleman, A. P.—Clastic Huronian rocks of Western Ontario. Rep. Bureau of
Mines of Ontario, vol. 7, pt. ii, pp. 151-160, 1898, Toronto, Ontario.
Coleman, A. P.—-Conadian Pleistocene Flora and Fauna. ‘‘ Report of tke
Com., consist ng of Sir J. W. Dawson, Prof. D. P. Penhallow, Dr. H. M. Ami,
Mr. G. W. Lamplugh and Prof. A. P. Coleman (Secretary), appointed to further
investigate the flora and fauna of the Pleistocene beds in Canada.” Brit. Assoc.
Sec. C., Bristol, 1898, 8 pp., Appendix, Pleistocene of Don Valley, by Prof. D. P.
Penhallow.
Coleman, A. P.—WNote on the Petrology of Ontario. Report, Bureau of Mines
‘of Ontario, vol. 7, pp. 145-50, 1898, Toronto, Cana:la.
Coleman, A. P.—Fourth report on the West Ontario gold region. Report
Bureau of Mines of Ontario, vol. 7, pt. ii, pp. 109-145, 1898, Toronto, Canada.
Dawson, G. M.—-Annual Report, Geol. Survey of Canata. New series,
vol. 9, 1896, (1898), 816 pp., maps, containing the Director’s Summary Report for
1896, and reports by Tyrrell, Bell, Low, Bailey, Hoffmann and Ingall, also 20 plates.
Ottawa, Queen’s Printer, 1898. ;
Dawson, G. M.—Summary Report on the operations of the Geological Survey
of Canada for the year 1897. Geol. Sury. Can., 156 pp., Ottawa, Canada.
Dawson, Sir J. W.—Ox the genus Lepidephloios as illustrated by specimens
fron the coal formation of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can.,
ser. 2nd, vol. 3, sec. 4, pp. 57-78, pls. 1-14, 1897, issued 1898, Ottawa, Canada.
Dawson, Sir J. W.—-Addendum to note on Nova Scotia Carboniferous Entomo-
straca, in number for January, 1897. Can. Rec. of Science, vol. 7, p. 396, July,
1897, issued July, 1898, Montreal, Canada.
Ells, R. W.—Prodlem in Quebec Geology. Can. Rec. Science, October, 1897,
issued 1898, pp. 480-502.
Ells, R. W.—Notes on the Archean of Eastern Canada, Trans. Roy. Can.,
2nd ser., vol. 3, sec. 41, pp. 117-124, 1897, (issued 1898), Ottawa.
Ells, R. W.—Sandas and clays of the Ottawa Basin. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer.,
vol. 9, pp. 211-222, pl. 16, Feb. 22nd, 1898, Rochester, U.S.A.
Ells, R. W.—Rzcent conclusions in Quebec Geology. Ottawa Naturalist, vol. 11,
No. 9, pp. 173-176, Ottawa, December, 1897, Ottawa, Canada.
Ells, R. W.—Formations, faults and folds of the Ottawa District. Ottawa
Naturalist, vol. 11, No. 10, pp. 177-18¢e, Ottawa, Canada, 1808.
Gilpin, E.—Ores of Nova Scotia, Gold, Lead and Copper. Commissioner of Public
Works and Mines, Queen’s Printer, Halifax. N.S., Halifax, 1898, pp. 1-46, I map.
Gilpin, E.—Some analyses of Nova Scotia coals and other minerals. Trans.
Nova Scotia Hist. Soc., vol. 9 (2adser., vol. 11), pt. 3, pp. 246-254, Nov, 30th, 1897,
Halifax, N.S.
Goodwin, W. L.—Analyses of corundum and corundum-bearing rock. Report,
Bureau of Mines of Ontario, vol. 7, pt. 3, pp. 238-239, 1898, Toronto, Canada.
Goodwin, W. L. and Miller, W. G.—WNote on a mineral of the Columbite
group. Journ. Federated Canadian Mining Institute, vol. 3, pp. 151-152, 1898.
-
54 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [May
Gwillim, J. C.—Some West Kootenay ore bodies. Journal Federated Canadian
Mining Institute, vol. 3, pp. 19-26, 1898.
Hoffmann, G. C.—Refort on the Section of Chemistry and Miachtliny: Geol.
Surv. of Can., Ann. Rep., vol. 9, 3 th June, 1898, Queen’s Printer, Ottawa, Canada.
Ingall, E. D.—Sectéon of Mineral Statistics and Mines. Annual Report for
_ 1896, Ann. Rep. Geol. ‘Surv. of Canada, vol. 9, new series, 169 PP: SPaReD. Oss
issued 1898.
Ingall, E. D. oe of Mineral Production of Canada for 1987, Geol.
Surv. Can., 7 pp., Ottawa, 1898.
Jennison, W. F.—Manganese deposits of Nova Scotia, Journal Feder. Canad.
Mining Inst., vol. 3, pp. 167-172, 1898.
Lambe, L. M.—Ox the remains of mammoth in the Museum of the Geologica
Survey Department. Ottawa Naturalist, vol. 12, Nos. 7 and 8, pp. 136-137, 1898,
Ottawa, Canada.
Low, A. P.—Report of a traverse of the northern part of the Labsador Penin-
sala from Richmond Gulf to Ungava Bay. Geol. Survey of Canada, Ann. Rep.,
vol. 9, 43 pp-, 4 pls., Jan. 12th, 1898, Queen’s Printer, Ottawa, Canada.
Matthew, G. F.— Recent discoveries in the St. John Group, No. 2. Article 4,
Bull. Nat. Hist. Soc. of New Brunswick, No. 16, vol. 4, pt. 1, pp. 32-43, 1898,
St. John, N.B.
Matthew, G. F.—7ze oldest Paleozoic fauna. Abstract in Proc. Amer.
A.A. Sc., vol. 47, pp. 301-302, December, 1898 ; also Amer. Geol., vol. 22, No. 4,
p- 262, October, 1898.
Matthew, G. F.—Studies on Cambrian faunas. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can.,
2nd ser,, vol. 3, section iv, pp. 165-211, pls. 1-4, 1897, issued 1808, Ottawa, Can.
Miller, W. G.—Zconomic Geology of Eastern Ontaria—Corundum and other
minerals. Report, Bureau of Mines of Ontario, vol. 7, pt. ili, pp. 207-238, 6 pls.,
i map, 1898, Toronto, Ontario, Canada.
Miller, W. G. and Goodwir, W. L.—WNote on a mineral of the Columbite
group. Journal, Federated Canad. Mining Inst., vol. 3, pp. 151-152, 1898.
Obalski, J.— Mining in Quebec in 1897. Journal, Federated Canad. Mining
Inst., vol. 3, pp. 145-150, 3898.
Ogilvie, W.—7he Yukon and its gold resources. Ex. Trans, Ottawa Lit. and
Scientific Society, No. I, pp. 75-78, with table, Ottawa, 1898, Ottawa, Canada.
Parks, W. A.—Geology of base and meridian lines in Rainy River district.
Report, Bureau of Mines of Ontario, vol. 7, pt. 2, pp. 161-183, Toronto, 1898.
Penhallow, D. P.-—Pleistocene flora of the Don Valley. Appendix, Brit.
Assoc. Adv. Sc., Sect. C., Bristol, 1898, pp. 4 to 8 of Report of Committee to investi-
gate the Pleistocene flora and fauna of Canada, Bristol, England.
Poole, H. S.—7he Mineralozy of the Carboniferous of Nova Scotia and Nex
Brunswick.—Journal, Federated Canadian Mining Inst., vol. 3, pp. 77-81, 1898.
Rutherford, John.—-Motes on the Albertite of New Brunswick. Journal,
Federated Canadian Mining Inst., vol. 3, pp. 40-46, 1898.
Spencer, J. W.—Zake formations and great changes of level in Jamaica.
Canadian Inst. Trans., vol. 5, pp. 325-357, pls. 1-6, May, 1898, Toronto, Canada.
Spencer, J. W.—Another episode in the history of Niagara River. (Abstract.
Proc. A. A. A. Sc., vol. 47, p. 299, December, 1898. :
Spencer, J. W.—Ax account of the researches relating to the Great Lakes.
Amer. Geol., vol. 21, pp. 110-123, February, 1898, Minneapolis, Minn., U.S.A.
/1899] AMI—GEOLOGICAL WORK IN CANADA, FOR 1898. 55
Spencer, J. W.—Ox Mr. Frank Leverett’s correlation of moraines with beaches
on the border of Lake Erie. Amer. Geol., vol. 21, pp. 393-396, June, 1898,
Minneapolis, Minn., U S.A.
Spencer, J. W.—-Miagara as a time piece. Canadian Institute, Proc., new
series, vol. 1, pp. 101-103, May. 1898, Toronto, Ontario.
Spencer, J. W.—Resemblances hetween the declivittes of high plateau and those
of submarine..Antiljean valleys. Canadian Journal, vol. 5, pp. 359-368, I map,
April, 1898, Foronto, Ontario.
‘Tyrrell, J. B.—TZhe glaciation of north Central Canada. Journal of Geology,
‘vol..6, pp. 147-169, Feb.-March, 1898, Chicago, Hlinois, U.S.A.
— -Dyrrell, J. B.— The Cretaceous of the Athabasca River. Ottawa Naturalist,
vol. 12, No: 2, pp. 37-41, May, 1898, Ottawa, Canada.
Tyrrell, J. B.—Refort on the Doobaunt, Kazan and Ferguson rivers, and thz
north-west coast of Hudson Bay to Lake Winnipeg, Geol. Survey of Canada, Ann.
Rep., vol. 9, new series 218 pp,, Rep. F., issued 1898 as No. 658, Ottawa, Canada.
Walker, T.. L.—7he crystal symmetry of torbernite. Amer. Journal Science,
ser. 4, vol. 6, pp. 41-44, July, 1898, New Haven, Connecticut, U.S.A.
Walker, T. L.— Examination of some triclinic minerals by means of etching
Jigures. Amer. Journ. Science, ser. 4, vol. 5, pp. 176-185, March, 1808.
Walker, T. L.-—Causes of variation in the composition of igneous rocks.
Amer. Journ. Science, Nov., 1868, pp. 410-415, New Haven, Conn., U.S.A.
Whiteaves, J. F.—Vostscript to a description of a new genus and species of
Cystideans from the Trenton limestone at Ottawa. Can. Pec. Science, vol. 7,
Pp. 395-396, July, 1897. issued July, 1898, Montreal, Canada,
Whiteaves, J. F.—WNote on a fish tooth from the Upper Arisaig series of Nova
Scotia. Can. Rec. Science, vol. 7, No. 8, pp. 461-462, I figure. -
Whiteaves, J. F.—Ox some remains of a sepia-like cuttle-fish from the Cret-
aceous rocks of the South Saskatchewan. Can. Rec. Science, vol. 7, pl. 2, pp.
459-461, Montreal, June, 1898.
Whiteaves, J. F.—Ox some fossil Cephalopoda in the Museum of the Geologi-
cal Survey of Canada, with the description of eight species that appear to be new.
Ottawa Naturalist, vol. 12, pp. 116-127, September, 1898, Ottawa, Canada.
Willimot, A. B.—-Motes on the Michipicoten gold-felds. Journal Federated
Canadian Mining Inst., vol. 3, pp. 100-102, 1898.
Wiilimot, A. B.—Michipicoten mining division. Report of Bureau of Mines
of Ontario, vol. 7, pt. 2, pp. 184-206, map, 18¢8, Toronto, Canada.
Wilson, W. J.—WNotes on the Pleistocene geology of a few places in the Ottawa
Valley. Ottawa Naturalist, vol. 11, pp. 209-220, March, 1898, Ottawa, Canada.
HONEY BEES ACCLIMATISED.—On the 27th of April, I
again visited the bee-tree at Rockcliffe, referred to in the Nov-
ember, 1898, issue of THE NATURALIST and although late in
the afternoon was pleased to find that the bees had again
successfully wintered, as was evidenced by the marked activity
above the entrance of the cavity in the tree. From the large
number of bees to be seen coming and going, it seems probable
that this colony has wintered quite as well, if not better than the
average colony kept under artificial conditions—P. H. SELWYN,
56 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [May
NOTES AND REVIEWS.
Mr. W. H. Harrington describes in the April number of
“The Canadian Entomologist” six new Ottawa Proctotrypide.
Mr. W. C. McCalla, St. Catharines, Ont.,a member of the
Club, goes to the National Park at Banff in June, for the pur-
pose of making a complete collection of the plants of that region.
These will be soldin sets at the usual price when he returns.
In his “Notes on some Mammals from Black Bay,
Labrador” published in the “ Proceedings of the New England
Zoological Club,” Mr. Outram Bangs describes a new jumping .
mouse,a new muskrat, a new woodchuck and a new shrew.
Mr. Doane, who has been collecting in Labrador for the Bangs
collection, will remain there for several years working from south
to north. His 1898 collection was made on the Straits of Belle
Isle. .
The principal articles in the recently published “ Bulletin
of the Natural History Society of New Brunswick” (No. XVII
Vol. IV—Pt. II) are “ Notes of a Wild Garden” by G. U. Hay,
“The Butterflies of New Brunswick” by William McIntosh,
and “ Notes on the Natural History and Physiography of New
Brunswick” by Dr. W. F. Gonong. Other articles of less
importance bring the number of pages up to 94 making this part
one of the best yet issued by the society.
SPRING EXCURSIONS.
The April sub-excursions proved so successful notwithstand-
ing the lateness of the spring that similiar outings have been
arranged for May. They will be to Aylmer, May 6th, Rock-
cliffe, May 13th, and to Beaver Meadow, Hull, May 20th. The
first general excursion of the season will be to Chelsea on May
27th.
Subscriptions for 1899 are now due and may be paid to
the Treasurer or any member of the Council.
THE OTTAWA NATURALIST.
VoL. XIII. OTTAWA, JUNE, 1899. No.
Los)
OTTAWA COLEOPTERA—CERAMBYCID.
By W. Hacue Harrincron, F.R.S.C.
A list of one thousand Ottawa Coleoptera was published
in Transactions, Vol. II, pp. 67-85, 1884, but the number of
species now known is probably nearly 50 per cent greater. The
majority of the additions, however, have been of small or in-
conspicuous beetles, or of those belonging to groups which
require special methods of collecting. In view of the more
extended knowledge ofour fauna, it is proposed to offer from
time to time lists of the families which appear to be’ most fully
determined. The Cerambycidz have been selected for the first
paper of the series, as in the fifteen years which have elapsed
but few changes or additions have been made; the number has
- only increased from 106 to 113, and but few additional species
are likely to be found here.
The Cerambycide, or Longicorn Beetles, are always favorites
with Coleopterists as they vary remarkably in size, structure
and ornamentation, and include many very beautiful insects.
Our species do not equal either in size or decoration those of
_more tropical climates, nor even such beetles as Evgates spiculatus
Lec. and Rosalia funebris Mots. which occur in British Columbia,
but we have still some large and handsome forms. The
Cerambycids are also of special interest from the fact that, in
the larval stage, they subsist invariably upon the -woody tissues
of plants, and that many of the species arc, therefore, included
among injurious insects. These, however, are such as attack the
trees and shrubs of which man desires to appropriate to his own
uses the fruit or other products, or which he plants for shade or
ornament. Apart from such economic considerations, the work
performed by these wood-eating insects contributes largely to
58 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [June
the removal of dead and fallen timber, and to its replacement by
a fresh growth. Comparatively few of the species, probably,
attack perfectly vigorous plants, but the injured, dead and fallen
individuals are soon thoroughly infested. The eggs laid in
crevices of the bark, or in incisions made. specially therein, soon
produce the grubs which, burrowing first in the juicy outer layer
beneath the bark, gradually, as they increase in size, penetrate
deeper into the wood, and before they reach maturity many of
the species bore long tunnels deep into the trunks even of large
_trees. These tunnels receive and retain moisture and in
them fungi find a foothold, and they thus become centres of
disintegration and decay.
In the classification of the Coleoptera of North Amcrica, by
Leconte and Horn, three subfamilies are recognized and are
separated as follows:
Frothorax margined, labrum connate. PRIONINA.
Prothorax not margined, labrum free.
Front tibiz not grooved. CFRAMBYCIN&.
Front tibiz grooved. LAMIIN
Of the PRIONINZ we have only two representatives, viz.
Orthosoma brunneum Forst. and. T7ragosoma Harris Lec. The
former is slightly the largest, attaining a length of 1.5 inches. It
is a smooth, brownish beetle with stout antenne, and the short
thorax is armed on each side with three teeth. 7. Harrzszz,
while hardly so long, is broader and more robust, darker in
colour and with densely hairy thorax and striated elytra. These
beetles both infest pine, although the grubs of the former at least
are occasionally found in other trees.
The second sub-family, CERAMBYCIN#, contains the
majority of our species, although many of its tribes are not
represented in our fauna.
Tribe I, Asemini, is represented by three genera, Asemum,
Criocephalus and Tetropium, each represented by one species.
These are rather softish beetles of dull black or brownish
colour, infesting pines, and probably other conifers. Tetropium
can be readily recognized by the divided eyes.
Tribe II, Callidiini, has seven genera represerted; the eleven
PS ete ee ec ANS Mle
——e
a
aaa
le 1
v
1899] HaRRINGTON—OTTAWA COLEOPTERA. 59
species being of medium or small size. The most conspicuous
is Physocnemum brevilineum Say,a handsome beetle over one
half of an inch long; the thorax is globular, with a conical
protruberance on each side near base; the general colour is
black, but the elytra are varied centrally with brown and have
several short ivory-white lines; the thighs are very conspicu-
ously swollen, as in many insects of this group. The last genus
Callidium contains two fairly common species of broader shape ;
the larger, C. antennatum Newm.,half an inch long, is a fine
purplish blue ; the smaller, C. yanthznuim Lec., from one-quarter
to two-fifths of an inch long, is a bright bronze-green, or
occasionally bronze.
Tribe III. Cerambycini is here represented by the solitary
genus Elaphidion with two species considered by some authorities
identical. These are cylindrical beetles, reddish or brown-
ish, and more or less clothed or mottled with pale pubescence.
These beetles are known as Oak-pruners, because the grubs
which live in the twigs and branches of the oaks so form their
burrows as to cause the portion of the limb in which one lives to
break off and drop to the ground in autumn ; the beetle emerg-
ing the following season.
Tribe IV, Obriini, is represented by three species belonging
to as many genera. Odrium rubrum Newm. is a delicate
yellowish-red beetle about one-fourth of an inch long. Morlorchus
bimaculatus Say and Callimoxys sanguinicollts Oliv. are readily
recognized by their abbreviated elytra; the latter is the larger
and usually has a red thorax.
Tribe IX, Trachyderini, contains here only Purpuricenus
humeralis Fab., which is one of our handsomest beetles. It is:
nearly three-fourths of an inch long; colour rich velvety black,
with a triangular vivid red patch on the shoulder of each
elytron.
Tribe XI, Clytini, represented by nine genera with thir-
teen species, contains some of our finest longicorns. The most
conspicuous is Plagtonotus speciosus Say, a well-known Maple-
Eorer, This fine insect is about an inch long and of robust shape;
60 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [June
rich black with bright yellow markings ; one of the yellow bands
across the elytra is shaped like a W; the legs are also yellow
but the antennz are black. When flying this beetle much
resembles a big wasp and I have seen persons, ncar whom one
has happened to circle in its flight, very much afraid of being
stung by it. Callotdes nobilis Say is almost as big, but is more
sombre in appearance, being entirely black, except the markings
oa elytra, which sometimes are reduced to a few yellow spots.
Cyllene robinie Forst., slightly smaller, is a very wasp-like looking
species with numerous transverse yellow bands, and red legs and
antenne. It is one of our most obnoxious cerambycids, as its
grubs bore and tunnel in the Locust-trees to such an extent as
to have killed nearly all such trees in the city. Arhopalus,
Xylotrechus, Neoclytus and Clytanthus contain species of
moderate size with more elongated thorax, and more cylindrical
in shape. They are generally more or less banded with white
or yellow. Microclytus, Cyrtophorus and Euderces are some-
what ant-like in form, especially the second, whose representa-
tive, C. verrucosus is a common species.
Tribe XIII, Atimiini, has one representative of rare occur-
ance, viz. Azzmza confusa Say, a pale brownish beetle about one-
third of an inch long, mottled with pale pubescence.
Tribe XV. Desmocerini, has as its representative here
Desmocerus palliatus Forst., perhaps the most brilliant of our
longhorns, although, unfortunately, it loses in the cabinet a
certain degree of its beauty by fading. When sunning itself upon
the elder-bushes in midsummer it is a very striking and beauti-
ful insect. ts general colour varies from a rich purplish-blue to
steel-blue, and a broad yellow band across the base of the elytra
gives to it the appropriate name of the Cloaked Beetle.
Tribe X VII,Encyclopini, contains one slender bluish species,
E.. ceruleus Say, which is very rare in this locality.
Tribe XVIII, Lepturini, is the one best represented, as we
have ten genera with thirty species. These are usually of moderate
size,and none are very small. Rhagzum lineatum Oliv. differs
from most of our cerambycids in having the antennz quite short,
hg :
7
%
1899] HARRINGTON—OTTAWA COLEOPTERA. 61
reaching only to the base of the wing-covers. It is a greyish
beetle, rather stoutly built, with costate elytra and a spine on
each side of the thorax. The most attractive species is Axtho-
philax malachiticus Hald., of a brilliant green. It is usually very
rare, but Dr. Fletcher had the good luck to capture five examples
one day last summer, and stray individuals have been taken on
other occasions at Buckingham and Chelsea. Another pretty
green beetle, smaller and more highly polished, is Gawrotes
cyantpennis Say, which is at times quitecommon. The majority
of our species belong to the genus Leptura, some of which are
prettily banded with yellow, or otherwise ornamented. A com-
mon species is L. canadensis Fab., which is black with red
shoulders. The forms of this species with all red or all black
elytra (erythoptera and cribrata) have not yet been found here.
One of our largest and most abundant species is Z. proxima Say,
a robust black beetle with yellow elytra tipped with black.
L. chrysocoma Kirby is smaller and easily distinguished by its
golden pubescence.
Our remaining forty odd species belong to the sub-family
LAMIIN&, in which again we find many tribes unrepresented in
our fauna.
Tribe V, Psenocerini, contains only one species, Psenocerus
supernotatus Say, a little cylindrical brownish beetle, with four
oblique white marks on elytra, it varies in length from one-tenth
to one-fourth of an inch ; its larvee feed in the stems of currant-
bushes, etc., and it is known as the American currant-borer.
Tribe VI, Monohammi, is represcnted by three genera with
seven species. Of the four species of Monohammus which in-
fest our pines, 7. confusor Kirby, is probably familiar to all
Ottawa citizens,and it is sometimes referred to as the “ Ottawa
Cow.” It is over an inch long, and while the antennz of the
female are not much longer than the body, those of the male
reach the length of three inches. These long antennez and the
long legs make of one of these beetles a very conspicuous
object. This species is very distructive to pine timber or logs ;
the grubs being very large and with their powerful jaws bur-
62 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [June
rowing rapidly through the wood. On a still day, in the
vicinity of logs infested by these grubs, one can hear at a
considerable distance the noise they make in driving their
tunnels. J/. scutellatus Say, a smaller black species, is also
very common and destructive. Goes pulverulenta Hald. is a fine
brownish beetle, with sparse whitish pubescence, of which I have
beaten a few specimens from hickory. G. occulata Lec. is much
smaller and has a black spot on each elytron.
Tribe VII, Acanthoderini, offers seven genera with fifteen
species, principally small insects of rather flattencd appearance
and with Jong slender antenne. Their general colour is greyish,
varied with markings or tufts of white or dark pubescence.
None of the species are so conspicuous as to attract attention
from non-entomologists.
Tribe IX, Pogonocheri, is represented by three genera with
six species which are also all rather small and inconspicuous,
though showing somewhat more varicty in their colour and
decoration.
Tribe XIV, Saperdini, has only one genus, but this contains
ten species, including some of our most important longicorns.
Saperda calcarata Say, fullyan inch long and prettily mottled with
yellowish pubescence, is known asthe Poplar-borer. S. candida
Fab., with two bold longitudinal white stripes, is the Apple-borer
so destructive in some parts of America, but which here occurs
usually on Hawthorn or Shadbush, and, curious to say, seems
confined to the Quebec side of the river. S. vestefa Say, clothed
with dense yellowish pubescence and usually with six small
black dots on elytra, is the common Basswood-borer. One of
the prettiest species is S. puncticollis Say, in livery of black and
yellow, with four conspicuous black spots on the yellow thorax.
This species bores in the stems of Virginia Creeper, and last
season Mr. Fletcher obtained numerous specimens and found
that the beetles, after emerging from the stems, fed upon the
leaves, which they riddled with holes.
Tribe XV, Phytceciini, concludes our series with two genera.
Oberea bimaculata Oliv.an elongate cylindrical beetle, black with
2 het es A Mi
1899] HARRINGTON—OTTAWA COLEOPTERA. 63
reddish thorax and short legs, is the well-known Raspberry-
girdler. It deposits its eggs in the tops of raspberry canes and
causes them to wither and die. Our last beetle, TZetraopes
tetraopthalmus Forst., has a name whose pronunciation might
form a good test of a man’s sobriety. It is a bright red beetle
with black legs and antenne, and with four black spots on thorax
and six on elytra. It occurs abundantly upon milk weeds, and
its larvee find their subsistence in these plants. The following
species which appeared in my former list have been dropped.
Elaphidion incertum Newm. A mutilated specimen, found in my wood-shed,
but as head and thorax are missing its identification is uncertain.
Neoclytus caprea Say. Incorrectly determined specimens of our common
Xylotrechns undulatus Say.
Leptura abdominals Hald. A beetle given to Dr. Leconte and doubtfully so
named by him ; probably a form of Z. p/ebeya Rand ; or L. subhamata Rand.
Monohammus maculosus Hala. Through a clerical error this name was inserted
instead of J, ¢z‘z//ator Fab.
Lepturges facetus,Say. The beetles so determined belong to Z. gwercz Fitch.
Liopus cinereus Lec. This species is now placed with Z. alpha Say.
The following species represent the additions made to this
family during fifteen years, and a large proportion of them are
captures of Mr. W. Simpson.
Rhopalopus sanguinicollis Horn.
Phymatodes amoenus Say.
Xylotrechus quadrimaculatus Hald.
Encyclops ceruleus Say.
Anthophilax malachiticus Hald.
Gaurotes abdominalis Bland.
Typocerus zebratus Fab.
Leptura lineola Say.
Leptura biforis Newm.
Leptura sanguinea Lec.
Leptostylus collaris Hald.
Saperda puncticollis Say.
Although, as previously stated, but few additional] species
are likely to reward the collector, many of those on the list are
so poorly represented in our cabinets that additional material is
most desirable. We are also ignorant of the plants attacked by
many of these beetles and the life-histories of even the commoner
64 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [Jun
species are often but poorly known. Records of the trees and
shrubs upon which the beetles occur are always valuable, and
especially so if it be ascertained that they have emerged from
such plants, or if they are bred from them. By carefully ex-
amining injured or fallen trees these beetles may often be found,
or their larvae and pupe be obtained. Many species also occur
during the summer upon flowering plants, especially trees and
shrubs, such as Elder, Sumach, Goldenrod, Spirzea, etc. The
smaller species, as well as some of the larger, may be most
successfully obtained by using a beating-net under the branches
of such trees as they intest. While nearly ever tree and shrub
is attacked by one or more species, the Maples. White Pine and
Hickory are most subject to their depredations.
The following is a catalogue of our species :—
OTTAWA CERAMBYCID-.
I. Orthosoma brunneum Forst. Rather common ; infestsePine logs and stumps.
2. Tragosoma Harrisii Lec. Rarer; also infests Pine.
. Asemum moestum Hald. Abundant; in millyards and about Pine timber.
. Criocephalus agrestis Kirby. Very common ; also a Pine-borer.
Tetropium cinnamopterum Kirby. Rare ; probably infests conifers.
. Gonocallus collaris Kirby. One specimen.
NNN F Ww
. Physocnemum brevilineum Say. Not common ; bred by Dr. Fletcher from
Elm.
8. Rhopalopus sanguinicollis Ilorn. One taken on Apple at Kingsmere by
Mr. Simpson.
g. Hylotrupes ligneus Fab. Common; inhabits the Cedar.
10. Phymatodes thoracicus Muls. Several bred one year by Dr. Fletcher from
hoops of wine cask ; possibly not native.
11. Phymatodes amcenus Say. One specimen received from Dr. Fletcher.
12, Phymatodes dimidiatus Kirby. Not common ; occurs upon the White Pine.
13. Merium proteus Kirby. Rare here; appears to be more common
northward.
14. Callidium antennatum Newm. Rather common ; infests the Pine.
15. Callidium janthinum Lec. Less abundant ; is a borer in Cedar.
16. Callidium zreum Newm. Cne specimen, from Dr. Fletcher.
17. Elaphidion parellelum Newm. Rare; this beetle is an Oak-pruner.
18. Elaphidion villosam Fab. One specimen. Some authors make this a form
of the preceding.
=
1899] HARRINGTON—OTTAWA COLEOPTERA. 65
19. Obrium rubrum Newm. One on Hickory and one on Scented Raspberry.
20. Molorchus bimaculatus Say. Abundant ; infests Hickory and Maple.
21. Callimoxys sanguinicollis Oliv. Rare; norecord of habits.
22. Purpuricenus humeralis Fab. One female taken on fence under Oak-tree
near Rideau Halland one male picked up on Sparks St. Two specimens have also
been taken by Mr. Simpson at Kingsmere.
23. Cyllene robiniz Forst. Abundant; a borer in Acacia and exceedingly
destructive to that fine ornamental and shade tree.
24. Plagionotus speciosus Say. Not very common ; bores in Maples.
25. Calloides nobilis Say. More abundant ; also a borer in Maple.
26. Arhopalus fulminans Feb. Rare; no observation on habits.
27. Xylotrechus colonus Fab. Not common ; occurs on dead Hickory.
28. Xylotrechus sagittatus Germ. Rare; probably also infests Hickory.
29. Xylotrechus quadrimaculatus Hald. One specimen captured upon Beech.
30. Xylotrechus undulatus Say. Abundant ; probably infests Pine and Spruce.
31. Neoclytus muricatulus Kirby. Two specimens; one of which was taken
upon an old Pine.
32. Neoclytus erythrocephalus Fab Common; upon felled Hickory, end of
July.
33- Clytanthus ruricola Oliv. Common ; upon Basswood stumps.
34. Microclytus gazellula Hald. One specimen upon Sumach flowers.
35. Cyrtophorus verrucosus Oliv. Abundant on flowering shrubs in May and
June ; occurs On Oak and Hickory and one was found under bark of Beech.
36. Euderces picipes Fab. Rare ; on Hickory and on Sumach blossoms in July.
37. Atimia confusa Say. Rare ; upon White Pine.
38. Desmocerus palliatus Forst. Common ; bores in stems of Elder.
39. Eucyclops czruleus Say. Very rare; no record as to habitat.
40. Rhagium lineatum Oliv. Not common ; lives under bark of Pine.
41. Centrodera decolorata Harr. Two specimens upon Oak. Mr. Simpson
has also beetles taken in an orchard at Kingsmere where they occurred in abundance
upon Apple.
42. Toxotus Schaumii Lec. Two specimens ; one was upon Beech.
43- Toxotus vittiger Rand. Common at Casselman upon Oaks in June.
44. Pachyta monticola Rand. Not common; taken upon Elder flowers, etc. in
May at Kingsmere and other places in the hills.
45. Anthophilax malachiticus Hald. Rare; seems to occur upon Birch and
Beech.
46. Anthophilax alternatus Hald. Two specimens; one in a decaying Beech.
47. Achmezops proteus Kirby. Very abundant in Lumber-yards and upon Pine.
48. Achmezops pratensis Laich. Also abundant in similar conditions.
49. Gaurotes cyanipennis Say. Abundant ; especially on Sumach flowers in
July ; infests Butternut.
69 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [June
50. Gaurotes avdominalis Bland. One specimen captured at Kingsmere by
Mr. Simpson ; evidently very rare and as far as I know not recorded from Canada.
51. Bellamira scalaris Say. Rare; observed ovipositing in Maple Stumps, and
also dug from burrow in old poplar log.
52. Typocerus zebratus Fab, Common on Goldenrod and Spireea in August.
53. Typocerus velutinus Oliv. Abundant on flowering shrubs in early August,
and has also been taken upon Hickory.
54. Leptura plebeja Rand. Very rare.
55. Leptura subhamata Rand. Rare; occurs on Beech and Oak.
56. Leptura lineola Say. Four specimens captured at Kingsmere by Mr.
Simpson.
57. Leptura capitata Newm. Common; on flowers of Spiked-maple, etc.
58. Leptura exigaa Newm. Leftura saucia Lec. of former list. Common ;
on Sumach and other shrubs in blossom.
59. Leptura zebra Oliv. Only three or four specimens.
60. Leptura sexmaculata Linn, Rare ; on flowers of Spirzea, etc.
61. Leptura nigrella Say. Rare; habitat unknown. ¢
62. Leptura canadensis Fab. Abundant; upon flowering shrubs end of July,
especially upon Spirzea ; one taken upon Ash.
63. Leptura sanguinea Lec. Very rare; June, habits unknown.
64. Leptura chrysocoma Kirby. Rare ; probably infests Hickory and Butternut.
65. Leptura proxima Say. Abundant; occurs upon dead Hickory.
66. Leptura biforis Newm. One specimen in Mr, Simpson’s collection.
67. Leptura vittata Germ. Abundant ; flowering shrubs in June.
68. Leptura pubera Say. Also rather common in June.
69. Leptura Spheericollis Say. Only one specimen.
70. Leptura mutabilis Newm. Abundant ; form with pale elytra the less common
71. Psenocerus supernotatus Say. Common; bred by Dr. Fletcher from
Virginia Creeper.
72, Monohammus titillator Fab Not common; formerly taken upon young
Pines at Hull quarries.
73. Monohammus scutellatus Say. Abundant; destructive to Pine logs and
timber.
74. Monohammus confusor Kirby. Abundant ; the largest and most destructive
of our Pine-borers, doing great damage to logs an timber ; attacks living as well as:
dead trees.
75. Monohammus marmorator Kirby. Only one male captured here ; more
common further up the river where there is more Red Pine.
76. Dorcheschema nigrum Say. Abundant ; upon felled Hickory or old trees
in june.
77. Goes pulverutenta Hald. Rare; beaten from injured Hickory in July.
hue
OR Pe De gly Sobre
fans
1899] HARRINGTON—OTTAWA COLEOPTERA. 67
78. Goes occulata Lec. Two specimens taken on felled Hickory.
79. Acanthoderes dicipiens Hald. Not common. :
80. Leptostylus aculiferus Say. Two specimens; upon Butternut.
81. Leptostylus parvus Lec. Very rare ; place of capture not recorded.
82. Leptostylus sexguttatus Say. Leplostylus commixtus Hald. of former list.
Rare. Probably from Hickory.
83. Leptostylus perplexus Hald? One specimen ; determination doubttul.
84. Leptostylus macula Say. Common ; June and July; most frequently on
Hickory and Butternut, but has been also taken on Maple and Poplar.
85. Leptostylus collaris Haid. One specimen; probably from Hickory.
86. Liopus alpha Say. Liopfus cinereus Lec. of former list is now included in
this species. Common ; on Hickory in midsummer.
87. Liopus punctatus Lec. Two specimens ; accidental captures.
88. Lepturges symmetricus Hald. Lefturges angulatus Lec. of former list. No
record of habits.
89. Lepturges signatus Lec. Very rare. No record of habits.
go. Lepturges querci Fitch. Lepturges facetus Say of former list belongs to this
species. Common ; usually on Hickory, one from Willow.
gi. Hyperplatys aspersus Say. Common ; upon Hickory, June and July.
92. Hyperplatys maculatus Hald. Common; with: preceding, and is probably
only a form of aspersus.
93. Graphisurus fasciatus Deg. Abundant ; infests Hickory and Maple.
94. Acanthocinus obsoletus Oliv. Also common ; occurs with preceding.
95- Hoplosia nublia Lec. Rare; June, no record of infestations.
96. Pogonocherus penicellatus Lec. Several specimens taken on fences and
tree boxes in the city ; also one upon dead Pine.
97. Pogonocherus mixtus Hald. Not common; no record of infestation.
98. Eupogonius tomentosus Hald. One specimen. .
99. Eupogonius vestitus Say. Two specimens; taken also by Mr. Simpson. °
100. Eupogonius subarmatus Lec. Rare; on Scented Raspberry and on Ash.
101. Saperda calcarata Say. are; a destructive borer in Poplars.
102. Saperda mutica Say. Rare; on Willow; one pair June and one pair
July. %
103. Saperda candida Fab. Not common ; occurs upon Hawthorn, Shad-bush
and wild Plum.
104. Saperda vestita Say. Abundant ; a borer in Basswood.
2 105. Saperda discoidea Fab. Common; june to August on fallen and dead
Hickory.
106. Saperda tridentata Oliv. Abundant; infests principally the Elm, but
also the Maple.
107. Saperda lateralis Fab. Two specimens ; accidental captures.
a
68 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [June
108. Saperda puncticollis Say. Rare; bores in stems of Virginia Creeper.
10g. Saperda moesta Lec. Common; Poplars often badly disfigured by the
gall-like swellings caused by the larvae infesting the branches.
110. Siperda concolor Lec. One specimen. Habits not recorded.
111. Oberea bimaculata Oliv. Not commun ; infests Raspberries. The female
girdling the canes when ovipositing, and the larve boring in canes.
112. Oberea tripunctata Swed. Oberez amabilis Hald. of former list. Com-
mon ; upon Goldenrod and probably boring in that plant.
113. Tetraopes tetraophthalmus Forst. Abundant ; upon Milkweed, in the base
of which the larvae subsist.
ON REPTILIAN REMAINS FROM THE CRETACEOUS
OF NORTH-WESTERN CANADA.
By LAWRENCE M. LAmBgs, F.G.S.
The collection of fossils made by the writer during the
summers of 1897 and 1898 from the Cretaceous rocks of the Red
Deer River, in the Districts of Alberta and Assiniboia, consist
principally of dinosaurian remains, but include also the remains
of turtles and crocodiles as well as a few fish vertebree and
scales, leaves and silicified wood.*
The rocks exposed along the Red Deer River are those of
the Belly River, Pierre and Laramie formations, but by far the
larger number of fossils were secured from the Belly River beds
which are especially interesting as representing a terrestrial fauna
separated from that of the Laramie by the thick marine beds of
the Pierre. :
Taking into consideration the reptilian remains only, it is
found that they represent the three orders Chelonza, Crocodilia
and Dinosauria.
I. The following provisional enumeration may be made of
the fossils from the Belly River formation :—
1. Chelonia—
Plastomenus coalescens, Cope. Parts of the dorsal and
ventral shields.
*Vide Summary Report of the Geological Survey Department for 1898.
) Aye! ces
1899 | LAMBE—ON REPTILIAN REMAINS. 69
Also fragments of shell that may represent other species,
as well as vertebre, terminal phalanges and numerous other
bones of the endoskeleton of turtles.
Besides the above, small pieces of the plastron of P. coales-
cens were collected in 1882 by Mr. R. G. McConnell from the
Belly River beds of this district.
2. Crocodilia-—
Portions of the rami of mandibles of a species of Bot-
tosaurus, Agassiz, probably 4. perrugosus described by Cope
from the Fort Union (Laramie) group of Colorada.
3. Dinosauria—
a. Trachodon mtrabilis, Leidy. Numerous maxille and
rami of mandiles, in some cases with the teeth particularly well
preserved, as well as a large number of the principal bones of
this species.
Near the mouth of Berry Creek a large horn-core, one foot
long and nearly five inches in diameter at the base to which a
small part of the skull remained attached, was found with parts
of a maxilla holding teeth of the Yvachodon type. The horn-
core is asymmetrical, and suggests the presence of a pair of
well developed horns in the species of Tvachodon here re-
presented, probably that of 7. mzradzlis, Leidy, which with its
allies have been supposed to be hornless.
6. A maxilla with teeth, a separate tooth and a right
ramus, of a species of 77zceratops, Marsh.
c. Separate teeth and terminal phalanges of L@laps tncras-
satus, Cope.
ad. The upper part of the cranium and a number of dermal
plates of a species of Vodosaurus, probably J. ¢extzlis, Marsh.
II. The more important specimens from the Laramie series
consist almost entirely of dinosaurian remains and are more
fragmentary and not so numerous as those from the Belly River
beds :—
I. The order Chelonza is not represented in the collections
from the Laramie of this district, but fragments of a plastron,
probably referable to Plastomenus coalescens, Cope, were found in
70 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [June
1881 by Dr. G. M. Dawson in the Willow Creek (Laramie) beds
of the Oldman River, Alberta.
2. No crocodilian remains were found.
3. Dinosauria—
a. Most of the dinosaurian bones are thought to belong
to Trachodon mirabilts.
In 1881 Mr. T. C. Weston secured fragments of jaw with
teeth, of Zvachodon mirabilis, from the Laramie of the Red Deer
River, and in 1882 Mr. R.G. McConnell obtained a well pre-
served femur, from the Laramie of Scabby Butte, Alberta, that
appears to belong to the same species.
6. Other dinosaurian remains from the Laramie of the Red
Deer River in the collection of the Survey are a skull of L@laps
zucrassatus, Cope, found by Mr. J. B. Tyrrell in 1884, and
another skull of the same species collected in 1889 by Mr.
Weston.
From a comparison of the reptilian remains from the Belly
River beds with those from the Laramie, it would appear that
there are three species common to both formations, vzz., P/as-
tomenus coalescens, Cope, Trachodon mirabilis, Leidy, and L@laps
zncrassatus, Cope, also that these are the three forms most
abundantly represented in the collection. Remains of /?. coales-
cens seem to be not uncommon in both formations, those of
T. mirabilis are abundant in the Belly River rocks but are not
often met with in the Laramie whilst the reverse is the case with
those of L. zucrassatus.
The similarity in the vertebrate faune of the Belly River
and Laramie formations suggested by the above comparison is
also apparent in the invertebrate faunze of the same formations,
from which it may reasonably be inferred that the conditions of
life following the deposition of the marine beds of the Pierre
were essentially the same.as those that preceded it.
-
.
1899] 71
THE BERMUDA OR EASTER LILY.
By H. B. SMALL.
Few people have any idea of the enormous extent to which
the cultivation of the Easter Lily is carried on the islands of
Bermuda. Acres upon acres, are devoted to this plant alone,
and its bulbs constitute one of the principal and most lucrative
exports of those islands. The beautiful sight which one of the
lily fields presents when in full bloom is beyond description, and
the fragrance that loads the air is oppressive. For decorative
purposes the buds are cut shortly before Easter before the flower
opens, and carefully packed with damp moss in boxes the sides
of which by means of cleats allow ventilation. These on arrival
in New York are immediately distributed to the points whence
applications have been received, and if too backward are forced
into bloom by placing the stems in warm water. But the flowers
form only a small part of the profit attending lily culture. The
bulbs are shipped in enormous quantities to wholesale florists,
who supply the demand for them all over the continent. This
industry only commenced in 1878, when an American named
Harris, making a study of the plant and its growth introduced -
it into Bermuda, and from the success attending its culture there,
it received the name by which it is now known Liliuam Harrisi1,
the developement of flowers under the genial climate and adapt-
ability of the soil making it supercede the original lily known as
L. longifiorum.
The industry has of late years been seriously threatened by
the ravages of the Ewchar’s Mite which has so deterioated the
bulbs that their sale is seriously injured. The disease is.
characterized by spotting and distortion of the leaves and flowers,
and a stunted growth. The Department of Agriculture in
Washington has made a special study of it, and in August 1897
issued a bulletin thereon. Various remedies have been tried, but
so far without effect, and application was made to England last
year for an expert from Kew to visit Bermuda and examine the
whole condition and nature of the disease. The lily is supposed
72 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [June
to have been originally brought from China, and a curious
legend respecting it, not generally known may prove of interest.
It is as follows :—-
Centuries before the Christian era, great calamities befell
the Chinese Empire, and the prime minister was threatened by
the Emperor with the loss of his head unless he devised a means
of averting the wrath of the gods. Asserting that it had been
revealed to him in a dream to make a sacrifice of men, women
and fruits in a far off island where the gods made their abode,
a vessel was placed at his disposal in which were collected 100
of the strongest young men and fairest maidens, together with
the finest fruits. Amongst the stores was the “ Rak-hap” which
translated means the “ Lily of the co fields.” 1t was esteemed
a sweet and dainty morsel, and an especial delicacy. The vessel
sailed away, and this was the last the Emperor heard of his prime
minister, who, however, when once on the voyage intimated to
youths and maidens that instead of being sacrificed they would
inhabit and populate the beautiful island he knew of, one of the
islands of Japan. They willingly agreed to this, and in due
course of events, by reason of the change of soil the “ Bak-hap”
gradually assumed greater height and strength and a more
luxuriant bloom. As it improved in beauty it became less useful
as an article of food, and as strong taste had developed for
refinement and art in the new colony, its use as an article of food
was abandoned. Hundreds of years rolled on and the island
became a land of floriculture. The “ Bak-hap” grew steadily in
beauty and was finally exported to Europe as a new garden
flower, until an American noticing its splendour secured some of
bulbs, and being interested in the Bermudas introduced it there
where it seems to have made its home.
aT ae |
1899] 73
ORNITHOLOGY.
Edited by W. T. Macoun.
BirD NOTES FOR APRIL AND MAY.
From the long list of birds which have been recorded
during the past month it is very apparent that some members
of THE OTTAWA FIELD NATURALISTS’ CLUB have not been
idle. It is unfortunate, however, that so few of us take the time,
or make the opportunity, to study the habits of our birds and
record observations. The members of the Club should feel
grateful to the few who send their notes for publication, and
who, in this way, perhaps, may cause others to learn more about
birds.
It is interesting to compare the dates of arrival of birds
recorded in this number with those in the June number for 1898,
up to the 14th May last year, the arrival of 81 birds have been
recorded and up to the 14th May this year 77 birds have been
noted. On the whole, during the past month the birds have
arrived on nearly the same date as last year, there being a few
exceptions, however, where there was more than a week’s differ-
ence ; in some cases the bird having been recorded earlier and in
some cases later this year.
1899.
Apr. 13—RuBy THROATED HUMMINGBIRD, Jrochilus colubris. Miss Harmer.
14—B.Lack Duck, Anas obscura. Mr. C. H. Young.
14— MEADOWLARK, S/urnella magna. Mr. C. H. Young; April 15th. Mr.
W. A. D. Lees.
I15—SNOWFLAKE, Jlectrophenax nivalis. Large flock. Mr. W. A. D. Lees.
I5—-BELTED KINGFISHER, Ceryle aicyon. Mr. W. A. D. Lees ; April 16th,
Mr. Geo. R. White.
I5—WHITE-RUMPED SHRIKE, Lantus Jludovicianus excubitorides. Miss
Harmer.
15—Cow-BIRD, A/olothrus ater. Mr. Geo. R. White ; April 17th, Mr. C. H.
Yourg.
15—Rusty BLACKBIRD, Scolecophagus carolinus. Mr. Geo R. White.
16—GREAT BLUE HERON, Ardea herodias. Mr. Young.
16—VESPER SPARROW, Poovetes gramineus. Dr. J. Fletcher. Fairly common
at Experimental Farm, April 21.
74 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [June
I17—AMERICAN ROUGH-LEGGED HAWK, Apchibuteo lagopus sancti-johaniis.
Mr. Young.
18—HERMIT THRUSH, Zzrdus aonalaschke pallast. Mr. White.
18—-CHIPPING SPARROW, Sfizella soctalis. Mr. White ; April 19, Mr. Lees.
I9—FLICKER, Colaptes auratus. Mr. Lees. Mr. White ; April 20th, Mr.
Young.
I19Q—WHITE-BRESTED NUTHATCH, Sz¢/a carolinensis. Mr. Lees.
20—SAVANNAH SPARROW, Ammodramus sandwichensis. Mr. Lees.
22— WILSON’S SNIPE, Gallinago delicata. Mr. Lees, at Russell.
22—PURPLE MARTIN, Progne subis. Mr. Lees.
22—CANADA GoosE, Granta canadensis. Mr. Lees. Large flocks over Ex-
perimental Farm, Mr. W. T. Macoun.
23—MarsH Hawk, Czrcus hudsonius, Mr. Young.
23—BANK SWALLOW, Ciivicola riparia. Mr. Lees.
23— TREE SWALLOW, Zachycineta bicolor. Myr. Lees.
23—PILEATED WOODPECKER, Ceophleus pileatus. Mr. Young,
Fee Ted aes:
23—AMERICAN OSPREY, Pandion haliaetus carolinensis. Mr. White, Mr. ij
Young.
26—Loon, Urinator imber. Mr. White. ‘
28— BARN SWALLOW, Chelidon erythrogaster. Mr. W. T. Macoun ; April
29th, Mr, Lees.
29— AMERICAN HERRING GULL, Larus argentatus smithsonianus. Mr.Lees. :
30—-BROWN THRASHER, Harporhynchus rufus. Myr. W. T. Macoun. ‘.
30—-HousE WREN, Yvoslodytes aedon. Mr. Lees. 4
30—SPOTTED SANDPIPER, Acéit7s macularia. Mr. White, Mr. Lees. ut
30—AMERICAN BITTERN, Botaurus lentiginosus. Mr, Lees, Mr. White. Hy
30—HOODED MERGANSER, Lophodytes cucullatus. Mr. White. i
30—KILLDEER, Aegialitis vocifera. Mr. White. ij
30—PECTORAL SANDPIPER, J'ringa maculata. Mr. Lees. Bi
May 1I—LEAST FLYCATCHER, Lmpizonax minimus. Mr. Lees. i
1- -WHITE-THROATED SPARROW, Zonotrichia albicaulis, Dr. Fletcher ;
May 2nd, Mr. White.
2—-CHIMNEY SWIFT, Chaelura pelagic. . Mr. White, Mr. Lees ; May 4th,
Miss Harmer.
2—VELLOW WARBLER, Dendroica estiva. Miss Harmer ; May 3rd, Mr.
OOF et et
Hee a aula oat ots
Lees.
3—WARBLING VIREO, Vireo gilvus. Mr. Lees.
4—Woob THRUSH, Turlus mustelinus. Mr. Young.
=
eta
4—BALTIMORE ORIOLP, Jceterus galbula. Mr. White.
5 —KINGBIRD, Zyranwus tyrannus. Mr. Young ; May 6th, Mr. White.
6—MyrrcLe WARBLER, Detroiter corantta. Mr. White.
SE tiny MIE i ar ah o.e a « 0
1899] ORNITHOLOGY. 75
6—CLIFF SwaLtow, Letrochelidon luntfrons. Mr. White.
, 6—Woop Duck, Azx sfonsa. Mr. White.
7—GREATER YELLOW-LEGS, Zotanus melanoleucus. Mr. White.
7—MALLARD, Amas boschas. Mr. White.
11—BLACK-BILLED Cuckoo, Coccyzus erythrophthalmus. Mr. White.
I1—CATBIRD, Galeoscoptes carolinensis. Mr. White.
11-—WHITE-CROWNED SPARROW, Zonotrichia leucophrys. Miss Harmer.
1I1—CRESTZD FLYCATCHER, Jfyiarchus crinitus. Mr. White; May 13th,
Mr. Lees.
12—SCARLET TANAGER, Piranga erythromelas. Mr. White.
13—BoBoLink, Dolichonyx oryzivorus. Mr. Lees.
13— BLACK AND WHITE WARBLER, Mniotz/ta varia.. Mr. Lees.
I13—AMERICAN REDSTART, Sefophaga ruticilla. Mr. Lees.
13—OVEN-BIRD, Sezurus aurocapillus. Ms. Lees.
43—-AMERICAN PiPIT, Azthus pensilvanicus. fMr. Lees ; May 14th, Mr.
White.
13—SWAMP SPARROW, Alelospiza georgiana. Mr. Lees.
13—RED-EYED VIREO, Vireo olivaceus. Mr. Lees ; May 14th, Mr. White.
13—RED-HEADED WoopPECKER, Melanerpes erythr ocephalus. Mr. Lees.
14—CHESNUT-SIDED WARBLER, Dendroica pensylvanica. Mr. White.
14—ROSE-BREASTED GROSBEAK, Habra ludoviciana. Mr. White.
14—BLUE-HEADED VIREO, Vireo solitarius. Mr. White.
BOTANICAL NOTES.
Edited by Dr. JAMES FLETCHER.
RIBES CILIOSUM—I have received from Mr. C. D.
Moggridge of Belle Meade Farm, Hazelmere, B. C., specimens
of the flowering shoots of the above named Ribes, which has
been kindly named for me by Prof. Macoun. This is a very
rare plant, as far as we yet know, in British Columbia. It was
described in the “ Flora of Northwest America” by Thos.
Howell, Vol. 1, page 208, Apr. Ist. 1898. Prof. Macoun has
had specimens of this species for sometime in the Herbarium of
the National Museum, collected by Mr. J. M. Macoun in 1889 at
Burnaby Lake, B. C., and had them separated as an undescribed
species until Mr. Howell’s description appeared. The following
interesting particulars about the habitat of Azbes celzosum are
76 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [June
given by Mr. Moggridge. “Iam sending you by this mail a
bunch of cuttings and some rooted layers of the Ribes you ask
for. The layers will give you a fair idea of the way the plant
spreads. I only know of one locality where it grows near here,
and that is only a few square yards in extent. I am watching
over it carefully. The plant grows on a small island, just above
flood level,apparantly almost smothered by Salmon-berry (Rubus
spectabilis), the Red-berried Elder, etc.,.which cover the ground.
It does not attempt to grow to the light. I have not seen it
more than 2 or 3 feet from the ground. Its long straggling
branches trail along as near to the soil as they can get, some-
times running under ground for a couple of feet, where they take
root, and then emerging again start new bushes. The small
clusters of dark brown, wide-open flowers with very short tubes
are broader than deep and borne on very short foot-stalks.
They grow on last year’s wood, a shoot about six inches long
from a bud on the older wood. The cuttings I send are from
the terminal shoots which are much stronger. The berries, of
which I have only found a few, look like an undersized red
currant but are very acridin taste. The leaves are heart-shaped,
nearly two inches across with three large lobes and sometimes
the lower large lobes are divided in the middle, the leaves
are sharply toothed and the petioles are fringed with a few [ong
bristles. There are about six or eight flowers in each raceme.”
The habit of this western currant is apparently very similar
to that of Rides prostratum and may possibly have been con-
founded with that species in British Columbia. RE.
ELEOCHARIS MACOUNII.—While collecting Potamogetons
in Johnson’s Lake near North Wakefield in September, 1894,
I found on the border of a marsh near that lake an Eleocharis
unknown to me growing in company with &, obtusa and E. znter-
media. It has recently been described as a new species by Mr.
M. L. Fernald.* As pointed out by Mr. Fernald this plant in
its dark elongated heads more nearly resembles the European
E. carniolica than the American £. intermedia. He thus
describes it: Annual: culms slender, weak, the longest 2 or 2.5
|
x
y
a
1899] BOTANICAL NOTES, _ 77
em. long: heads elliptic-lanceolate, about 1 cm. long, more
densely flowered than in E. intermedia, the ovate-lanceolate or
oblong-lanceolate acutish or blunt scales dark brown: achene
_ much compressed, obscurely triangular in cross-section, obovate,
less elongated than that of 4. zztermedia ; the deltoid-conical
tubercle nearly as broad and one-half as high as the body of the
achene. J. M. M.
. Proceeding of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences Vol. XXXIV,
P. 407-
LYCOPODIUM INUNDATUM—On the wet bank near the
junction of the Canada Atlantic Railway and the Rockland
Branch at South Indian, May 9th, 1899. An addition to the
local flora and not before recorded in Eastern Ontario. J. M.
SYMPLOCARPUS FCETIDUS.—Abundant in a swamp about
one mile from Osgoode. Collected by Mr. R. H. Cowley early
in May. Not before collected in the Ottawa District.
TRILLIUM GRANDIFLORUM.—On May 13th, Mrs. A. E.
Barlow collected a monstrosity of this species with four leaves,
four sepals, four petals, eight stamens and four pistils. Two
stems rose from the one rootstalk, each bearing exceptionally
large flowers with the above characters). The plant is preserved
in the herbarium of the Geological Survey.
A GUIDE TO WILD FLOWERS.
While in England almost every educated man and woman
and nearly every child outside large cities knows the names of
the common flowers of wood and roadside, meadow and field, in
America such knowledge has been until very lately compar-
itively rare. A dozen or so of spring species are familiar to
everyone and a like number of the more conspicuous and
common summer flowers are pretty well known, but a general
acquaintance with even two or three hundred species is quite
enough to secure from the multitude the title of “ botanist.”
There are many reasons for this lamentable ignorance but chief
,among them has been the lack of popular books on flowers. An
e
78 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [June
entirely unfounded but very general belief that special scientific
training is essential before one may begin the study of plants
has deterred many a lover of flowers from attempting to learn
the names of species with which he has been familiar from child-
hood.
In recent years, however, several books of a more or less
popular character have been published and their effect is already
noticeable in the increased interest that is being taken in the
study of flowers. Mrs. Trail’s “Plant Life in Canada” was one
of the first, as it is still one of the best, books of this kind
published in America. It is, however, more a record of the
author’s own observations, than an aid to the study of plants
and has perhaps for that reason not had so large a sale as its
literary quality and the information it contains merit. “ How
to know the Wild Flowers,” by Mrs. Dana, and a more recent
book by the same author “ How to know Ferns” have had a
large sale in Ottawa and are doing much to popularize Botany.
The latest and most attfactive book on flowers is Miss
Lounsberry’s “ A Guide to Wild Flowers” illustrated with
sixty-four coloured and one hundred black-and-white plates. In
Mrs. Dana’s book the usual general key to genera gives place
to an artificial arrangement by means of which flowers of one
colour are grouped together in of their date of blooming ; Miss
Lounsberry has adopted a new arrangement and has divided the
species included in her book into eight groups according to their
habitat. Plants growing in water are first described, then those
growing in mud and so on until the uplands are reached.
Though some difficulty must have been experienced in deter-
mining the group into which some species of general distribution
should be put, the author seems, to have been able to place each
species just where one would expect to find it and the arrange-
ment she has adopted will enable many who know nothing of
botany to name the common plants met with in their rambles.
As should be the case with books of this kind, the common
English names are given first in heavy type, then follows the
Latin name, below which comes ina single line the family, colour,
-
memos oe.
_
1899] A GUIDE TO WILD FLOWERS. 79
odour, range and time of bloom. A brief technical description
of the plant is followed by general descriptive notes, which can-
not fail to interest every lover of flowers. The special feature
of the bock, however, is the beautiful coloured plants, which
make it the most attractive book of its kind published at a small
price. Mrs. Rowan, by whom the drawings were made, is appar-
ently more of an artist than a botanist and while all the illustra-
tions are artistically drawn and beautifully coloured all are not
equally true to nature ; nor are the drawings in black-and-white
always as accurate as one could wish. It is perhaps too much
to expect perfection in a book of this kind and its merits far
outweigh its inaccuracies. As it will be used principably by
those who will be satisfied to learn the English names of the
plants they see the adoption of the nomenclature and arrange-
ment of Britton and Brown’s Flora detracts little from the work,
though for a popular book the names and arrangement of Gray’s
Manual would have been preferable, if for no other reason than
that they are more familiar. J. M. M.
AFTERNOON LECTURES.
During April and May a course of popular lectures on
scientific subjects was delivered in the Assembly Room of the
Normal School by members of the Club. The attendance at all
these lectures was large, an evidence that there is no lack of
interest in Ottawa in subjects of this kind.
I. APRIL, 1oth—‘ POINTS OF INTEREST IN THE GEOL-
OGY OF OTTAWA” by Dr. H. M:- Ami—In_ dealing
with his subject Dr. Ami referred to the various geo-
logical formations to be found in this district and pointed out
the various places where each formation could be studied to ad-
vantage—what were the mineral characters of each, the nature,
origin, and mode of formation or deposition of each series to-
gether with the various fossil organic remains or extinct types of
animal life which were to be found in great profusion in
many of the sedimentary strata of Ottawa. The speaker
80 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [June
practically took his audience to a series of excursions about
Ottawa and pointed out by means of maps, charts, diagrams,
photographs and specimens the most salient and important
geological features to be observed and studied.
2. APRIL. 17th—“ THE STUDY OF BIRDS,” by Mr. A. G.
Kingston.—The lecturer directed attenticn.to the recognized
value of all nature studies in inducing a healthy natural
growth in three directions—the memory, the reason,
the sentimental faculties. In respect of influence upon
the latter especially, he claimed that Field Ornithology was
easily first of all branches of Natural History.
The appliances and qualities requisite for the intending
student of this subject were then enumerated. The lecturer
deprecated the making by the ordinary student of a large col-
lection of bird-skins, but advised that more attention should be
paid to the manners and habits of the living bird as seen in the
field. Fora first season’s work he thought it would be wise for
a beginner to confine himself entirely to the land birds, of which
there were on the Ottawa list, (excluding casual or accidental
visitants ) about 125 species.
The student having furnished himself with a good descrip-
tive hand-book, should mark therein all species known to occur
in this district Practical instructions were then given for noting
the important characters of a bird as they appear to an observer
in the field; and a field key to the families was placed upon
the black-board, by the use of which in conjunction with the
descriptive hand-book the lecturer believed it possible to identify
almost any of the land birds of the district. It was then pointed
out that identification of species was not to be _ re-
garded as an end in itself but only as. an opening
of acquaintanceship with each bird, to be followed by gain-
ing a knowledge of its habits, song, migration, and many an
interesting problem so to be opened up.
Space does not permit the inclusion of the Field Key to
the families in this report but it is intended to publish it in the
next number of the Naturalist.
ne saab abuaigdiggs
7
1899] AFTERNOON LECTURES. . 8I
3. APRIL, 24th.--“ ENTOMOLOGY,” by Dr. James Fletchcr,
Dominion Entomologist—The speaker without preliminary
introduction went right to the heart of his subject by asking
and answering shortly what is Entomology ? What is an insect ?
He deprecated the indiscriminate use of the word “bug” as
generally used because although all bugs were insects all insects
were by no means bugs. Insects are amongst the most
familiar of natural objects. They are met with in all climates and
in one or other form at all seasons of the year. It was estimated
that they comprised four-fifths of the animal kingdom ; no less
than 200,000 species being found in collections. Their place in the
classification of the animal kingdom was noted and the dif-
ferences between the members of the seven great orders ex-
plained. This old classification of the insects was recommended
for beginners and the derivation of the names used explained.
Diagrams illustrating the different kinds of insects were shown.
An carnest plea was made for a more extensive study of insects
on account of the utility of the knowledge obtained, first as a
means of preventing the great losses which annually occurred
among crops, then as a useful means of training the mind in
habits of accuracy, of observation and precision of description
and, lastly, as an unfailing and constant source of intellectual
pleasure. It was advised to study a few things well—eg. a
single order or even asingle insect, rather than to aim at amass-
ing a large collection, the thorough study of which was ren-
dered impossible by the shortness of the average life of man.
Beginners were encouraged to make use of the leaders of the
club. The delight of rearing even one of our commonest but-
terflies from the egg through the larval stages to the chrysalis
and then to the perfect ins2ct were graphically described and
all present were urged to makeat least one trial during the
coming season. The speaker felt sure that if this were done
many who had previously se2n no particular beauties in insects
would be surprised at the amount of pleasure they would derive
and the unexpected beauties they would discern in the exquisite
perfection of every smallest part of every insect they examined.
82 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [June
The address began at quarter past four and ended punctually
at 5:15.
4. MAY, 1st.—“ SHELLS,” by F. R. Latchford—The place
in nature occupied by shells and their builders, was pointed out,
and the classes indicated in which shells have been divided by
naturalists. The number, diversity and beauty of the different
families were alluded to, and special reference was made to the
land and fresh water species found in Canada—particularly
those occurring within the sphere of the Club’s operations, The
best collecting grounds in the vicinity of Ottawa were specified.
The sand bars of Duck Island were mentioned as one of the
most remarkable stations in Canada for many species of Umzo of
unusual size or beauty. Instructions were given as to the best
means of collecting, and the best methods of cleaning, classifying
and preserving shells when collected. A comparison was made
of the different localities around Ottawa in which shells abound,
the great diversity which exists between the shells in stations
apparently alike in character, and an earnest plea urged for an
increased interest in the study of shells here and in other parts
of Canada. Inthe discussion which followed, Mr. Latchford
stated that he would be glad to place a collection of Canadian
shells in the Normal school, if facilities were afforded for dis-
playing them to the students.
5. MAy,8th.—* BOTANY,” by Mr. R.B.White.—In his open-
ing remarks the lecturer emphasized the fact that although
there is a universal love for flowers few know anything about
them. This he attributed tothe imaginary difficulty of learning
the proper names; until the plant itself is known no attempt
should be made to memorize names—when the plants are
known the names will soon follow. The study of plants was
valuable in that it cultivated observation and reflection, enabled
us to better understand the world we live in and added greatly
to the pleasure of life.
After briefly outlining the natural system of classification
by means of which plants are divided into families, orders and
genera the lecturer told how plants should be studied. He
ss
1899] AFTERNOON LECTURES. — 83
recommended that some elementary book on Botany be carefully
read and that the beginner, instead of labouriously attempting
to analyse a plant and determine its name by means ofa key,
select first a number of species with which he is acquainted and
then compare them with the descriptions in the book used
looking up the meaning of every word not understood. By this
means anyone would ina short time become familiar with all
the descriptive botanical terms in common use. Representatives
of some of the large orders were then analysed in the way sug-
gested.
The importance of ample field notes was emphasised and the
uses of note-books and analysis books explained. The prepara-
tion of specimens for the herbarium was also described. The
lecturer explained that the methods suggested by him were not
intended to take the place of more complete botanical studies
when such were possible and recommended that the preliminary
work should be followed by the study of physiology and morpho-
logy.
6. MAY, 15th.—“ZOoLoGy,” by Prof. John Macoun and Mr.
W.S Odell.—Prof. Macoun confined his remarks to a_ general
outlining of the scope which zoological studies should cover point-
ing outthatapart from Ornithology and Entomolgy comparatively
little original work had been done by local students. He
showed that the smaller mammals, fish and reptiles of the Ot-
tawa region, as well as nearly all the lower forms of animal life,
were yet t» be worked up. Mr. Odell dealt principally with such
small animals as could be well studied in a small aquarium
illustrating his remarks with a very beautiful series of coloured
drawings of the species described. A small aquarium for student’s.
use could casily be made from the half-gallon or larger fruit jars
in ordinary use. For use in larger aquaria he recommended the
following plants: Axacharis Canadensts, Ceratophvllum demer-
sum, Myriophyllum, Proserpinaca, Ranunculus aquatilts, Callt-
triche, Chara, Nitella, Fontinalis and Lemna. The manner in
which many familiar forms of animals found in ponds and
streams propagate was also described.
84 THE OtTrawa NATURALIST. [June
7. MAY, 22nd.—‘ PLANTING AND CARE OF FOREST
TREES,” by Sir Henri Joli de Lotbiniére.—The seventh and last
lecture of the course was very appropriately of asomewhat more
practical kind than those which preceded it. The lecturer
showed that the wasteful destruction of Canadian forests was in
very great measure due to the fact that the forests had from the
earliest times been considered an enemy by the settler and that
it was only in very recent years that the farmer had begun to
learn that successful cultivation of the soil depended upon an
abundance of trees in his neighbourhood. By means of a fine
series of specimens and photographs he showed how rapidly
some of our most valuable trees grow and how they should be
pruned and cared for if the best results were to be obtained.
The photographs showing the effects of good and bad pruning
were exceptionally fine and illustrated the methods of tree cul-
ture and preservation followed on the lecturer’s own estate.
SUB-EXCURSIONS.
Owing to the lateness of the season and the inclemency of
the weather on two of the days upon which sub-excursions were
to be held, they were this year not quite so satisfactory as usual,
as regards results, though the attendance on all fine days was
exceptionally large. The snow still lay deep in the woods at
the time of the first excursion to Rockcliffe, April 15th, though
the rocky ridge was bare. No plants were found in flower and
no insects seen. A comparison of the results of the sub-excur-
sion held one day later in 1898 will show how late the present
spring was in opening. Large and interesting collections of
fossils were made at this and other sub-excursions and a com-
parative list of these will appear in an early number of THE
NATURALIST. Such bird notes as were worthy of record have
been, or will be, printed in the monthly Ornithological Notes.
APRIL 22nd.—The sub-excursion to the Beaver Meadow
west of Hull at this date was hardly more successful than that
held a week previous though the day was fine and the attend-
a
-
-y
1899] SUB-EXCURSIONS. 85
ance large. No insects were collected and the only flowers seen
were Hepatica triloba and H. acutiloba. The catkins of Alnus
zncana and Salix discolor were well developed. One specimen of
Pesiza coccinea was collected. Miss Halkett secured a fine
specimen of the Red-bellied Snake (Svtorerza occipitomaculata).
APRIL 29th. BEECHWOOD.— There was a large attendance at
this sub-excursion, many of those present collecting at Beech-
wood their first spring flowers. Before returning to the city
Prof. Macoun delivered an address on the plants found during
the afternoon, drawing special attention to the catkin-bearing
trees and shrubs. Both species of Hepatica were found, Trilli-
ums white and red, the Wild Ginger, the large-flowered Bell-
wort, Blue Cohosh, Claytoxza Carolinitana, Dentaria laciniata, D.
aiphylla and a few others. One of the striking objects collected
was the beautiful Scarlet Cup (Pezzza coccinea). Dr. Fletcher
spoke of the few insects seen. These were very few, a single
specimen of the Spring Azure (Lyce@na neglect a) and one of the
oil beetles (Welor niger), which it was explained laid its eggs on
flowers and the larve (called triungulins) on hatching remained
there until the flowers were visited by a bee when they attach-
ed themselves to the latter and were carried by it to its nest
where they lived as parasites. Specimens of the Tree Frog
(Fla versicolor) and Viscid Salamander (Plethodon glutinosus)
_ were found by Mr. A. Halkett.
May 6th—AYLMER.—Over 150 members of the club and
their friends attended this excursion. Flowers of several kinds
were abundant and the Trailing Arbutus was seen growing for
the first time by many who before knew it only by name. The
botanical leaders not reaching the place of rendezvous at the
specified time Dr. Fletcher was requested to speak on the plants
collected. Among the more interesting of those exhibited were
Sanguinaria Canadensis, Shepherdia Canadensis, Epig@a repens,
Amelanchter Canadensis, Waldsteinia fragarioides, Vaccinium
Pennsylvanicum, Corydalis aurea, Antennaria Canadensis and
Viola Muhlenbergit. Dr. Fletcher also spoke on insects. Few
were collected, the season being still backward. A few species
aaa
86 THE Orrawa NATURALIST. [June
had, however, rewarded the entomologists, 7%ecla Nzphon,
freshly emerged, was seen on a pine tree, Pzevzs oleracea-hiem-
alis and Lycena Lucia were also exhibited. Mr. Halkett des-
cribed the zoological specimens collected. Chief among these
was a Salamander—the Red Triton (Spelerpes ruber) found by
Mr. Halkett himself, a very fine Green Snake (Cyclophis vernalis)
by someone unknown and a Garter Snake Euéentza strtalis or-
dinata by Mr. Oswald Ingall. The proposed excursions to
Rockcliffe and the Beaver Meadows, May 13th and 2oth, were
not made, both days being wet. The first general excursion to
Chelsea, May 27th, was postponed for the same reason.
ORIOLES FEEDING ON TENT CATERPILLARS. —On the
23rd. of May whilst enjoying a walk in the Mountain Park at
Montreal my attention was arrested by a Baltimore Oriole not
more than a dozen paces from me and I stood admiring the —
brilliant colouring of his plumage for a few moments. My
interest in his movements became deeper, however, when I saw
him station himself beside a bunch of tent caterpillars whose ~
webs were to Le seen on the bushes and small trees in all
directions. The bird made a hasty meal off the caterpillars,
eating one after another until his appetite was apparently quite
satisfied. The caterpillars were large, about an inch in length
and nearly a dozen were destroyed in this way to form our —
benefactor’s mid-day meal.— LAWRENCE LAMB.
COPRINUS COMATUS.—The Shaggy Mushroom is seldom ©
found in this vicinity in the spring, but owing to the heavy May —
rains it has appeared on the newly made ground on the west
side of the canal, quite close to Sapper’s Bridge. This is one of
the best mushrooms, is easily digested and may Le eaten in any
quantity. J.M.
e
iz
f
,
1899. ]
OBSERVATIONS.
87
METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR
OTTAWA, 1808.
Contributed by Dr. R. F. Stupart, Director of the Meteorological Service, Tor-
onto, Ont.
Frequency of the Different Winds from Observations at
8 a.m., 3 and 8 p.m., Daily, Ottawa, 1898.
N.
January ....... 9
February...... 10
March .:..22 5%: 4
ADRES ReODe 17
IER at eee eit 12
HM ete eetei's, tty p 6
Eee sale Ws | 19
PALE IS beheryer pels atl le 20
September..... 13
‘ctober. - 6.5: II
November..... 4
December ==... II
BWA ol ats sonatas | 137
15
ie)
an oo
Io
95
172
ee
oi |
fe)
an mn
Oo
18
14
N.W. | Calm
26 fo)
20 e)
22 | 2
13 I
13 2
15 9
10 I
20 fo)
18 (a)
io fo)
17 I
10 4
194 20
January 30—Coldest day of year, mean temperature—1Q°.9.
February 16—Stormiest day of year, mean velocity of wind 24.4 miles per hour.
ee
April 4—Last measurable snow. Some flakes on 5-6.
May 6—Last frost of season.
ie 12—First thunder of year.
July 20—Warmest day of year, mean temperature 79°.75.
Sept. 30—Last thunder of year.
October 9—First recorded frost of season.
ce
iad
Dec. 12—First record below zero—7°.6.
72—Heaviest rain storm of year, depth 1.12 inches.
27—Earthquake shock at 1.03 a. m.
Nov. 10—First measurable snow, 4 in. fell, flakes on Oct. 27.
20-22—-Heaviest snow storm of year, depth of fall 24 inches.
‘{[2} 19A0 JO YOUT TO'O UaYM pauoyper Ajuo Mous 10 urex yo skeq
)
S zgI 6 SI gI II SI 61 {91 Zi Iz | (era Ol 11
ae. on o ) o I oO oO o fe) fo) z I I
= 61 fo) fo) fe) £ te vA £ € oO oO e) fo)
b oO fe) fo) z fo) I I oO (e) oO fo) (0)
o£ Br OS SE OPGMI SMG PL Mey TO ARO Gr SuicsorS-| ee gh Gee aly nora ley Lage oe.
IZ Ol 6 OI £ I I I I I s is oI
19 LL rhe) bo vAS z9 oS ie 99 bb ob 1Z 19
6£ foi ¢ we eee. sae \egs see ee side lal Mie 16:|/ayereis: am Witla: oy I eee ayate Il ZI
. Socnpae CG. Osahetall uses || elee [erences eens fee es wees zz-|g Li-|L-21+ Jeane
Ds g*0Il| zlz| Z:otl:--*: Soh Sen OE ee Bertan |e Og [acess €-PE| bof
5 oor|| + oi 1 OI G1 oI 6 eI € 8 I £
a obzt ||P -o-|1€-1—|1z°€ + |S6-o+ Lo'o+ |b€°o-|zl'0-| 00'0 £g'o-|€t-1+|9z'o+|91 O+
&. 96'bz|| v0 | 9£:0 | go’S | gh-E | zz | Lez zc |, 9V"2 |'SS"o-| €1-2 | 06:0 | g9°0
~ $6!) b gr, L6z) €-ct| L-vS| $-6S) p-co] o-gS| E-gbh| 1-€z| of] zg] o-11
LS SIZ 98 z8 6L bl vi | €9 69 S9 19 0g ‘Ig 1g
'7, 6Lz°0 |joo1o |$91°0 joLz'o |gzb-o |60$°9 |SzS-o |zgbh-o |6££°0 |6g1°0 'gg1°0 |660 0 |1L0 0
S€°61|| ot 1} z6°v1| S6'b1| 1S-zz| €o°O% HL bz] gr-1z| groz| 11°€z| 1b°21] SZ°S1] 19°61
S 61°€/| €z'6 | €z°Sz| $1-6£| LL-6b| 6b" ZS] zz-gS| zq°SS] 16h] 1Q‘1£| S6-bz! o1-11 €g'0
= $S-¢6 6£'9z| S1‘Ob| o1 S| gz-zZ| zS°42) 96°zg! og'gZ| bZ:Lo| z6°tS| o€-zb| Sg-9z| br oz
S 9°611'| ov v9) SES) o-1S| g-oS| b zt! oO bS| g Ih] 6°6b] L:gS| z-gS| S$ £9] o€9
a g tz -||€-¢2 — S'9 OloKA) AU Oh ati) oan e Sty 6°2e) €°21| c°1 —|S-0e¢—|9' te —
e) 0°S6| Lob] 0°09) o°ZZ| 0:06] 0°48] 0°S6) 6 99] g zg] o-1Z] o°ZS|} o:fb] 0°6€
1Z°£+ ||1g°0+ |60°1 + |zg'z+ |zS°£ + log*% + |zz-0+ 111 +(|zb' 72+ (9z°€ + |Szb1+|L6°9+ f9°0+
= 6L£°£b)) 1g°L1| 69°zf) zg gb| zo 19] o$ 49] zZ°69| 12‘ 99] zE°LS| O€-Sb] Sg°€E| 26°81] £9'01
py | f9£1 |leS€-1 |zoo'1 |€L6'0 |8EE* > jozg O |EgZ‘0 | Lto'1\9g9°0 €SL-o0 |bgz-1 |b16°0 Liz"I
_ €Lz%°6z||bo€ -6z|19b 6z|6gh6z/ PSS * 17|SEq°6z|999'6z 6Lz‘ 6z|OSS *6z/SZS 6z/6EE -6z|60S “6z)¢ Lz 6z
9£9 Of ||9£9 of |Egr of |zob: of |z61 * -€|SSz- Of |6bb of g¢€ of |g£z “o£ gzF of fog" of |Egb Of abt oF
as 196° 6z|6¥0° o£ 6Lo' o£ 6g€ * 5z|£z6°6z/S66°6z)/z£66z/716' 6z 196° 6z 6b1‘O£|Q60'O£/ozo' oF
| 20d _ | “AON | 190 | ‘Idag | -suy | -Aynf | aunf | -Aepy |-pudy | avy | cqaq | ‘ur{
“ava | Sfaaect =
‘HLNO|W
MOUS JO UIA NOYIM Skvp Jo soquinyy
ee ee Tress ssS0y JO Jaqunyy
"7" * StUto}s JapuNyy jo zaquinyy
Space ae **‘svJoOIne JO JaquNnyy
“**(sayrt) purm jo AyO0[aa odvssay
pepnoys Ayajyaydtuos skep jo raquunn
"ss 5" **papnoyo Ays Jo adviuaosa,
"tess sstmous jo skep Jo raquinyy
"Tes" QSvlIAV WOT, ADUaIIHIG,
"***soyoul UL MOUS Jo JUNOWY
‘ss *** ures jo skvp jo aaquinyy
“s**-advlaav Wo asduaIayIq
"***SayoUrl Ul uIed yo JunowYy
urod Map Jo aanjesaduiay aSeaaay
oe seis “Uv ay) jo Aitpruny ssvraay
‘anodva jo ainssaid aSvaaay
eats asus Ajivp adviaay
**aanjesadtua} uintururur aseviaay
“omnyesaduay winwixeut aseiaay
"*e- >) *saduvd [enuuy pu A;yuo;
Pyne ‘aanjei1ad tua} |saMory
“aanjesad wa} jsay sip]
ABVIIAL WoI, BDUdIDYIC]
(yey) are jo aanjviadiua} adviaay
ae: sasuvi [enuur pur Ayyuopy
Re eras et JajaWoIVq jsaMorT
** JoJaMOIVA JSOYSIFT
* [Aa] VAS 0} paonpar puv
€ yw Ja}aWOILA JO YSIBY astasAY
88
"S691 ALIA 2G} Of RMLFZO FR SUOIYAIASGO [RISojoso0ajza\y fo jyovsySqy
Bee ae
s
z
THE OTTAWA NATURALIST.
~yerere a0 OTTAWA, JULY, 1899. No. 4.
SOME RECENT “ADDITIONS ‘TO THE LABRADOR
FLORA.
M. L. Fernap anp J. D. SORNBORGER.
Two extensive collections, secured during the present
decade from the Labrador coast and Hamilton Inlet, have added
very materially to our knowledge of that still little explored
region. The first of these collections, consisting of about three
hundréd numbers, was made by members of the Bowdoin Col-
lege Expcdition, which, in 1891, accomplished the difficult ascent
of the Hamilton or Grand River and the re-discovery of the
mysterious Grand Falls whose location and height were so
ong known only through vague reports.’ Owing to
tae. extreme hardships: of the trip it -.was~ « unfor-
tunately impossible to preserve such plants as were collected in
the upper valley of the river. A second division of the party,
however, collected extensively about Lake Melville and up the
coast asfar as Hopedale. Many of these plants, sent for deter-
mination tothe Gray Herbarium by Professor Leslie A. Lee who
was in charge of the expcdition, are of great geographic interest.
Another collection ccntaining rather more species has
been secured by Mr. J. D. Scrnborger from~ various
stations on the Labrador coast as far north as Cape
Chudleigh. These plants, mostly secured in quantity, were
collected largely by Mr Sornborger during the summers of 1892
and 1897, though many valuable specimens have been sent him
by the Rev. Adolf Stecker of the Unitas Fratruin, who has
collected plants at a season when Labrador is inaccessible, and
1 For the narrative of this expedition see Packard, The Labrador Coast, N.
Y., 1891, pp. 507-513.
gO ‘THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. (July
to whom special acknowledgement is made for these -and many
other important services. A few specimens from Hebron have
been sent by Mrs. Hlawatscheck. These large collections con-
tain nearly three score of species not included in former lists of
Labrador plants; and, with the collections of the Bowdoin
College Expedition, they furnish so remarkable an addition to
our knowledge of that flora as to make desirable the preparation
of the following notes.
In the list which follows, no attempt is made to enumerate
all the plants of either collection: the larger portion of them,
naturally, are well known northern species which have been
collected many timesin Labrador. The species enumcrated are
for the most part such as are not credited to Labrador by Mr.
James M. Macoun in his “ List of plants known to occur on the
coast and in the interior of the Labrador Peninsula;’”
and such plants are indicated by the asterisk (*) before
the name of the species. A féw of these species are
included in Mr. Macoun’s list from the valleys of the
Rupert and East Main Rivers and from James Bay, but not
from Labrador proper as defined in the eighth report of the
- Canadian Survey (1895) and its accompanying maps.” ‘Some cf
the species, not enumerated in Mr. Macoun’s list but here in-
cluded, have been already noted from Labrador in the
contributions from the Herbarium of the Geological Survey of
Canada, in the Rev. Arthur C. Waghorne’s “Flora of Ncw-
foundland, Labrador, and St. Pierre et Miquelon” or elsewhere.
In these cases, however, the former record of the plant is noted.
While studying the two collections which are the principal
source of these notes occasional Labrador specimens of some of
the noteworthy species there represented have | een found in
the Gray Herbarium, and for the sake of completeness records
of these are here included.
2 Ann. Rep. Geol. Survey Can., N.S. viii ( 1895), Part L, App. vi.
3 Thus Labrador, as here understood, is that portion of the Labrador Peninsula
lying east of a line drawn directly north from Blane Sablon to 52° N. lat., thence
following the height of land to a point on the mainland-shore nearly soath of Port
Burwell, Cape Chudleigh.
hot keteck eal
a
1899] FERNALD-SORNBORGER—LABRADOR FLORA. oi
The list of plants enumerated by Mr. J. M. Macoun from the
coast of Labrador was based, according to his introductory note,
primarily upon the former list prepared by Professor John
Macoun for Packard’s Labrador coast. At the time of the
preparation of that list, however, much was considered as
Labrador which the recent survey includes in Quebec; and
many reports, in Packard’s work, of plants from “ Labrador,”
were apparently based upon specimens from Caribou Island and
other points now included in Quebec. Other reports of species
have been based upon Mr. John A. Allen’s and some smaller
collections from Bonne Espérance, Eskimo Island and other
stations west of the present Labrador line. Scattered reports,
based upon the collections of Lieut. L. M. Turner on Ungava
Bay, have been made of plants as Labrador species, but these,
of course, cannot be accepted for Labrador proper. A_ few
species, on the other hand, included in Packard, appear to be
reported only indefinitely from Labrador, ze. without definite
statement of localities. All such plants as are contained in the
Bowdoin and the Sornborger collections and have been recorded
only in a general way from Labrador, or collected at stations
beyond the recently defined limits of that dependency are here
indicated by the + before the name.
The plants enumerated below are of interest not merely as
additions to the Labrador flora or as species little known from
that peninsula; but many of them are of much broader geo-
graphic interest. Ten of them—Phegopteris polypodioides, Iris
versicolor, Sagina procumbens, Nasturtium terrestre, Ribes
lacustre, Pyrus arbutifolia, var melanocarpa, Viola Selkirkiz,
Galium tinctoritum, var. labradoricum, Aster longifolius, var.
villicaulis, and Aster puniceus, var. ——————-—are here recorded
from stations considerably north of their former known limits on
our eastern coast.
Some of them, however, Phegopterts polypodioides, Sagina
procumbens, Nasturtium terrestre,and Viola Selkirkit, for ex-
ample, are well known even from Arctic sections of Europe,
Asia or Western America, On the other hand, six species are
92 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [July
now brought decidedly south of their supposed ranges on the
eastern coast. The ranges of Lychnis affinis, Sagina nivalis
and ‘Braya purpurescens are extended south from Hudson
Straits, of Crvepzs nana from Melville Peninsula, and of Drada
~ hirta, var. arctica and Lesquerella arctica south from Grinnell
Land.
Several plants formerly known only from regions much _fur-
ther to the west are now found on the Atlantic coast. Lathyrus
maritimus, var. aleuticus,a form apparently common on_ the
Labrador coast, was recently described from the north Pacific
coast of America, and Arnica alpina, var. Lessingzi, found by
Mr. Sornborger on the mountains at Rama, has been known
only from extreme northwestern America and adjacent Asia.
Luzula parviflora, var. fastigiata and Draba stenoloba have been
unknown east of the Rocky Mountains. Petasztes sagittata and
Senecio palustris are apparently unrecorded east of Hudson
Bay. Poa glumaris,a common grass of the Alaskan shores,
has been well known from the mouth of the St. Lawrence, and
is now found at Nain, well up the Labrador coast. Vac-
etnium ovalifolium, common in northwestern America, has been
- known only from Lake Superior and Gaspé Peninsula in the
east. The range of Vzola canina, var. adunca is now extended
from its almost extra-limital station on the Ottawa to the north
‘coast of Labrador. -
Three Greenland species, not generally supposed to occur on
_ the American continent, are represented in these collections—
_ Polygonum islandicum, already reported from Rupert river and
_ James Bay, is probably common on the Labrador coast ;_ while
- Arenaria uliginosa and Potentilla Ranunculus were found at
only one station each.
_Some plants, new to Labrador or little known from that
region, are of interest as highly local species. P/leum alpinum,
Juncus trifidus, Cardamine bellitifolia and Arenaria ciliata, var.
humifusa occur on the higher mountains of New England or
adjacent Canada and in Greenland, and by analogy should be
expected abundantly in Labrador, where they are apparently of
Pater wee oasak
3)
!
t
SB i ip «Tiss eat a ok a oat! ne
ye
z
“
1899] © FERNALD-SORNBORGER—LABRADOR FLORA. 93
rare occurrence. In fact, Cardamine bellidifolia, found during
the past three-fourths of a century at only four stations in
British America, may be considered a very rare plant. - Another
species, Pleurogyne carinthiaca, var. pusilla, growing in Green-
land and at various stations about the mouth of the St. Law-
rence, and reported by Pursh from the White Mountains ‘of
New Hampshire, is apparently a very rare plant in Labrador,
collected by the Bowdoin College party for the first time -sinee
Hooker’s report of its occurrence there. |
Five species not before known from the Labrador coast
have been without doubt recently introduced from Europe or
the more settled portions of America. These are S¢ellaria
media, Thlaspi arvense, Erodium cicutarium, Senecio vulgaris, and
Taraxacum officinale. Rumex acetosela and Ranunculus repens
should probably also be included in this list. In Packard’s “Lab-
rador coast” (449), he quotes from Koch ;4“‘The northernmost .
valleys in which firs grow open into Napartok Bay. North of
Napartok Bay (Napartok means fir) [ more properly spruce ]
are found only dwarf willows and birches; mosses and lichens
form the principal covering of the ground.-. . . . ’” These
valleys, opening from the mainland are somewhat sheltered, and
it is here that the Eskimo of Hebron secure their fuel and build-
ing material, On the more exposed Takatak Island at ‘the
mouth of the bay, however, spruce trees attain considerable size.
This station, some fifteen miles nearer the open sea than the
mainland valleys, is probably the northern limit of trees on the
exposed coast of Labrador. Northof Napartok Bay, within ten
miles of the mouth of Kangerdluksoak Bay, willows grow toa
height of at least eight feet.
In the following list the species already discussed and many
others of note are enumerated in the order of Engler and Prantl,
and their Labrador stations so far as known are recorded.
*WOODSIA ILVENSIS, R. Br.
Rama, July 15-Aug. 20, 1894, coll. Adolf Stecker (Sorn.
borger, No. 2 ).
94 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [July
*ASPLENIUM FILIX-FOEMINA, Bernh.
Webeck Harbor, Aug, 4, 1891 ( Bowdoin College Exped,
Noteza.
*ASPIDIUM SPINULOSUM, Swartz, var. DILATATUM, Hook.
Hopedale, Aug. 6, 1897 ( Sornborger, No. 140); Red Bay,
Chateau Bay, North West River, Webeck, Hopedale, Turner's
Bay, July, Aug, 1891 ( Bowdoin College Exped. Nos. 48, 86, 160,
217,251, 268). Probably this is the commonest form of the
species in Labrador.
*PHEGOPTERIS POLYPODIOIDES, Fée,
Battle Harbor, July 18, 1891 ( Lowdown College Exped. No.
109;) Webeck Harbor, July 22-24, 1892 { Sornborger, No.
1 36 ).
+PHEGOPTERIS DRYOPTERIS, Feée.
Webeck Harbor, Aug. 4, 1891 ( Lowdown College Exped. No.
216); July 22-24, 1892 ( Sornborger, No. 135); Tub Harbor,
July, 11, 1892 ( Sornborger, No. 137 x); Makkovik, Aug. 1896,
coll. Adolf Stecker (Sornborger, No. 138). Reported in
Packard’s list from Caribou Island, Quebec.(S. R. Butler),
Formerly collected at Okak by Anaus.
*EQUISETUM VARIEGATUM, Schleich.
Hopedale, Aug. 4-6, 1897 ( Sormborger, No. 147 y ).
*LYCOPODIUM ANNOTINUM, L., var. PUNGENS, Spring.
Common among dwarf spruces in sandy low ground, Hope-
dale, Aug. 4-6, 1897 ( Sorndorger, No. 54); Chateau Bay, July,
14, 1891, Red Bay, July, 2, 1891 ( Bowdoin College Exped. Nos,
85, 50 ).
*LYCOPODIUM ALPINUM, L.
Among spruces, Davis Inlet, Aug, 1, 1892 ( Sorntorger,
No. 56. )
*LYCOPODIUM COMPLANATUM, L.
Among spruces, Davis Inlet, Ang. 1, 1892 (Sornborger, No.
BOK):
+LARIX AMERICANA, Michx.
Red Bay, July 4, 1892, ( Sornborger, No. 183) An abun-
dant tree, growing considerably north of Nain. Included with
ae a Se
Pit
1899] FERNALD-SORNBORGER—LABRADOR FLORA. 95
the two following species in Packard’s list only on the authority
of Hooker.
*PICEA ALBA, Link.
Tub Harbor, July 11, 1892 ( Sornborger, No. 182.) See
note under Larzx.
*PICEA NIGRA, Link.
Chateau Bay, July 14, 1891 ( Bowdoin College Exped.
No. 84). See note under Larzx.
+TRIGLOCHIN MARITIMUM, L.
Mallijak, July 18, 1892 ( Sornborger, No. 107). Reported
by Packard from “coast of Labrador ( Dr. Morison ).” Formerly
collected at Nain by Lundberg.
*HIEROCHLOE BOREALIS, R.S.
Mallijak, Hamilton Inlet, July 18, 1892 ( Sornborger, No.
250). Formerly reported by Macoun ( Cat. Can. Pl. pt. iv. 187 )
from “ Coast of Labrador ( McGzl/ Coll. Herb),’ but not included
in his subsequent list (1895 ) nor in Packard’s “Labrador Coast”
( 1891 ).
*PHLEUM ALPINUM, L.
Rama, July 15-Aug. 20, 1894, coll. Adolf Stecker (Sorn-
borger, No. 283).
CALAMAGROSTIS LANGSDORFFII, Trin.
Hopedale, Aug. 4-6, 1897, Aiullik, July 27, 1892 (Sorn-
borger Nos. 242, 261). Abundant at Rama before the Eskimo
house just above the beach.
*AGROSTIS RUBRA, L.
- Hopedale, Aug. 4-6, 1897, Hebron, July, 1896—coll. J7/rs.
Fllawatscheck (Sornborger, Nos. 244, 252).
*POA LAXA, Henke.
Rama, Aug. 15, 1892 (Sornborger, No. 257).
*POA GLUMARIS, Trin.
Nain, Aug. 11, 1897 (Sornborger No. 239). Collected in
1849 on the southern coast of Labrador by Dr. Storer,and in
1860 by Martin and Bryant; also found on the sea-shore at
96 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [July
Bonne Espérance, Quebec (near the Labrador border), July 26,
1882 (J. A. Allen, No. 24).
*PUCCINELLIA ANGUSTATA, Nash (I. marvilima var. minor, Watson).
Hopedale, Aug. 11, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. No. 249),
abundant on the beach below high water, Aug. 4-6, 1897 (Sorn-
borger, No. 237); Nain, Aug. 11, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 238).
Also collected at Salmon Bay, Quebec (near the Labrador line),
July 28, 1882 (J. A. Allen, No. 27).
AGROPYRON VIOLACEUM, Vasey.
Rama, Aug, 20-24, 1897 (Sornborger No. 263).
+CAREX SALINA, Wahl.
Rama, July 15—Aug. 20, 1894, coll. Adolf Stecker (Sorn-
borger, No. 271). Formerly collected by /. dA. Allen at Fox
Harbor (Labrador ?), and reported by Packard without definite
locality.
* CAREX MARITIMA, Mull.
Mulligan Point, Lake Melville, July 25, 1891 (Lowdotx
College Exped. No. 132); near Eskimo Island, Hamilton Inlet,
July 14, 1892 (Sornborger, No. 260).
+CAREX RARIFLORA, Smith.
Hopedale, Aug. 4-6, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 258); Webeck
Harbor, July 22-24, 1892 (Sornborger, No. 45). Allen’s plant
included in Packard’s list is from Bonne Espérance, Quebec.
*CAREX GLAREOSA, Wahl.
Rama, Aug. 20-24, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 256). Collected
at Watsheeshoo, Quebec, July 2, 1882 (Sz Cyr), and at Cape
Chudleigh (Rk. LelZ).
*CAREX NARDINA, Fries.
Rama, Aug. 15, 1892 (Sornborger, No. 246.)
CAREX CANESCENS, L., var. ALPICOLA, Wahl.
Hopedale, Aug 4-6, 1897, Nain, Aug. 4, 1892 (Sornborger,
Nos. 259, 269).
*LUZULA PARVIFLORA, Desv., var. FASTIGIATA, Buchenau.
Tub Harbor, July 11, 1892 (Sornborger, No. 272). In
America not formerly known east of the Rocky Mts.
1899] FERNALD-SORNBORGER—LABRADOR FLORA. 97
*JUNCUS BALTICUS., Willd., var. LITTORALIS, Engelm.
Mulligan’s Point, Hamilton Inlet, July 25, 1891 (Lowdozn
College Exped. Nos. 130, 131).
*JUNCUS TRIFIDUS, L.
On the rocky slope of a mountain, not above 500 m.,
Rama, Aug. 20-24, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 284). Collected by
John A. Allen at Carroll Cove, lat. 51° 40, Aug. 6, 1882
(No. 75).
+SMILACINA TRIFOLIA, Desf.
Battle Harbor, July 18, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. No-
107); Tub Harbor, July 11, 1892 (Sornborger, No. 222). Re-
ported by Packard from Caribou Island, Quebec (S. &. Luter.)
+MAIANTHEMUM CANADENSE, Desf. °
Makkovik, Aug. 1896, coll. Adolf Stecker (Sornborger, No.
219); North West River, July 27, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped.
No. 159). Reported by Packard from Caribou Island, Quebec
(S. R. Butler).
+STREPTOPUS AMPLEXIFOLIUS, DC.
Red Bay, July 12, Indian Harbor, Aug. 2, Hopedale, Aug.
I1, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. Nos. 46, 199, 247); Mallijak,
July 18, 1892 (Sornborger No. 223). Reported by Packard
from Caribou Island, Quebec (S. &. Butler).
+CLINTONIA BOREALIS, Kaf.
Chateau Bay, July 14, Battle Harbor, July 18, Northwest
River, July 27, Red Bay, Sept. 6, 7, 1891 (Bowdoin College Ex-
ped. Nos. 80, 108, 158, 293); Pitts Arm, Henley Harbor, Sept.
24, 1892 Sornborger). Reported by Packard from Caribou
Island, Quebec (S. Rk. butler).
*IRIS VERSICOLOR, L.
Battle Harbor, July 18, 1891 (Bowdon College Exped. No.
106).
+HABENARIA OBTUSATA, Rich.
Indian Harbor, Hamilton Inlet, Aug. 2, 1891 (Lowdozn
College Exped. No. 198). Reported by Packard from Caribou
Island, Quebec (S. RX. Butler).
98 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [July
Myrica GALE, L.
Tub Harbor, July 11, 1892, Makkovik, Aug., 1896-—coll.
Adolf Stecker (Sornborger, Nos. 69, 68); Mulligan Point, Lake
Melville, July 25, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. No. 128).
*SALIX BROWNII, Bebb.
Low ground, by a brook, Hopedale, Aug. 4-6, 1897, Red
Bay, July 4, 1892 (Sornborger, Nos. 13, 24); Chateau Bay, July
14, 1891, Indian Harbor, Hamilton Inlet, Aug. 2, 1891, Red
Bay, Sept. 7, 1891 ( Bowdoin College Exped. Nos. 77, 197, 291 );
Reported by Macoun from “ Labrador (Morrison)” and “ Nach--
vak and Ford’s Harbor, Labrador (2. Sel)” (Cat. Can. Pl. pt
iii. 444, 445, and pt. v. 356), but included in subsequent lists as
S. arctica.
+BETULA GLANDULOSA, Michx.
Hopedale, Aug. 4-6, 1897 (Sorndorger, No. 80). Formerly
collected at Square Island, Aug. 15, 1882 (/. A. Allen, No. 71)
Reported by Packard on the authority of Hooker from the
Labrador coast, and from Caribou Island, Quebec (5S. &.
Butler).
*BETULA NANA, L., var. FLABELLIFOLIA, Hook.
Chateau Bay, July 14, 1891, Battle Harbor, July 18, 1891
(Bowdoin College Exped. Nos. 76, 105).
*RUMEX ACETOSELLA, L.
North West river, July 27, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped.
No. 156).
*RUMEX SALICIFOLIUS, Weinm.
North West river, July 27, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped.
No. 155).
*POLYGONUM ISLANDICUM, Meisner ( P. avzculare, L., var. boreale, Lange).
Abundant about the houses and on refuse heaps in the
Eskimo village, Nain, Aug. 4, 1892 ( Sornborger, No. 81) ap-
pearing introduced ; Mulligan Point, Lake Melville, July 25, 1891
( Bowdoin College Exped. No. 127). Formerly listed by Macoun
from Rupert river and the shores of James Bay, but not credited
to America by Small in his monograph of the genus.
beet Veer eh Srepeg
1899] FFRNALD-SORNBORGER—LABRADOR FLORA. 99
*LYCHNIS AFFINIS, Wahl.
Rocky banks of a brook, Rama, Aug. 20-24, 1897 ( Sorn-
borger, No. 36). Not otherwise positively known from Labra-
dor, though formerly reported without locality.
*CERASTIUM TRIGYNUM, Vill.
Rama, Aug. 20-24, 1897 ( Sornborger, No. 201). Formerly
collected near Hopedale ( Auz¢h) and at Cape Chudleigh, Aug,
7, 1884( R. Bell).
*CERASTIUM ARVENSE, L.
Rocky banks of a ravine at an elevation of about 300 m.,
Rama, Aug. 4-6, 1897, and in coarse slaty detritus a little above
high-water mark, beside the pool below a water fall, Rama, Aug.
20-24, 1897 ( Sornborger, Nos. 204, 203 ). Formerly collected at
Hopedale ( Kvuth ) and at Ungava Bay, 1884 ( LZ. W. Turner, No.
4,840 ); and reported by Waghorne from stations in southern
Labrador.
*STELLARIA MEDIA, Cyrill.
Hopedale, Aug. 11, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped.
No. 219).
*STELLARIA LONGIPES, Goldie, var. LAETA, Watson.
Hopedale, Aug. 11, 1891 ( Bowdoin College Exped. No. 221 ).
Also reported from L’anse au Loup and Pack’s Harbor by the
Rev. A. C. Waghorne.
*ARENARIA CILIATA, L., var. HUMIFUSA, Hornem.
Individuals isolated, growing on a slope of moist slaty
detritus immediately Beleak afield of snow, at an elevation of
about 500 m., Rama, Aug. 20-24, 1897 ( Sornborger, No. 126).
Not formerly known in eastern America nearer than Lake
Mistassini and the Gaspé mountains.
' ARENARIA VERNA, L.
Rama, July 15-Aug. 20, 1894, coll. Adolf Stecker ( Sorn-
borger, No. 209).
*ARENARIA VERNA, L., var. HIRTA, Watson.
Rama, July 15 Aug. 20, 1994, coll. Adolf Stecker
(Sornborger, No. 208) ;. Aug. 20-24, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 286).
— ee
100 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [July
*ARENARIA ULIGINOSA, Schleich.
“On slaty detritus, Rama, alt. 300 m., Aug. 20-24, 1897
(Sornborger, No. 150). Its first collection on the American
continent. For further discussion and figure see B. L. Robin-
son; bot..Gazi Sax Vi TO7e x 1 3 eke oe
*SAGINA PROCUMBENS, L.
Near sea-level, in moist detritus partially denuded by a
mountain stream, Hebron, Sept. 12, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 207)
Not definitely known before north of Newfoundland.
*SAGINA NIVALIS, Fries,
With the latter (S. procumbens,) Hebron, Sept. 12, 1897 (Sorn-
borger, No. 207 x). Collected by A. P. Low along the Ungava
River in 1896. Otherwise known in America only from Alaska
and the higher Rocky Mountains.
*THALICTRUM ALPINUM, L.
Ekortiarsuk, Cape Chudleigh, Aug. 20-30, 1896 (Rev. C.
Schmitt). Formerly collected at Cape Chudleigh by #. Bed/.
*RANUNCULUS REPENS, L.
Square Island Harbor, Sept. 3, 1891 (Bowdoin College
Exped. Nos. 277, 278).
*DRABA STENOLOBA, Ledeb.
Onaslope of moist slaty detritus immediately below a
field of snow, at an elevation of about 500 m., Rama, Aug. 20-24,
1897 (Sornborger, Nos. 61, 175). Not previously recorded east
of the Rocky Mountains of British America.
*DRABA HIRTA, L., var. ARCTICA, Watson.
Rama, July 15-Aug 20, 1894, coll. Adolf Stecker (Sorn-
borger, No. 212). In America formerly known only from
Grinnell Land where it was collected by Lzeut. A. W. Greely.
*DRABA ALPINA, L.
Ekortiarsuk, Cape Chudleigh, Aug. 20-30, 1896 (C. Schmitz).
Formerly collected at Cape Chudleigh by R. 4el/, Aug. 6, 1884.
*DRABA NIVALIS, Lilj.
Ekortiarsuk, Cape Chudleigh, Aug. 20-30, 1896 (C. Schmitt).
Formerly collected at Okak by members of the Unitas
Fratrum.
—-— =
1899] FERNALD-SORNBORGER—LABRADOR FLORA. 101
*LESQUERELLA ARCTICA, Watson.
Rama, July 15-Aug. 20, i894, coll. Adolf Stecker (Sorn-
borger, No. 59). Not formerly reported nearer than Greely’s
station in Grinnell Land.
*THLASPI ARVENSE, L.
Chateau Bay, July 14, 1891 (Bowdozu College Exped. No.
52). Reported by Waghorne from about houses, Capstan Is-
land and Pixware River. :
*BRAYA PURPURASCENS, Bunge.
Rama, July 15-Aug. 20, 1894, coll Adolf Stecker (Sorn-
borger No. 60). Formerly collected on Hudson Straits by 2X.
Bell.
COCHLEARIA ANGLICA, L.
Shores of a small island, Seal Islands, Sandwich Bay, July
6, 1892 (Sornborger, No. 169). Collected by WVartzn on Caribou
Island, Quebec, in 1860, and by A/en, in the crevices of rocks,
Bonne Espérance and Peroquet Island, Quebec (near the
Labrador boundary), July, 1882 (Nos. 58, 57). Also reported by
Waghorne from “ Partly Modiste and L’anse au Clair.”
*NASTURTIUM TERRESTRE, R. Br.
North West River, July 27, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped.
NiG:..F 33).
*CARDAMINE BELLIDIFOLIA, L.
Individuals isolated,on a slope of moist slaty detritus
immediately below a field of snow, at an elevation of about 500
m., Rama, Aug. 20-24, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 174) ; Ekortiar-
suk, Cape Chudleigh, Aug. 20-30, 1896 (Rev. C. Schmitt),
Formerly collected by members of the Unitas Fratrum at Okak,
but previously recorded in British America only trom the early
collections of Richardson and Drummond, and from two very
limited stations in the Selkirk and Rocky Mountains.
DROSERA INTERMEDIA, Hayne, var. AMERICANA, DC.
Square Island Harbor, Sept. 3, 1891 (Bowdoin College
Exped. No. 279).
102 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [July
*SAXIFRAGA STELLARIS, L., var. COMOSA, Poir.
Webeck Harbor, July 22-24, 1893 (Sornborger, No. 188).
Formerly collected at Okak by members of the Unitas Fratrum,
andon moist cliffs, Whale Island, Chateau, Aug. 11, 1882 (/. A.
Allen, No. 46).
*RIBES LACUSTRE, Poir.
Red Bay, July 12,1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. No. 30).
Reported by Waghorne from L’anse au Clair and L’anse au
Mort.
Rusus sTRiIGcosus, Michx.
Mallijak, Hamilton Inlet, July 18, 1892 (Sornborger, No
223), Collected in southern Labrador in 1849 by Dr. Storer.
Reported by Macoun (Cat. Can. Pl. pt. i. 130) from “Coast of
Labrador (McG7ll Coll. Herb.),” but not included in his subsequent
list.
DRYAS OCTOPETALA, L., var. INTEGRIFOLIA, C. & S.
Rocky ridge at about 100 m. alt., Rama, Aug. 20-24, 1897
(Sornborger No. 48). This is apparently the plant of the
Labrador coast and Anticosti, reported at various times as D.
octopetala. Pursh collected it on Anticostias he did also D.
Drummond (see specimens in Gray Herb.), but there is little to
show that true D octopetala grows on this coast.
*POTENTILLA NANA, Willd.
Ekortiarsuk, Cape Chudleigh, Aug. 20-30,. 1896 (Rev. C.
Schmitt). Reported by Rydberg from Labrador (coll. Kohl-
metster).
*POTENTILLA RANUNCULUS, Lange.
Rocky banks of a mountain brook, alt. 300 m., Rama, Aug.
20-24, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 24x), Its first collection on the
American continent.
*PYRUS ARBUTIFOLIA, L. f., var. MELANOCARPA, Hooker.
Webeck Harbor, July 22-24, 1892 (Sornuborger).
*PYRUS SAMBUCIFOLIA, C. & S.
Aillik, July 27, 1892 (Sornborger, No. 123).
‘deep’ wintahe
ee
Sf prrcevabiies Vein ethh 1:
ane
1899] FERNALD-SORNBORGER—LABRADOR FLORA. 103
*LATHYRUS MARITIMUS, Bigelow, var. ALEUTICUS, Greene, in White, Bull. Torr.
Cl. xxi. 450.
Growing in the sandy delta of a small river, with Oxyzropzs
campestris, DC., var. caerulea, Koch and Astragalus alpinus, L.,
at a distance of 150 m., from high water and some 6 m., above it,
Nain, Aug. 11, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 220). L. maritimns,
Bigelow, was not found on this delta, but undoubtedly occurs on
the beaches near Nain. Chateau Bay, July 14, 1891, Battle
Harbor, July 18, 1891, Hopedale, Aug. 11, 1891 (Bowdotn College
Exped. Nos. 58, 92, 223). Formerly collected at Dumplin Har-
bor, July, 1864 (B. Pzckman Mann). Probably a common plant.
*ERODIUM CICUTARIUM, L’ Her.
Beside paths in sandy soil near gardens, Hopedale, Aug.
4-6, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 148). Apparently introduced.
*VIOLA SELKIRKII, Pursh.
Beside a mountain brook at slight elevation, Rama, July
15-Aug. 20, 1894, coll. Adolf Stecker, (Sornborger No. 101.) Re-
ported by the Rev. A. C. Waghorne from Battle Harbor.
VIOLA PALUSTRIS, L.
Webeck Harbor, July 20-22, 1892 (Sornborger, No. 102).
Reported by Waghorne from Battle Harbor and formerly col-
lected, with no definite record of locality, by Dr. Bryant.
*VIOLA CANINA, L., var. ADUNCA, Gray.
By a brook, Rama, Aug. 15, 1892 (Sornborger, No. 104x):
Not formerly known east of the Ottawa River.
*EPILOBIUM HORNEMANNI, Reichenb.
Mallijak, Hamilton Inlet, July 18, 1892 (Sornborger, Nos
91,95); Makkovik, Aug. 1896, coll. Adolf Stecker, Rama, July,
15-Aug. 20, 1894, coll. Adolf Stecker (Sornborger, Nos. 92, 90):
Formerly collected by members of the Unitas Fratrum at Okak
and reported by Waghorne from a number of points on the
southern coast.
EPILOBIUM ANAGALLIDIFOLIUM, Lam.
Growing in compact bunches, on a slope of moist slaty
detritus immediately below a field of snow; at an elevation of
about 500 m., Rama, Aug. 20-24, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 46).
104 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [July
EPILOBIUM LINEARE, Muhl., var. OLIGANTHUM, Trelease.
Indian Harbor, Hamilton Inlet, Aug. 2, 1891 (Bowdoin
College Exped. No. 182); Hebron, Sept. 12, 1897, in moist
ground with Sphagnum, Makkvik, Aug., 1896, coll. Adolf
Stecker (Sornborger Nos. 47, 93).
*“VACCINIUM OVALIFOLIUM, Smith.
Red Bay, July 12, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. No. 294) ;
Pitts Arm, Henley Harbor, Sept. 24, 1892 (Sornborger). Col-
lected by /. A. Allen at Chateau, Aug. 8, 1882, also on Mt.
Albert, Gaspé. Recently found by Rev. A. C. Waghorne in
Newfoundland, White Bay, Sept. 1891.
CHIOGENES SERPYLLIFOLIA, Salisb.
Chateau, July 14, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. No. 67).
Reported by Packard, on the authority of Hooker, from the
Labrador coast.
+PRIMULA EGALIKSENSIS, Hornem.
Battle Harbor, July 18, 1891 (Bowdozn College Exped. No.
103). Formerly reported from northern Labrador, but Lieut.
Turner’s specimens, upon which this report was based, are from
Ungava Bay.
PLEUROGYNE CARINTHIACA, Griseb., var. PUSILLA, Gray.
Eskimo Island, Hamilton Inlet, Aug 26, 1891, Square
Island Harbor, Sept. 3, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. Nos. 276,
283). A rare plant, previously known in Labrador only from
Hooker’s report, though well-known from Anticosti, Riviere-du-
Loup, and other points near the mouth of the St. Lawrence.
*“HALENIA BRENTONIANA, Griseb.
Red Bay, Sept. 6 and 7, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. No.
2090.
JEUPHRASIA LATIFOLIA, Pursh.
Makkovik, Aug., 1896, coll. Adolf Stecker (Sornborger, No.
28); Hopedale, Aug. 4-6, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 82).
*GALIUM TINCORIUM, L., var. LABRADORICUM, Wiegand.
In Sphagnum near a brook, Hebron, Sept. 12, 1897 (Sorn-
borger, No. 180). Based in part upona Labrador specimen
collected by Dr. Storer.
a
>
1899] FERNALD-SORNBORGER—LABRADOR FLORA. 105
VIBURNUM PAUCIFLORUM, Pylaie.
Red Bay, July 12, Webeck, Aug. 4, 1891 (Bowdoin College
Exped. Nos. 34, 204). Red Bay, July 4, 1892, Makkovik, Aug.,
1896 (Sornborger, Nos. 41, 40). Formerly collected at Okak
(Herb. J]. Gay). Reported by Packard from Caribou Island,
Quebec, (S. R. Butler).
*ASTER LONGIFOLIUS Lam., var. VILLICAULIS, Gray.
Makkovik, Aug., 1896, coll. Adolf Stecker (Sornborger No.
163). Not formerly known north of the St. John and Resti-
gouche Valleys in New Brunswick.
* ASTER PUNICEUS, L., var. OLIGOCEPHALUS, Fernald, n. var.
A form of Aster puniceus, which it has been impossible to
place with satisfaction, is the plant familiar to botanists who
have collected in Tuckerman’s Ravine and Oakes Gulf in the
White Mountains of New Hampshire. This White Mountain
form has long been known only from that region, but the
Bowdoin College party brought back fine specimens from
Labrador, though somewhat taller than those from the _ better-
‘known alpine stations. Plants apparently referable to the
‘same form have more recently been collected on the north shore
of Lake Superior by G. S. Miller, Jr., and last September on
hills at Bay of Islands, Newfoundland, by the Rev. A. C. Wag-
thhorne. The plant may be expected, then, to have a much
‘broader range than we yet know. In the outer foliaceous bracts
-of the involucre this northern and alpine plant differs from other
forms of A. punzceus, but this character is inconstant ; and many
heads have the involucre seemingly identical with that of true
A. puniceus, showing the plant to be an extreme form of that
species rather than a distinct specific type. The plant may be
characterized as follows :
Stems from 2.5 to 7 dm. high (reduced in alpine specimens),
more or less pubescent above, glabrate below: leaves from
lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate, with conspicuously clasping
bases, entire or sparingly appressed-serrate, glabrous or some-
what scabrous above, glabrous beneath or sparingly pubescent
on the broad midrib: branches of the inflorescence shorter than
106 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [July
the leaves, bearing few or single large heads (in some alpine
specimens the solitary terminal heads sessile): heads often sub-
tended by leafy bracts, and with the outer involucral bracts
generally broad and foliaceous. LABRADOR, Red Bay, Sept.
7, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. No. 288): | NEWFOUND-
LAND, hills, Coal river, Bay of Islands, Sept. 14, 1898 (A. C.
Waghorne): ONTARIO, Peninsula Harbor, Sept. 16, 1896 (G. S.
Miller, jr.): NEW HAMPSHIRE, in the White Mountains near
Crystal cascade, entrance to Glen road, July 18, 1891 (G. G.
Kennedy); near the Half-way-House, Mt. Washington, Aug. 3,
1898 (Wrs. £. H. Terry); Tuckerman’s Ravine, Aug. 20, 1898
(W. W. Eggleston); Oakes Gulf (Edwin Faxon, E.F. Williams,
et al.). .
*ANTENNARIA HYPERBOREA, Don.
Rama, July 15. Aug. 20. 1894, coll. Adolf Stecker (Sornbor- —
ger, No. 155). Formerly collected in Labrador by Kohdmerster,
and at Okak by members ofthe Unitas Fratrum.
*ARTEMISIA BOREALIS, Pall., var. WORMSKIOLDII, Besser.
Rocky ledges at about 200 m. alt., Rama, Aug. 20-24, 1897
(Sornborger, No. 62).
*PETASITES SAGITTATA, Gray. :
Maktovik, Aug., 1896, coll. Adolf Stecker (Sornborger,
No. 85).
*ARNICA ALPINA, Olin, var. LEssInGII, Torr. & Gray.
Banks of a mountain brook, about 100 m. above high water,
Rama, Aug. 20-24, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 157). Previously re-
corded only from the northwest coast of America and adjacent
Asia.
*SENECIO VULGARIS, L.
Beside paths, in moist ground, Hopedale, Aug. 4-6, 1897
(Sornborger, No. 162).
*SENECIO PALUSTRIS, Hook.
Battle Harbor, July 18, 1891, Indian Harbor, Hamilton
Inlet, Aug. 2, 1891, Houlton Harbor, Aug. 19, 1891 (Bowdozn
College Exped. Nos. 295, 188, 261):
CO
r=
Nan e rae)
1899] FERNALD-SORNBORGER—LABRADOR FLORA. 107
HIERACIUM VULGATUM, Fries.
Rama, 1898, coll. Adolf Stecker.
*CREPIS NANA, Richardson.
_ Found only ina small outcrop of slate having a vertical
cleavage, at about 200 m. above sea-level, covering an area of
only 3 square metres, on the side of a mountain, Rama, Aug.
20-24, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 86). In British America previously
known only from the early collections of Richardson, Parry, and
Drummond “on the Copper-mine River” (Richardson in Frank-
lin, Ist. Journ. ed. 2, 1823, App. vii. 757); “ Repulse Bay, Five
Hawser Bay and Lyon Inlet” (Parry, 2nd. Voyage, 1825, App.
397); “on the slaty debris of the Rocky Mountains (Drwmmond)”
(Macoun, Cat. Can. PI. pt. ii. 274).
*TARAXACUM OFFICINALE, Weber.
On the beach just above high water, at a fall where water
casks are frequently filled by the fishermen, Rama, Aug. 20-24,
1897 (Sornborger, No. 64). Possibly introduced. Reported from
Battle Harbor by Waghorne.
NOTES ON FRESH-WATER POLYZOA.
By WALTER S. ODELL.
The term Polyzoa or Bryozoa embraces a very large number
of microscopic animals mostly marine, but to a smaller extent
found in fresh water. It is only with the fresh-water species we
have to deal in this paper. The question will be asked what are
Polyzoa? They are aciass of molluscoidea including minute
animals, which by budding form compound colonies.” Bryozoa
is the name applied to the same class by many zoologists.
Polyzoa are so called from the fact that the animals
which constitute them live together in colonies in large
numbers. They are not all microscopic. Most of them are
readily distinguished with the naked eye, but require a pocket
lens or a microscope to reveal furthcr details. They vary much
108 THE OTTawA NATURALIST. [July
n size, from that of a pea, to several feet in diameter [a speci-
men measuring one foot in diameter was found in Patterson’s
Creek just above Elgin St. bridge.] Each individual of a
colony is called a Polypide. It is a very beautiful object under
the microscope, most delicate in structure and transparent.
Whenever disturbed the polypide retracts quickly into its case
or coencecrum. Altogether it forms one of the most interesting
classes of objects formed in fresh water.
Fresh-water Polyzoa are very generally distributed in the
ponds and slow-moving streams, and lake shores above Ottawa,
and the wonder is that their beauty has not long ago been found
out. No systematic study of the Fresh-water Polyzoa has as
yet been made in this district.
Dr A. C. Stockes in his “Aquatic Microscopy” p. 237
makes the following statement. “ Their Eeauty is so exquisite, so
delicate, so refined in its comeliness and grace, that no descrip-
tion could be too extravagant when applied to the charming little
creatures. Nature was never in a better mood than when she
began the developement of the Polyzoa, so she fashioned them
with care.”
Seven genera of Fresh-water Polyzoa have been found and
described in the United States of America, as follows :—
Plumatella, Fredericella, Paludicella, Cristatella, Pectina-
tella, Urnatella, Lophopus.
In America, Lophopus has only been recorded from two
localities having been found in California, and at Trenton, N. J.
Polyzoa are usually found attached to some submerged
object, a piece of board, weed, stump or stone. An exception
to this is the species referred to, Cristatella, which moves more or
less slowly from place to place.
Young zooids after leaving the egg swim freely for a short
time, and then become attached to some object, to which they
then adhere till death. Certain forms prefer the sunlight while
others are only found in shady places and others still, thrive on
the under or dark side of sticks; boards or stones.
Decription of species found at Ottawa.
tants mee
1899 | ODELL—-FRESHWATER POLYZOA. 109.
(1) PLUMATELLA REPENS, L.
The colonies of Plumatella are formed of sheaths
or coverings called ccencecia which the polypides secrete,
and appear as brownish tubes’ branching like tiny
trees or seaweeds, extending over a surface measuring some-
times several square feet. [here are two modes of attachment
in these colonies: (@) where the lower portion of the stem is
fixed and the remainder of the branch floats freely: (6) when
the whole branch is closely adherent or creeping on the sub-
merged object.
At the extremity of each branch a polypide protrudes,
exposing the lophophore or plume-like organ (hence the name
Plumatella). The polypides quickly retreat on the slightest
alarm or disturbance, and remain in their sheaths until quite
satisfied that the cause is removed.
“ The body of the polypide* is a transparent membraneous
sac with a lophophore (horse-shoe shaped in this genus), on
which are arranged the tentacles. Each tentacle is capable of
independent motion, is ciliated on both sides, and is the only
means the polypide has of receiving impressions. The mouth
is at the fore end, the rest of the body being concealed in a
brown sheath or ccencecium. The mouth has on one border a
tongue-like organ called the Epistome, which can close the open-
ing, and prevent the escape of food. Extending from the mouth
to the stomach is the cesophagus. The stomach is a widened
tube, conspicuous by its contents. It is suspended in the hollow
body, and is bathed by a colorless fluid which fills the body
cavity and extends to the hollow tentacles. The stomach is
followed by a tubular intestine which curves forward, opening
on the lophophore.” The polypide has no heart nor circulatory
system. The body has a beautifully developed muscular system,
which enables it to move freely and rapidly. One set of mus-
cles everts the body, another set is used in expanding the various
tentacles of the lophophore ; and another set supports the body
* Dr. A. C. Stockes in ‘‘ Aquatic Microscopy ” p. 242.
110 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [July
while the lophophore is thus expanded. Another set of muscles
assist in closing the opening of the ccencecium, when the body
is withdrawn ; or are attached to the stomach, which assist that
organ in its functions.
Plumatella repens feeds on infusoria and small algz which
are drawn into the mouth by the currents created by the cilia
attached to the tentacles. These cilia have an upward move-
ment on one side of the tentacles and a downward one on the
other.
Reproduction occurs in two modes : (a) by budding, (4) by
statoblasts or winter eggs. Reproduction by budding merely
increases the number of individuals in each colony, whilst re-
production by statoblasts assists in forming new colonies.
Statoblasts are flattened discs, round or oval, formed within
the body, and escape after the death of the polypide when the
whole colony disintegrates. Statoblasts.are dark brown in
colour and have an outer ring called the Axnulus, formed of
hexagonal cells. Others have barbed hooks along the margin.
Statoblasts are excellent criteria for distinguishing one genus
from another, or the different species of each genus.
Locality and habitat. Abundant on logs, sticks, stones in
Patterson’s Creek and in pits at Odell’s Brick Works where the
largest colony observed was found on a piece of board five feet
long and ten inches wide entirely covering the under surface
with innumerable colonies of this species. August 1898.
FREDERICELLA REGINA, Leidy.
This species is found growing with the preceding, which,
it resembles somewhat in appearance. It is dendritic in form,
of a light brown color, and usually attached by the trunk, the
branches being mostly free. It covers a smaller area than-
Plumatella and is readily distinguished from itbyits characteristic
circular or oval lophophore, that of the former being horse-shoe-
shaped. The tentacles are few in number, generally nineteen,
and arranged on the crest ina single row. Contrary to the
statement made by Hyatt and other workers on Polyzoa, Fred-
ericella regina found at Ottawa was found in nearly every
4
eq s'r
1899] - ODELL—FRESHWATER POLYZOA. ITI
case in’ the sunlight instead of in the shade, attached to sub-
merged or floating weeds. The statoflasts of Fredericella are
distinguished from those of all others in having no annulus, In
shape they are veinform, and are destitute of spines.
Locality and habitat. Very commonin the Rideau River
above Hog’s Back in a small bay west side of the locks, attached
to stems of Myrzophyllum spicatum ; also in Patterson’s Creek
near Elgin street bridge on Heteranthera, Also obtained during
the winter on stems of Anacharzs Canadensis from clay pits in
Odell’s Brick Works, Ottawa East, July, 1898.
PALUDICELLA EHRENBERGII, Van Beneden.
“These colonies may always be distinguished from all
other tube-making Polyzoa by their jointed appearance, each
cell being club-shaped. The colonies are irregularly branched
and are built up of a single row of cells placed end to end, the
narrow end or handle of the club being attached to the broad
end of the cell immediately behind it. The opening through
which the polypide protrudes its circular lophophore is at one
side of the broad end of each cell and near the top.”* No
statoblasts of Paludicella have been discovered ; reproduction
is effected by budding. Unlike other genera of Fresh-water
Polyzoa, it has Hibernacula or winter quarters for the resting
buds, which correspond with the statoblasts of other genera.
“At the approach of spring the bud becomes covered with a
horny sheath, thus preserving it till the following spring.” The
bud then splits vertically after which the young is developed in
the usual way.’+ The tentacles of this genus are sixteen.
Locality and habitat. This is by far the rarest form of
Fresh Water Polyzoa found at Ottawa. Three colonies were
obtained on stones only. In the little rapids above Billings’
Bridge, Rideau River ; also at Hurdmans Bridge, same stream ;
and in the shallow above the rapids at the Canadian Pacific
Ry., bridge, Rideau River, Aug. 1898.
*Dr. A. C. Stockes ‘* Aquatic Microscopy ” p. 249.
+‘ Ponds and Rock Pools” p. 132. Scherren Hy.
tiZ THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [July
CRISTATELLA ID&, -Leidy.
Colonies of this genus are oval in shape, flat on the under
side and convex on the upper side, with the polypides in rows
all around, except along the centre of adult specimens, where
statoblasts are to be seen, Individuals of this genus after
emerging from the statoblast, form a small lump or mass of jelly
semi-transparent in colour, and usually pear-shaped, In the
adult form it is not unlike a hairy caterpillar, owing to the pres-
ence of numerous buds which proceed from the ectoderon. By
budding, the colony grows rapidly in length (but not in breadth)
till it reaches a length of two or three inches, when it measures
a quarter of an inch in breadth. A specimen found in the
Rideau canal on a sunken barge measured four inches in length,
This form differs from all others in two particulars, (@) in
having powers of locomotion ; (@) in preferring sunlight during
life. Cristatella moves very slowly, covering a length of about
one inch per day. By carefully marking off certain spaces on.
the object on which it rests, the distance travelled can easily be
ascertained. The polypide of this species has many points of
resemblance to Plumatella. The tentacles are about eighty in
number. The statoblasts of Cristatella consist of rounded flat-
tened discs, which have the margin covered with two rows of
doubly barbed hooks resembling anchors,
Locality and habitat. Occurs on stones at little rapids on
Rideau River above Billings’ Bridge ; also on stones at. Hurd-
man’s Bridge, Rideau River; in Patterson’s Creek, Ottawa, be-
tween the Bank street and Elgin street bridges on blades of
submerged grass ; also on beam of a sunken barge on Rideau
canal at Bronson’s wharf. October 1808.
PECTINATELLA MAGNIFICA Leidy.
“The reproductive and vital energies of the group reach
their climax in the voluptuous beauty and endless multiplication
of the ccencecia in Pectinatella.”* “The colonies of this class
*Hyatt ‘* Observations on Polyzoa” p. 12.
oe oP
a
” 9
¥e
1899] ODELL—FRESHWATER POLYZOA. 113
are surrounded by a thick jelly-like material, from which the
polypides protrude, and into which they retreat. These jelly-
masses are usually colourless and semi-transparent, or tinged a
pale red. They are to be found adherent to sticks or any water-
soaked object, and vary in size from half an inch to several feet
in diameter.” “The jelly is formed by the polypides, and is in
reality a collection of protective cells or chambers, the huge
masses often being the result of the increase in the numbers of
the polypides inhabiting them...... A single polypide begins
the cluster, it becomes two by a process of budding, the bud
finally becoming another polypide, secreting more jelly, budding
in its turn, so that the community may in the end contain num-
berless members. The colour of the polypides is usually a pale
red or flesh tint,’* “and being in countless profusion in the jelly-
mass, are crowded together and become compressed into irregu-
lar hexagons in outline.” The lophophore is horseshoe-shaped,
having from sixty to eighty tentacles. Towards the end of
summer the polypides mature and die, leaving the statoblasts
adhering to the surface of the jelly-mass. These statoblasts are
often in such large numbers as to be conspicuous to the eye.
They have a single row of barbed hooks, averaging fifteen in
number, proceeding from the outer edge of the annulus. Mature
statoblasts of Pectinatella and Cristatella while in the body of
the polypide, are inclosed in a transparent matrix or yolk.
Some statoblasts of P. magnifica collected from the Rideau
canal in September, ’98, hatched in an aquarium, in March, 1899,
but only lived two weeks.
Locality and habitat. Ona submerged stump in Patter-
son’s Creek (Rideau canal) near Elgin street bridge. Sept.
1808.
*Stockes ‘‘Aquatic Microscopy,” pp. 238-240.
i114 THE Orrawa NATURALIST. July
REVIEWS.
THE GOLD MEASURES OF NOVA SCOTIA AND DEEP MIN-
ING, by E. R. Faribault, B. A. Sc., Geol Survey of Canada.—
II pp. with two maps and anumber of illustrative sections.
Paper read before the Canadian Mining Institute,March, 1899. In
this very valuable addition to the literature of Economic Geology
Mr. Faribault presentsin a most concise and readable form
his conclusions as to the mode of occurrence of gold.in Nova
Scotia. Dealing first with the extent of the gold measures, Mr.
Faribault estimates that they cover 5,000 square miles. They
consist of an upper or state group, two miles in thickness and a
lower or quartzite group, 3 miles in thickness and are probably of
lower cambrian age. Since their deposition on a sea floor they
have been very uniformly folded into a series of anticlines and
synclines roughly parallel with the coast line. The auriferous
quartz veins have been deposited at the summit of these anti-
clines and along certain lines on either side of and parallel to
the axes and their deposition has been due to the loosening and
opening up of the strata along the planes of sedimentation.
Though the original bedding in these rocks is masked by a
uniform cleavage subsequently developed, Mr. Faribault has
been able, by close structural work in the field, to fix accurately
the anticlines and twenty-one domes or cross undulations
affecting the anticlines and defining the occurrence of payable
reefs. Although granitic intrusions are common they have
occurred subsequent to the filling of the gold veins and in no
way affect their richness. Mr. Faribault’s theories as to the
position and extent of the pay steaks and his advice as to the
lines along which deep mining should be prosecuted must be of
the greatest value to the practical miner, and his comparison of
the Nova Scotia district with that of Bendigo, Australia in the
matter of deep mining is most instructive and encouraging.
The paper altogether is most valuable and exemplifies in the
clearest manner the necessity of good structural work, carried
out in a scientific way, in the development of a mining district.
|
|
|
:
1899] REVIEWS. . 115
WACHSMUTH AND SPRINGER’S MONOGRAPH ON CRINOIDS.
In his delightful review* of Wachsmuth and Springer’s
monograph on Crinoids” Prof. F. A. Bather proposes that for
all crinoids, pinnulate or non-pinnulate, in connection with the
successive series of brachials, the following terms be used, urging
that all writers on crinoids should agree in this matter. They
are as follows: Primibrachs ‘I Br.) ; Secundibrachs (II Br.) ;
Tertibrachs (III Br.) ; Quartibrachs (I1V Br.). It is to be hoped
that the above terms will be employed by future writers of
descriptions of crinoids. The concession made by Prof Bather
in this matter not only deserves commendation but tends to
establish uniformity in terminology. Prof. Bather further dis-
cusses the morphological part of the Monograph, the quinque-
partite character of stems of the larger number of Lower Paleo-
zoic crinoidea, the cirri of Paleozoic crinoids, radials and
compound radials, basals and infra basals,the course of the
axial nerve cords in certain crinoids and the “Law of Wach-
smuth and Springer” as interpreted and proposed by Prof.
Bather. the fusion of basals as well as notes on the corms, ovals
and tubes.
The last notice of Prof. Bather deals with the System
Cameratato which is ajpended an obituary notice of Prof.
Wachsmuth with the Bibliography of that writer.
GEOLOGICA BIBLIOGRAPHIA.
The Geological Survey of Belgium has recently issued a
series of very important volumes entitled Azbhographia Geolo-
gica. These volumes are prepared according to the approved
decima! classification of Melvil Dewcy and form part 549-559 of
the BAzbhographia Universalis of Dr. G. Simoens. Michel
Mourlon of Brussells, director of the Geological Survey of
Belgium,has charge of the 4zblographea Geologica and it is a work
of paramount importance to working geologists. The volumes
contain about 400 pages each and give some 6,000 titles of
publications in geology, paleontology, mineralogy and _pre-
historic a cheology. These may be obtained, Mons. Mourlon
writes, from Hayez, 112, Louvain street, Brussells, Belgium.
=F. A. Lather, in. Geol. Mag. New Series, Dec. IV, Vol.V, London, Eng.,
1898.
116 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [July
PALAZONTOLOGICAL NOTES.
The following is a brief ennumeration of the leading pale-
ontological notes and references bearing on Canada, and con-
tained in the “Szmmary report of the Geological Survey
department for 1898” by the Director, Dr. Dawson.
(a2) On mammoth and musk-ox remains from the “Saskatche-
wan” gold-bearing gravels of the Edmonton district,
Alberta, by Dr. G. M. Dawson, pp. 19 and 20.
(6) List of fossil organic remains from the “altered gray slates
with shaly bands” from six miles west of Canterbury
station along the St. Andrews and Woodstock branch of the
Canadian Pacific Railway. Silurian species recognised by
DrsHt MeeAmip: “1376
(c) Silurian fossils recorded from Burnt Island, Manitoulin Island,
Take Huron the nearest outcrop of fossiliferous limestone to
the Duck Islands, by H. M. Ami, p. 179.
(2) Notes on general results obtained from a_palzontological
survey of numerous outcrops in the counties of Colchester,
Cumberland, Pictou, Antigonish, Kings and Hauts in Nova
Scotia, by H. M. Ami, pp. 180-182.
(e) Reptilian remains from the Belly river and Laramie
formations of the North West Territories of Canada, by
Mr. L. M. Lambe, pp. 184-190.
H. M. AMI.
Ottawa June, 1899.
CLUB EXCURSION.
The first general excursion of the club was to Chelsea on
June 3rd ; between 250 and 300 members and their friends were
in attendance. The leaders pres2nt were: Geology, Mr. W. J.
Wilson ; Botany, Mr. D. A. Campbell and Mr. J. M. Macoun ;
Entomology, Dr. Jas. Fletcher ; Conchology, Mr F. R. Latch-
ford; Ornithology, Miss Harmer and Mr, W.- T. Macoun;
Zoology, Prof. Macoun, Mr. A. Halkett and Mr. W. S. Odell,
The president’s prize--Miss Lounsberry’s “A Guide to the
Wild Flowers ”—-for the largest collection of plants was won by
Miss Kingston, while Miss D. Fletcher secured the Club’s prize
—Mrs. Parson’s “How to Know Ferns”—for the greatest
number of named species. | Addresses were delivered at the
close of the afternoon by Prof. Macoun, Dr. Fletcher and Mr.
Halkett.
THE OTTAWA NATURALIST.
VoL. XIII. OTTAWA, AUGUST, 1899. No. 5.
PaetkRA LIMITAL INSECTS FOUND AT OTTAWA:
By W. HacueE HarrinocrTon, F. R. S. C.
Read 21st February, 1899.
The tracing out of the geographical distribution of plants
and animals is one of the most important and, at the same time,
one of the most fascinating studies of a naturalist. In the
investigation of the complex problems which are therein
encountered, a society such as the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’
Club may render very valuable assistance, by the publication of
accurate floral and faunal lists, and of exact records of the
occurrence and life histories of the various species studied by its
members. The commonplace Ottawa citizen, especially if he
be a property holder, observes with pride and pleasure the
steady expansion of the city, and the corresponding increase of
its population. The Ottawa naturalist, on the contrary, notes
with deep regret his former haunts invaded and laid waste, and
monotonous blocks of buildings rapidly covering the ground
where so recently the forest flourished. The so-called march of
improvement unfortunately means to him the disappearance of
his happy hunting grounds; the cutting down of woodland
monarchs, the draining of lush swamps and the production of
barren uniformity where erstwhile plentiful diversity obtained.
The evolution of our country from a forest region to an ~
agricultural and commercial district, not only in the immediate
neighbourhood but over the areas spreading oceanward in every
direction, produces important and easily recognized alterations
in our flora and fauna.
As the untutored savage vanishes before the civilization for
which he is not prepared, so many of our native animals and
Issued August 11th, 1899.
118 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [ Augu st
plants disappear and are replaced by intruders from afar. The
primeval forest perishes ; its larger denizens are slaughtered or
driven away, and the plants and animals that remain are such
as can best adapt themselves to the changed conditions of the
land.
Many persons may recognize these self-assertive changes
and still not stop to think that our insect fauna and even those
smaller forms of life that delight the microscopist are also
similarly affected by the far-spread improvements or disturb-
ances of the landscape.
Yet a moment’s consideration will suffice to show that such
is actually the result. An insect may be able to exist only upon
a single species of plant, and the destruction of that host-plant
involves the disappearance of its guest. Or, the actual change
in physical conditions may equally well bring about a change in
the insect life. The draining of aswamp and its gradual con-
version into dry woods or open fields necessitate the with-
drawal of those species which require a cold moist habitat, and
correspondingly tend to create conditions favourable for forms
from more southern localities. These changes go on steadily
year after year whether we notice them or not, and the destruc-
tion of the forest, the cultivation of the land, the pasturing of
flocks and herds, and ever expanding commerce accelerate the
alterations in insect population. Our indigenous insects are
supplanted by prolific and vigorous forms from lands where
evolution has fitted them to successfully overcome the disadvan-
tages of man’s society and solicitudes. The species whose food
plants are destroyed, and which are unable to assimilate the new
order of vegetation, disappear, accompanied by many of their
parasitic and predatory associates. Replacing them come
insects from near or afar, especially those thoroughly domesti-
cated forms which follow man wherever he pitches his tent or
builds his shack.
In a discussion of the insect population as it now appears
to our collectors, a difficulty arises at the start in our inability,
in many instances, to distinguish between the descendants of the
nue mh he
1898] HARRINGTON
=
EXTRA LIMITAL INSECTS. 119g
original fauna and late intruders. A considerable proportion
of our insects belongs to a boreal fauna which is more or less
circumpolar in its distribution, and of which many species pass
with little or no change of facies through the northern regions cf
Europe, Asia and America. In regard to such forms it is
consequently often impossible to declare positively whether they
belong to the original fauna or have been introduced since the
colonization of the country. There are, however, many species
whose progress hither can be retraced successfully by the
records in entomological or agricultural publications. The times
and methods of their arrival are varied and numerous, and any
full discussion of them would be long, and to many wearisome.
Some, our settlers have carried among their goods and chattels
or even upon their persons, while many have come with their
beasts and fowls. Other forms living in less close communion
with mankind have worked their own passage hither afoot or
awing. Some come borne across long leagues of land and water
by the winds ; a few possibly upon the floods, although as our
streams flow usually to the east and south the currents are
mainly against the oncomers. In these latter days of swift and
universal transit, when Ottawa is a great and growing railway
centre, they hasten to us both by freight and passenger trains.
They are introduced with our animals, our plants, our provi-
sions, with merchandise of divers sorts, and in ways innumcrable.
and unexpectcd.
A large proportion come as immigrants to occupy and
possess the land and to multiply their kind therein ; others are
tourist visitors making summer excursions which terminate
generally in their premature death through cold or the lack of
proper nourishment. ,
In addition to the species which have been introduced from
abroad, we may consider perhaps as extra-limital insects certain
indigenous forms which occur but rarely, or under special
conditions. Such for example are the butterflies 7hecla Augus-
tus Kirby, Thecla triclarts Hub. and Chronobas Jutta. These
butterflies have been captured in the Mer Bleue, but are species
120 THE Orrawa NATURALIST. August
having their metropolis, or region best suited fo their full and
regular development, much further northward. Examples of
such forms occur in little out-lying colonies, whose ancestors
found in their prehistoric wanderings a suitable habitat. or
survived in more and more restricted isolation as the surround-
ing country became unfitted through climatic changes for the
continuance of the species.
Without waiting to consider such, all too-common, insects
as the cheerful House-fly, the industrious Clothes-moth, the
“ Tumpem-quick ” and the “ Walkem-slow,” with numerous other
crawling and creeping domestic pets and pests which, like the
poor, are always with us, mention will be made of a few of the
more noticeable species which within more or less recent years
have come hither as permanent residents or as occasional
visitors.
Commencing with the Lepidoptera there is, familiar to
everyone, the common White Cabbage Butterfly, Pverzs
Rope Linn, the caterpillars of which devour voraciously the
succulent cabbages and cauliflowers of the kitchen-garden, or
the fragrant mignonette of the flower plots. This butterfly came
to America by way of Quebec about the year 1859 and has since
that date become widely distributed across the continent. As
the Europeans dispossessed the native Americans so this immi-
grant from across the Atlantic has become our most common
species and has almost supplanted our native white butterfly,
Pieris oleracea Har, and the last Entomological News (vol. x,
p. 46) records a similar displacement of the species as far west as
Salt Lake City.
An occasional visitor from across the line is A/etza argillacea
Hub., the famous Cotton Moth of the Southern States, whose
numerous and industrious progeny reduce by several million
dollars annually the product of the plant from which is obtained
such an important article of commerce, and one so necessary to
the comfort of mankind. The moth is of moderate size, expand
ing scarcely one and one-half inches, and is soberly coloured ;.
the front wings tawny or olivaceus with a few irregular trans-
1899] HARRINGTON—ENXNTRA LIMITAL INSECTS. 121
verse markings and a small oval eye-spot; the hind wings are
pale greyish; when at rest it is quite inconspicuous. Dr. Riley
in his report upon Cotton Insects, has stated that this species
“is probably indigenous to South America and isan introduced
insect in the United States,” where its appearance was first
recorded in 1793. For a century it has levied toll, reaching
thirty million dollars in some years, upon the cotton plantations,
but fortunately its caterpillars will not feed upon any other
plant, and its depredations are thus confined to the Cotton Belt.
Unlike the larvae, the moths are more catholic in their tastes
especially in the matter of sweets, and not content with rifling
the nectaries of different plants they do considerable injury to
fruits. Dr. Riley says that :—‘ Frequently the fig crop is com-
pletely destroyed in some sections of the cotton belt, as is also
the August crop of peaches. The moths have also been known
to feed on apples, gra: es. melons and the jujube.” This aptitude
for a more savory diet than cotton permits the moths to earn a
living almost anywhere, and accounts’ perhaps for their
occasional appearance so many hundred miles from the scenes
of their earlier labours. It is, however, possible that the speci-
mens which occur here, perfectly fresh and unrubbed, have been
reared upon some other plant in more northerly regions. In
October, 1880, the moths occurred quite abundantly in this city >
I captured many individuals at rest upon different buildings, and
the following year I found it both at Hull and Aylmer.
While these autumn arrivals of Aletia do not survive our
winters nor propagate their species here, there is another resident
of the cotton fields that apparently is able to do so and which
may therefore become a permanent and unwelcome colonist.
This is a somewhat large moth, known as the Boll worm,
Feltothus aruugera Hub., which in portions of the cotton-grow-
ing region is almost more dreaded than the Cotton Moth itself.
The species is distributed over a large portion of the world and
has been observed in Canada for a score of years." It has a varied
-menu, including such very important plants as corn and tomatoes,
In the ears of the former and the fruit of the latter the cater-
122 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [ August
pillars burrow as they do in the cotton bolls, and to some people
the idea of a large fat grub busily at work within would spoil
the taste of the largest and gayest tomato.
Of the naany enemies of the fruit grower, one has been so
long with us that we almost forget that it is not native to the soil.
This is the destructive Codling Moth, Carpocapsa pomonella,
recognized in America as early as 1819 and whose progeny one
often finds snugly domiciled in the rosy-cheeked apple when it
is eaten, resulting at times in the biter being bitten. This is by
no means an insect new to science as wormy apples as said to
be referred to in literature two thousand years old; when the
fruit was presumably much less luscious and tempting than it is
at present. Indeed we may reasonably assume that the first
green apples with which the children of the cave-dwellers shar-
pened their teeth, already harboured the retiring and gentle
grub.
Occasionally specimens have been captured in Ottawa of an
unusually large and handsome moth named Evebus odora. The
occurrence ofthis fine insect so far north is both remarkable
and puzzling, as it isan inhabitant of the West Indies and
Central America, and it seems scarcely possible that individuals,
even aided by favourable winds, could accomplish such long
flights without becoming very much travel-worn ; yet the speci-
mens observed have been in good condition.
Of Hymenoptera quite a number of species have come to
us; of which probably the most important is the Honey Bee,
Apis mellifica L., who labours during the hot Canadian summers
to increase the sweets of our existence, but whose manifest
virtues we will not stop to discuss. There are also several ob-
noxious forms belonging to the group known as Saw-flies, which ~
have caterpillar-like larve. The blushing rose, that universal
symbol of beauty and fragrance, among the many foes that stale
and wither its infinite variety numbers three species of saw-flies,
all of which, there is good reason to believe, are from over the
ocean. Afonostegia rose Harris has been known in America since ~
: : Rie ae 5
1841, Emphytus cinctus Linn., since 1867 and Cladius fectinicornts
Se
a ee
1899] HARRINGTON
EXTRA LIMITAL INSECTS. 123
Fourc. since 1880.
wigs
a atta el ee eel
1899 | Macoun—CanaDIiANn Botany. 159
LESQUERELLA OCCIDENTALIS, Wat.
Dry slopes Osoyoos Valley, B.C., 1898. (C. de B. Green.)
New to Canada.
VIOLA SUBCORDATA, Greene, Pittonia, vol. 111, page 316.
Open or partly open land, Esquimault, Vancouver Island, 6th
June, 1896. Herb. No. 18,708. (/. R. Anderson.)
¢
168 THe Orrawa NATURALIST. | October
VERBASCUM BLATTARIA, L.
Roadsides, Mira Bay, Cape Breton Island, N. S. (John Ma-
coun.) Not recorded east of Ontario. These specimens are the sub-
species V. virgatum, with very glandular shortly decurrent upper
leaves, and pedicels shorter than the calyx.
PEDICULARIS CAPITATA, Adams.
Moose Mountain, Elbow River, Rocky Mountains, alt. 7,000
ft., 1897. Herb, No. 19,916. (john Macoun.) Mountains near Lac
Brulé, Athabasca River, Alta. Herb. No. 19,917, 1898. (W.
Spreadborough.) Not before recorded from Rocky Mountains, or
south of the Arctic Circle in Canada.
PLANTAGO ERIOPODA, Torr. var. CYLINDRICA,
Maligne River, Athabasca River, Alberta, July 6th, 1898.
Herb. No. 20,073. (W. Spreadborough. \A span high, leaves and
scape pubescent, spike #-114 inch long, cyclindrical. This is pro-
bably P. lanceolata, var. B., Hook, FI., vol. ii, p. 123, and very
likely a good species.
MyricA CAROLINENSIS, Mill,
M. cerifera, Macoun, Cat. Can. Plants, vol. 1, p. 435.
Common on Prince Edward Island, Cape Breton Island and
in parts of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. J. ceréfera is not
found north of Maryland, U. S.
Larix LYALuI, Parlat.
Between Kootanie Lake and the St. Mary’s River watershed,
B. C., at altitudes between 6,500 to 7,000 feet, or a little more,
1898. (Samuel S. Fowler.) Western limit.
Lititum CoLUMBIANUM, Hanson.
Tete Jaune Cache, headwaters of Fraser River, Rocky Moun-
tains, 1898. (W. Spreadborough.) Northern and eastern limit.
LySICHITON KAMTSCHATCENSE, Schott.
Wet woods near Canoe River, western slope of Rocky Moun-
tains in Lat. 53°. 1889. (W. Spreadborough.) Eastern and, in that
part of Canada, northern limit.
a
sot aaa lll
1899] Macoun—Canap1an Botany. 169
Scripus RuFus, (Huds.) Schrad.
Marshes on summit of Smoky Mountain, Cape Breton Island,
N. S., 1898. (John Macoun.) Not before recorded from Nova
Scotia.
SCIRPUS SUBTERMINALIS, Torr.
In Fresh-water Pond, North Ingonish, and summit of Smoky
Mountain, Cape Breton Island, N. S., 1898. (/ohn Macoun.) Not
recorded from Nova Scotia.
CAREX COSTELLATA, Britt.
Edge of willow thickets near St. Catherines, Ont., 1808.
(W. C. McCalla.) The only Canadian specimens we have
seen.
CAREX CRAWEI, Dewey.
Damp meadows, Baddeck, (Herb. No. 20,810), and Smoky
Mountain, (Herb. No. 20,811), Cape Creton Island, N. S,, 1808.
(John Macoun.) Not before recorded from Nova Scotia.
ERAGROSTIS CAPILLARIS, Nees. :
A weed in a peach orchard, near St. Catherines, Ont., 1808.
(W. C. McCalla.) New to Canada.
GLYCERIA VILLFOIDEA, Fries.
Near Prince George’s Sound, Hudson Strait, 1897. (Dr. R
Bell.) Very abundant on saline mud, St. Paul Island, Behring
Sea. (J. M. Macoun.) Not betore recorded except from Green-
land.
ASPIDIUM OREOPTERIS, Swartz.
Shawnigan Lake, Vancouver Island, August, 1897. (/. &.
Anderson.) One of our rarest ferns and not before collected on
Vancouver Island.
ASPIDIUM ACULEATUM Swartz. Var. SCOPULINUM, D. C. Eaten.
Amongst rocks near the sea, Texada Island, Gulf of Georgia,
B. C., Aug. 1897. (/. R. Anderson.) Not before found in Canada
west of Province of Quebec, but collected in Washington, U. S.
WoopWARDIA RADICANS, Smith. Var. AMERICANUM, Hook.
Rich soil amongst hummocks, Texada Island, Gulf of Geor-
gia, Aug. B. C. 1897. (/. R. Anderson.) New to Canada.
170 Tue Ottawa NATURALIST. [ October
NOTES ON A STROMATOPOROID FROM THE HUDSON
RIVER FORMATION OF ONTARIO.
By LAWRENCE M. LAMBE, F. G. S.
LaBECHIA HuRONENSIS, Billings, sp.
Stenopora Huronensis, Billings, 1865. Pal. Fossils, vol. 1, p. 185.
Tetradium Huronense, Foord (in parte). 1883. Contr. to Can.
Cambro-Sil, micro-pal., p. 25, pl. vii, figs. 1, 1a.
Labechia ohtoensts, Nicholson, 1885, Mon. Brit. Strom. p. 32, —
footnote and pl. 0, figs. 1 and 2. :
Labechia montifera, Ulrich. 1886. Contr. to Am. Pal., vol. 1, —
p- 33, pl. ul, figs. 9, ga.
Labechia ohioensts, Nicholson, 1886. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.
prs: :
There are in the Museum of the Geological Survey a number _
of specimens of a Labechia, from Cape Smyth, Lake Huron, {
collected by Doctor R. Bell in 1859. These specimens were de- ~
scribed by Mr. Billings in 1865 in the Paleozoic Fossils, vol. 1,
under the name Stenopora Huronensts.
In one of his papers in the ‘‘Contributions to Canadian Cam-
bro-Silurian Micro-paleontology,” Mr. A. H. Foord states that
having made a microscopical examination of Stenopora Huronensis,
Bill., he finds that it belongs to the genus Tetradium. Mr. Foord
gives an amended description of this species as he understands it,
but unfortunately includes in it two distinct forms, under the
name Tetradium Huronense. The specimens represented on plate
vil, fig. 1, of Foord’s paper consists of a Labechia, the minute
structure of which is well preserved, incrusting a small mass of
Tetradium fibratum, Safford. The original of figure ta is a
small portion only of a large mass of the Zabechta measuring
nearly 5 % inches across. These specimes figured by Foord were
those used by Billings in describing Stenopora Huronensts and are
still in the museum of the Survey. The structure is clearly shown
on polished surtaces in both specimens proving beyond doubt that
ee ee La ee ea
\,
eee Oe
peed tek on, ee ee
1899} LAMBE—STROMATOPOROID FORMATION. 171
the fossils belong to the genus Zabechza, incrusting, in the first in-
stance, and massive in the second.
Dr. Nicholson’s description of Labechia ohioensis is based
upon specimens obtained by him at Waynesville, Ohio, and the
Cape Smyth specimens of Stenopora Huronensis, Bill., collected
by Dr. R. Bell* in 1859. Dr. Nicholson states that in the Cape
Smyth specimens the structure is much better preserved than in
those from Ohio. He also mentions (p. 14, Ann. and Mag. Nat.
Hist.) that Mr. Foord had drawn his attention to the fact that
** some of the appearances which he describes as_ characterizing
Tetraduim huronense, Bill., sp. are really due to the fact that the
specimens of this coral which he examined were covered with a
crust of Labechia ohioensts.”’
The same specimens are thus seen to have been used for the
description of Stenopora Huronensis, Bill., Tetsaduim Huronense,
Foord, and Labechia ohtoensts, Nich., with, in the case of ohzoensis
the addition of the Waynesville specimens, so that these names
are synonymous.
The writer is of the opinion with Dr. Nicholson, that Professor
Ulrich’s Z. montzfera (op. cit.) is specifically the same as ZL. ohzo-
ensis ‘udging from the figure preceding the description of the for- .
mer and from the two figures of its structure which are stated to
have been made from microscopical drawings of a specimen from
Waynesville, Ohio.
It would seem therefore that Nicholson’s and Ulrich’s species
are identical with Billings’s species. As the fossils described by
Billings are not referable to the genus Stenopora, Lonsdale, but to
Labechia, Milne-Edwards and Haime, they should be known by the
name Labechia Huronensis, Bill.
* In Dr. Nicholson’s description of Z. ohioensis, (Ann. and Mag. Nat.
Hist. p. 145.) Mr. A. H. Foord is incorrectly stated to have been the collector
of the Cape Smyth specimens.
i72 THe OtTtrawa NATURALIST. [ October
ENTOMOLOGY.
WORM-SNAKES AND SNAKE-WORMS.
Upon rare occasions and at long intervals, the field-naturalist
in his rambles comes across a strange grayish old-rope-like object
lying on the ground but moving forward very slowly and bearing
a remarkable resemblance to some strange kind of snake. These
”
are known as ‘‘worm-snakes”’ and are made up of myriads of the
grayish or leaden-coloured larvz called ‘‘snake-worms ” which
are the maggots of certain gnats belonging to the genus Sczara.
These gnats are superficially somewhat like mosquitoes but have
much more conspicuous antennez, and have also the important
difference of habit that they do not bite. The maggots of several
kinds of these gnats have gregarious habits and some may be
found in dense masses under the bark of trees. When full-grown
the snake-worms are about 3 of an inch long and a little thicker
than an ordinary pin, of a dirty white colour, tapering slightly to
each end and with a tiny black shining head. When about to
change to the pupa state, they congregate in vast numbers, form
processions and migrate, sometimes long distances, in search of a
suitable place to complete their transformations.
The following interesting account of one of these curious mi-
grations is written by our correspondent, Mr. T. N. Willing, of
Sylvan Glade, Olds, Alberta: ‘‘ While at Prince Albert on the
2oth of July last, my attention was called to a very strange sight.
At first glance it appeared like a snake about five feet long, which
tapered from the head to the tail and moved slowly. along the
ground. Upon closer examination this rope-like object proved to
be composed of a vast number of whitish larve, of which I am
sending you some samples in alcohol. These larve had moved in
a body about 30 feet from where their trail was first seen, issuing
from underneath a wood pile. They all kept together in the form
of a snake, the head being about half an inch thick, one and a
half inches wide, and two incheslong. From this head the body
tapered from one inch wide down to a single larva. Upon draw-_
ing a stick across the body of this snake of worms, so as to scat-
ter them, they immediately closed up again and completed the con-
tinuity of the mass. I enquired the next day what had become of
as
:
re —_—
ae ee
1899| FLETCHER—WORM-SNAKES AND SNAKE-WoRMS. 173
this curious object and was told that the larve had been killed by
covering them with salt.”
There are accounts of these curious aggregations of larve in
many American and European publications (e. g. /nsect Life, 1v, p.
215). In Europe, worm-snakes have been recorded which were 4
or 5 inches wide and from 10 to 12 feet long. Most of the Amer-
ican accounts (which may perhaps seem strange to some !) de-
scribe as a rule worm-snakes much more moderate in proportions,
viz. from 3 to 6 feet in length by from 1 to 3 inches wide. Upon
one occasion only have I seen one of these worm-snakes. This was
some miles from Nepigon, north of Lake Superior, in the month of
August. The snake was about 4 feet long, about an inch wide
and with a large expansion about one third of the length from the
head. I had no convenience at the time to preserve the larve
alive so as to identify the species. It is probable that several spe-
cies of Sczara have this strange habit but I am not aware that any-
one has ever reared to maturity and published the name of the
American species. Unfortunately most people who have the op-
portunity, like those who put salt on the larvee seen by Mr. Will-
ing, are much more likely to practise the stupid habit of destroy-
ing everything they do not quite understand instead of trying to
learn a little more about it.
J. FLETCHER:
Among the latest contributions to the Herbarium of the Nor-
mal School is a very beautiful collection of too mounted Botani-
cal specimens illustrating the flora of the Rocky Mountains in the
vicinity of Banff, presented to the herbarium by Dr. Jas. Fletcher.
The Normal School herbarium already contains a fine series of the
plants of the vicinity of Ottawa, and this latest contribution not
only adds greatly to the value of the herbarium, but these western
plants will enable students to compare eastern with western forms
in the same genera. 5. B.S.
174 Tue OTrawa NATURALIST. — | October
REVIEWS.
‘¢ REMINISCENCES AMONG THE Rocks: In Connection with the
Geological Survey of Canada” ; by Thomas C. Weston, F.
G. S. A., Toronto, Warwick Bros. and Rutter, 1899.
The above is the title of a very neat and attractive little vol-
ume written by one of the few survivors of the early and. pioneer
days of geological research in Canada, and also a member of our
club of many years standing. Mr. Weston’s work brought him
in contact with many interesting places and personalities through-
out the Dominion. The plain, unconventional way in which he
has presented the numerous amusing anecdotes as well as at-
tractive records of scientific work, selected from a pile of official
note-books kept by him during the thirty-seven years of his con-
nection with that branch of the Canadian service, commends the
volume to the reading public as one of special interest. Whilst
disclaiming all literary skill, the author describes many an amus-
ing incident such as are but seldom recorded or described from a
geologist’s standpoint, but which are nevertheless full of interest
and merriment. The brief biographical sketches of Sir Wm. Lo-
gan, Dr. T. Stenny Hunt, E. Billings, Alex. Murray, Scott Bar-
low, E. Hartley, Horace Smith, and many others, including
‘* Michael” and many other characters met by Mr. Weston during
his very extensive travels, lend that peculiar personal charm to the
volume which always attaches to reminiscences.
The book is of special value to the working geologist and
palzeontologist who desires to know the best type localities for ob-
taining suites of fossils with which to illustrate the fauna and flora
of the sedimentary formations of Canada. Mr. Weston has, per-
haps more than any other officer of the Geological Survey of Can-
ada, contributed to the vast number of specimens now contained
in the National Museum at Ottawa, and the notes he has given us
in systematic and chronological order, from the time he first joined
the Survey under Sir Wm. Logan, until his recent superanuation,
will be read with much interest. We commend this volume to all
members of the Ottawa Field Naturalists’ Club.
ie apy Sige,
8
;
;
7
)
|
:
~
—— SST
wey ee are eS a ea
vo ener ee
Ree Va Ter Oey
:
.
°
a
;
4
*
cS
>
~—
“4
>
»
I 899] REVIEWS. . 175
CENTRAL EXPERIMENTAL FARM ; REPORT OF THE ENTOMOLOGIST
AND BoranisT, 1898. (James Fletcher, LL. D., F.R.S.C.)
This very interesting and valuable contribution to the Annual
Report on Experimental Farms, includes pages 167 to 219, of that
publication, and is illustrated by 25 figures. It furnishes a very
comprehensive review of the more important insect enemies of the
past year, and contains also Mr. Fixter’s report on the Apiary.
The insects are dealt with under the heading of the several crops
chiefly injured by them, and the various chapters contain many
original observations on the species discussed. The absence of
Dr. Fletcher during two months of the summer, while enabling
him to do valuable work by lecturing at-so many farmers’ meet-
ings in Manitoba,the Northwest Territories and British Columbia,
must necessarily have lessened his opportunities for completing
some of his investigations.
CEREALS.—The worst pests of the grain crops were the Midge,
Hessian Fly, Wheat-stem Maggot, American Frit-fly,Grain Aphis,
Joint-worms (/sosoma) and Cut-worms. In Southern Manitoba
there was considerable damage caused by the Rocky Mountain
Locust. Several districts were visited by Dr. Fletcher, who re-
commends ploughing under the eggs, and also the use of poisoned
bran, which has been found so useful in destroying cut-worms.
VEGETABLES and Root Crops seemed to have suffered less than in
previous years, but the Black Army-worm was destructive in some
districts, and cut-worms, as usual, occasioned a considerable dam-
age. Among other pests are the Pea Moth, Pea and Bean Weev-
ils, Carrot Rust-fly, Turnip Aphis, Root Maggots, White Grubs
and Wire-worms. .
Fruits.—This important crop was in general a good one,
and was not especially injured by insects Many of the fruits, in-
cluding plums and peaches, were attacked, however, by various
blights and other fungous diseases. The most noticeable insects
were the Apple Fruit-miner and the Plum-Moth (or Lesser Apple-
worm)in British Columbia, and the Tent Caterpillars generally
The Plum Curculio and the Green Fruit-worms (Xy/7a) and Apple
Aphis caused considerable loss in some sections. One of the
most interesting appearances was that of a hitherto rare beetle
(Xylocrius Agassizit, Lec.) in Victoria, infesting the roots of
176 THE Otrawa NATURALIST. | October
gooseberry bushes. Dr. Fletcher describes this insect very fully
under the name of the Black Gooseberry-borer, and gives excellent
illustrations of its different stages and of its work. It will be re-
membered that the drawings from which these figures were made
were exhibited at one of the Club Soirées, The most important
insect, however, and one which has received very marked atten-
tion in this province, is the San José Scale, which, in spite of the
vigorous action taken by the Ontario Department of Agriculture,
has continued to extend its area of infestation. » Drasa IncaANnéA, DC.
Klondike River, May 16th.
LyYCHNIS TRIFLORA, var. DAwSONI, Robinson.
Chandindu River.
Lc ae
:
i CERASTIUM MAXIMUM, Linn.
; This species is common in Siberia, and is reported from
; Alaska. Chandindu River. Our first record.
+ ARENARIA CAPILLARIS, var. FORMOSA, Fisch.
4 Chandindu River.
+ ARENARIA LATERIFLORA, Linn.
$ Bank of Klondike River behind Dawson, Jone 11th.
_ ARENARIA PHYSODES. DC.
: 4o-mile Creek.
I STELLARIA BOREALIS, Bigel.
¢
Chandindu River.
212 THe Ottawa NATURALIST. [December
LupPpINUS ARCTICUS, Watson.
Bank of Yukon River opposite Dawson, May 23rd.
ASTRAGALUS ALPINUS, Linn.
Bank of Klondike behind Dawson, June 11th; also Chand-
indu River.
ASTRAGALUS FRIGIDUS, var. LITTORALIS, Watson.
Chandindu River.
OxyTrRopis LAMBERTI, Pursh.
Chandindu River. |
HEDYSIARUM BOREALE, Nutt.
Chandindu River.
SPIR2ZA BETULIFOLIA, Pallas.
Chandindu River.
RUBUS ARCTICUS, var. GRANDIFLORUS, Ledeb.
Chandindu River, June 13th.
PoTENTILLA PENNSYLVANICA, Var. STRIGOSA, Pursh. (?)
Chandindu River.
PoTENTILLA NIVEA, Linn.
Dawson, May 14th.
PoOTENTILLA FRUTICOSA, Linn.
Chandindu River.
POTENTILLA ANSERINA, Linn.
Chandindu River.
PoTERIUM SITCHENSE, Watson.
40-mile Creek.
Rosa ACICULARIS, Link.
Chandindu River.
SAXIFRAGA REFLEXA, Hook.
Yukon River, May 1st. Identification doubtful. Specimens
too young.
SAXIFRAGA HETERANTHA, Hook.
4o-mile Creek.
SAXIFRAGA TRICUSPIDATA, Retz.
Bank of Klondike behind Dawson, June 11th.
1899] MACOUN—LIST OF PLANTS. - hs
CHRYSOSPLENIUM ALTERNIFOLIUM, Linn.
4o-mile Creek.
PARNASSIA PALUSTRIS, Linn.
40-mile Creek.
RIBES RUBRUM, Linn.
Hunker Creek, May 30th.
Rises HupsonianouMm, Richards.
Chandindu River.
EPILOBIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM, Linn.
40-mile Creek, and Chandindu River.
SILENUM DawsonI, Coult. & Rose.
Chandindu River.
Cornus CANADENSIS, Linn.
Chandindu River.
LINN2ZA BOREALIS, Gronov.
Chandindu River.
VIBURNUM PARVIFLORUM, Pylaie.
Bank of Klondike behind Dawson, June 11th.
GALIUM TRIFIDUM, Linn.
Chandindu River.
GALIUM BOREALE, Linn.
Chandindu River.
VALERIANA SYLVATICA, Watson.
40-mile Creek ; Chandindu River.
SOLIDAGO MULTIRADIATA, Ait.
Chandindu River.
SOLIDAGO MULTIRADIATA, var. SCOPULORUM, Gray
40-mile Creek.
ASTER SiBiRicus, Fisch.
40-mile Creek ; Chandindu River.
ERIGERON ACRIS, Linn.
40-mile Creek.
ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM, Linn.
Chandindu River.
ARTEMISIA VULGARIS, Linn., var. TILEst, Ledeb.
4o-mile Creek ; also Chandindu River.
:
:
f
=
:
|
}
:
214 Tue Otrawa NATURALIST. [December
.
PETASITES SAGITTATA, Gray.
Bank of Klondike opposite Dawson, May 23rd.
ARNICA ALPINA, Murr.
Bank of Klondike behind Dawson, June 11 ; also Chandindu
River,
CAMPANULA UNIFLORA, Linn.
40-mile Creek.
CAMPANULA ROTUNDIFOLIA, var. ALASKANA, Gray.
Chandindu River; also 4o-mile Creek.
VACCINIUM CAESPITOSUM, Michx.
Chandindu River.
Vaccinium Virtis-Ip2aA, Linn.
Chandindu River.
ARCTOSTAPHYLOS ALPINA, Spreng.
Chandindu River.
ARCTOSTAPHYLOS Uva-urRsI, Spreng.
Chandindu River.
CASSANDRA CALYCULATA, Don.
Hunker Creek, May 30th.
ANDROMEDA POLIFOLIA, Linn.
Chandindu River, June 13th.
LEDUM PALUSTRE, Linn.
Chandindu River, June 13th.
LEDUM LATIFOLIUM, Ait.
Chandindu River.
PyROLA ROTUNDIFOLIA, Linn.
Klondike Valley, June 2nd; a.so Chandindu River, June 13th.
MONESES UNIFLORA, Gray.
4o-mile Creek.
ALLOTROPA VIRGATA, Torr & Gr.
Chandindu River.
ANDROSACE SEPTENTRIONALIS, Linn.
Chandindu River ; also Dawson, May 14th.
GENTIANA AMARELLA, var AcuTA, Hook.
Chandindu River.
pai aot st
1899 | MACOUN—LIST OF PLANTS. 215,
POLEMOMIUM HUMILE, var. PULCHELLUM, Gray.
Klondike River, May 14th.
MERTENSIA PANICULATA, Don.
Bonanza Creek, May 18th; bank of Klondike behind Dawson,
June rith.
PENTSTEMON CRISTATUS, Nutt.
Chandindu River. This may be a new species.
CASTILLEIA PALLIDA, Kunth,
40-mile Creek.
PEDICULARIS EUPHRASIOIDES, Stephan.
Chandindu River.
DRACOCEPHALUM PARVIBLORUM, Nutt.
Chandindu River.
CHENOPODIUM CAPITATUM, Benth. & Hook.
Chandindu River.
POLYGONUM ALPINUM, Linn.
Chandindu River.
SHEPHERDIA CANADENSIS, Nuit.
Klondike River, May 14th.
COMANDRA LIVIDA, ‘Richardson.
Chandindu River.
BETULA PAPYRIFERA, Michx.
Yukon River at Dawson, May ist.
BETULA GLANDULOSA, Michx.
Chandindu River.
Anus 1ncAna, Willd (?)
Yukon River, May rst. Too young.
SALIX ARCTICA, R. Br:
Chandindu River.
SALIX SCOULERIANA, Bebb.
— Yukon River, May rst.
SALIX RETICULATA, Linn.
Chandindu River.
SALIX ——— (?)
Bank of Klondike behind Dawson, May 2tst. Too young.
216 THe Ottawa NATURALIST. [ December
SALIx ——— (?)
Hunker Creek, May 30th.
POPULUS TREMULOIDES, Michx.
Yukon River, May 1st, and Klondike River, May 16th.
EMPETRUM NIGRUM, Linn.
Bonanza Creek, May 18th. 5
JUNIPERUS CoMMUNIS Linn.
Bank of Klondike behind Dawson, May atst.
Pinus Murrayana, Balfour.
Yukon River, near mouth of Little Salmon River.
PICEA NIGRA, Link.
At Dawson.
PICEA ALBA, (?)
This is one of the forms that do duty for the White Spruce in
western America. Yukon River.
CORALLORHIZA INNATA, R. Br.
Chandindu River, June 13th.
CALYPSO BOREALIS, Salisb.
Chandindu River, June 13th.
ALLIUM SCHOENOPRASUM, Linn.
40-mile Creek.
ZYGADENUS ELEGANS, Pursh.
Klondike and Hunker Creek, June 30th.
ERIOPHORUM CAPITATUM, Host.
Bonanza Creek, April 25th ; and Hunker Creek, May 30th.
CAREX PyRENAICA, Wahl.
Bank of Klondike behind Dawson, May a2ist.
CaRExX invISA, Bailey.
Bank of Yukon River opposite Dawson, May 28th; Hunker
Creek, May 30th.
CAREX ——— (?)
Chandindu River. Too young.
CAREX CONCINNA, R. Br.
Chandindu River.
DEYEUXIA PURPURASCENS, Kunth.’
Bank of Klondike River behind Dawson, June 11th.
oe 2 ge ee
1899| MACOUN—LIST OF PLANTS. 217
POA PRATENSIS, Linn.
Chandindu River, June 13th.
EQUISETUM ARVENSE, Linn.
Bank of Yukon opposite Dawson, May 23rd.
PELL2ZA GRACILIS, Hook.
40-mile Creek
PHEGOPTERIS DRYOPTERIS, Fée.
4o-mile Creek.
ASPIDIUM FRAGRANS, Swartz. :
Yukon River, May tst, also 4o-mile Creek.
CYSTOPTERIS FRAGILIS, Bernh.
40-mile Creek ; Chandindu River.
CYSTOPTERIS MONTANA, Bernh.
4o-mile Creek.
WOoDSIA GLABELLA, R. Br.
4o-mile Creek.
WOoDSIA HYPERBORFA, R. Br.
40-mile Creek.
LyCOPODIUM OBSCURUM, Linn.
Hunker Creek and all gold creeks.
LYCOPODIUM ANNOTINUM, Linn, var. PUNGENS, Spreng.
Hunker Creek.
LyCOPODIUM COMPLANATUM, Linn.
Trail along Hunker Creek.
POLYTRICHUM JUNIPERINUM, Willd.
Bank of Yukon River opposite Dawson, May 23rd.
MARCHANTIA POLYMORPHA, Dum.
Dawson.
CETRARIA JUNIPERINA, var. PINASTRI, Ach.
Bonanza Creek.
USNEA BARBATA, var. DASYPOGA, Fr.
Klondike bank behind Dawson.
ALECTORIA JUBATA, var. IMPLEXA, Fr.
Bonanza Creek.
_PELTIGERA APHTHOSA, (L.) Hoffm.
Bonanza Creek.
218 THe OTTAWA NATURALIST. [ December
CLADONIA GRACILIS, var. HYBRIDA, Schaer.
Klondike bank behind Dawson.
CLADONIA RANGIFERINA, var. SYLYATICA, Linn.
Bank of Yukon opposite Dawson.
CLADONIA DEFORMIS, (L.) Hoffm.
Klondike Bank behind Dawson.
CLADONIA CORNUCOPIOIDES, (L.) Fr.
Bank of Yukon River opposite Dawson.
REPORT OF THE GEOLOGICAL BRANCH FOR 1898-1899.
To the Council of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists Club:
In presenting this, the annual report of the work done by this
branch of the Club, I have to report that whilst there may have
been a considerable amount of individual and official as well as
professional work done by many members of the Club in this
district, there does not appear to have been a large amount of
concerted work in connection with the Club to report this season.
At the various excursions, or sub-excursions, held under the
auspices of the Club during the past year, some one or more of
your leaders appointed by your Council were present, and assisted
in explaining the various geological formations and phenomena
occurring in the several localities visited. The following comprise
some ot the excursions held and localities visited by the Ciub
during the past year :
1. Chelsea Hills, north of Ottawa, in a district where rocks
of Archean age occur.
2. Moore’s Landing, Ont., at the head of Lake Deschenes, on
the edge of the Ordovician system, and where the triple character
of the sediments which constitute the Chazy tormation may be
seen and studied to advantage.
3. Aylmer, Que., where the Chazy formation is also well
developed, and has been studied with important results by our
member, Mr. T. W. E. Sowter, whose interesting contribution to
1899] REPORT OF THE GEOLOGICAL BRANCH. 219
ethnological research in the Lake Deschenes district proved so
attractive a feature of last winter’s programme of soirées given
under the auspices of the Club.
Sub-Excursions. Sub-excursions in geology were held at more
or less regular intervals and led by leaders appointed last spring.
This phase of our Club’s work cannot be emphasized too strongly.
Experience has proved that this method of carrying on local work
is eminently productive of good results.
As an instance of work done at one of the sub-excursions
held last summer, I beg to submit the following notes on an
examination of the lower measures of the Utica formation in
Gloucester. On the banks of the Rideau river and at the head of
the old Rifle Range rapids, about half a mile above Cummings’s
Bridge, for a distance of several hundred feet along the east bank
of the Rideau, some twenty-five feet of Lower Utica shales and
limestones are exposed in the shape of a low depressed anticline,
containing many interesting torms of fossil organic remains. A
party of three visited this outcrop, and amongst the best speci-
mens obtained may be mentioned the very prettily ornamented
brachiopod, Schzzambon Canadensis, better known for a number of
years under the designation Szphonotreta Scottca, Davidson for
the first time recorded by Mr. J. F. Whiteaves of the Geol Survey,
Besides many of the species already recorded from this locality ina
former paper by the writer, two new or undescribed forms of
Ostracoda were found in the same bed; these, it is hoped, will
shortly be described inthe Orrawa NaTurRAList. Zygospira Headz,
Billings, a torm usually found in the Lorraine formation of eastern
Canada, and also recorded from the Cincinnati group or highest
Ordovician of Ohio and Kentucky, was also detected in the same
bed of impure bituminous limestone containing Schzzambon. As
far as the writer is aware, this is the earliest record of the occur-
rence of this species at so low an horizon in the Ordovician. It is
a rather short and rotund form with very fine, delicate longitudinal
~ribs, and may prove to be worthy of a new designation. It bears
some resemblance and affinities to Zygospira Anticostiensis, Bil-
lings, from the limestones of a formation equivalent to the Lor-
raine as developed on Anticosti, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence.
220 THE OtTrawa NATURALIST. | December
Several interesting varieties of Plectambonites sericea, Sow-
erby, also occur at this horizon and were collected. From a pre-
liminary examination of the forms obtained on this and previous
occasions, four distinct types may be said to occur.
First, the small normal Trenton form, with its regularly
rounded anterior margin and very delicate, evenly and alternately
striated surtace and non-ornamented shell.
Second, a larger, conspicuously mucronate variety which
usually presents a rugose area immediately below the hinge-line on
the dorsal valve, the rugae are outwardly directed, and form a
conspicuous character in many individuals obtained.
Third, a small globose or exceedingly tumid variety with
strongly arcuate valves and very minutely striated, with occasional
distant radiating lines from the beak to the anterior margin num-
bering from four to six in different individuals. (This variety bears
considerable resemblance to Leptena quinqguecostata, McCoy, from
the Ordovician of Ireland.)
Fourth, the largest form usually classed under this designa-
tion, is one measuring nearly three centimetres in length and
more than one centimetre in height, with the anterior margin sub-
parallel for the greater part to the hinge margin, thus forming an
irregular parallelogram. This form is not infrequently met with
in the shales of the Lorraine formation in the vicinity of Quebec,
Montreal and Toronto, as well as of Ottawa.
Besides the above notes on a few of the species obtained on
this cccasion further studies will no doubt reveal additional infor-
mation of a most interesting nature to the student of local
geology.
The locality is not only prolific in fossils but readily accessible.
More than twenty species have already been recorded from this
horizon—the zone of Schizambon—and amongst these may be men-
tioned the Cvrripede, described by Dr. Henry Woodward as
Turrilepas Canadensis, a number of opercular valves of which
were also obtained by the writer since the shipment of the original
specimens to Dr. Woodward from which the species was
described.
The lower measures of the Utica formation, which consist at
this particular locality as well as at New Edinburgh and Roches-
Nn 4
"%
¥
ft
4
7 y
;
1899 | REPORT OF THE GEOLOGICAL BRANCH. 221
terville of limestones and shales alternating with each other, rest
perfectly conformably upon the uppermost measures of the Trenton
formation. The writer desires to emphasize this statement in view
of the oft-repeated assertion that throughout eastern Ontario and
Quebec the Utica everywhere rests unconformably upon the Trenton
formation. (See Trans. Roy. Soc. of Can., Vol. I, p. 258. 1883.
Paper by T. Stery Hunt.)
Amongst the interesting collections made about Ottawa by
local collectors during the past year may be mentioned one by
Mr. W. H. Roger, of Jiillings’s Bridge. Amongst the species
recorded in the Roger collection from the Utica of Billings’s
Bridge there are two forms which prove to be hitherto unrecorded,
whilst the remaining species, eminently characteristic of the Utica,
are sufficiently numerous to enable one to state the precise horizon
of the strata from which they were obtained. One of these is a
gastropod—a Lophospira which bears a considerable resemblance
to ZL. conotdea, Ulrich, but is more depressed and has a much
larger apical angle, &c. I venture to suggest the name Lopho-
spira Billingsensis, for this species awaiting an opportunity of
illustrating it and describiug the same in a more complete form.
Normal School Collection of Local Fossils.—\n order to stimu-
late local research in Paleontology and in a small measure to
assist the educational world around us, the writer has undertaken
to arrange and classify a number of the more typical and easily
recognised fossils from the different geological horizons in the
Ottawa Valley. These were presented to the Principal of the
Normal School, and now occupy a portion of the flat show cases of
the physics laboratory. The collection consists of about 150
specimens, which serve to illustrate nearly all the Paleozoic
formations comprised in the Ottawa Valley. They include the
following formations :
VIII. Niagara.
VII. Lorraine.
VI. Utica.
V. Trenton.
IV. Bird’s-eye and Black River.
III. Chazy.
222 THE Ottawa NATURALIST. | December
II. Calciferous.
I. Potsdam.
From the above list it will be seen that the red shales and
marls of the Medina which occur to the east of Ottawa City, in
the County of Russell, and which have been recently visited by the
writer, are not included, inasmuch as no fossil organic remains
have as yet been obtained from them.
The specimens are all labelled and named. The labels indi-
cate the genera and species, together with the name of the author,
as is customary, the geological tormation, the precise locality from
which they were obtained, besides the name of the collector and
the date when they were obtained. A type-written list of the
species included in this collection has been placed on the wall
alongside the case. Any additions that may be made to this col-
lection by members of the Club will be incorporated in this
nucleus of a collection of the fossil remains of Ottawa and vicinity.
It is earnestly hoped that members of the Geological section and
others will contribute and co-operate in making the series as com-
plete as possible. I would venture to suggest that this collection
bear the name ‘* Billings” collection of fossils,’ not only to do
honour to one of Ottawa’s greatest men in the list of the departed
from this sphere of activity but in order to strive to associate
with it the name of a true lover of Nature, and especially of fossil
organic remains.
Graptolites.—From 1879 to 1888, whilst engaged in studying
the fauna of the Utica about Ottawa, as leader in the Geological
branch of our Club, the writer obtained not a few specimens of
graptolites in the bituminous shales of this formation. Some of
these, especially the Leptograpiid@ and a number of Climacograpti,
were in an excellent state of preservation and have since been for-
warded to Prot. Chas. Lapworth, of Mason Science College, by
the authorities of the Geological Survey department at Ottawa, to
whom they had been presented by the writer.
Prof. Lapworth has kindly undertaken to examine the same,
and his report is now in the hands of the department. We hope
to see the result of his examination of the species of Ottawa
Graptolites published at no distant date.
i a ee.
Re ee ee eee eT ee
OP A aes RT FE AE FRE REO,
ANE DT; PALOMA LOIS HIT ie
1899| REPORT OF THE GEOLOGICAL BRANCH. 223
Crinoidea, or Sea-Lilies.—From a communication recently .
received from Prof. F. A. Bather, of the British Museum, he in-
forms the writer that he has almost completed his investigations
and studies of the collection of Ottawa Crino:dea and Cystoidea
sent by the writer some years ago to the authorities of the British
Museum. This collection formed part of the Stewart collection, of
which such fine and unusually well-preserved forms were purchased
by the Geological Survey department and are now placed on exhibi-
bition in one of the Trenton cases in the Palewontclogical Section.
Prof. Bather’s notes on these Ottawa species will be looked for-
ward to with much interest. As was pointed out some years ago
by Mr. Walter R. Billings, the members of the Geological branch
of the Club can do much in helping to further the interests of
science and scientific research in our midst by communicating their
specimens to specialists.
Pleistocene Geology.—In connection with the work of investi-
gating the boulder-clay, marine sediments, such as the Leda clay
and overlying Saxicava sands in the series of Pleistocene deposits,
considerable progress has been made. Probably asan inducement
to make additional collections and investigations in the marine
clays of the Ottawa Valley, one of your leaders has been selected
to represent this portion of Canada on the Committee of the
British Association for the Advancement of Science ‘‘ to investi-
gate the fauna and flora of the Pleistocene of Canada, of which
Sir Wm. Dawson is Chairman.”
Bibliography.—The progress of Geological work in Canada
during 1898, as recorded by the writer,* shows that upwards of
seventy distinct reports, publications or pamphlets were published
during the past year by Canadian geologists either in Canada,
Great Britain or the United States.
It is earnestly hoped that during the coming season much
work will be accomplished in this district.
All of which is respectfully submitted.
(Sgd.) H. M. AMI.
Leader.
March, 1899.
*OTTAWA NATURALIST, Vol. XIII, No. 2, pp. 52-55.
PROGRAMME OF WINTER SOIREES, 1899-1900.
_ Nov. 28.—INAUGURAL ADDRESS AND CONVERSAZIONE, Assembly Hall, Normal
School.
Exhibition of Specimens in the various departments of the Club’s
work.
Addresses by Dr. J. A. MacCabe, M.A., F.R.S.C., Principal of the
Ottawa Normal School, and Professor Macoun, M.A., F.L.S.
Microscopical Objects and Science, lantern slide illustrations.
Nature Study in Schools, followed by lantern slide illustrations of
minute structures in flowering plants, by S. B. Sinclair, M.A.,
- and A. D. Campbell, B.4.
Dec. 12.—‘‘ Ottawa Diptera,” by W. H. Harrington, F.R.S.C.
** Notes on Rearing Insects,” by Dr, James Fletcher, F.L.S.
‘© Some Interesting Moths Taken at Ottawa,” by Arthur Gibson, B.A.
Report of the Entomological Branch of the O. F. N C.
Report of the Botanical Branch of the O. F. N. C.
Jan. 9.—‘‘ On the Comparative Anatomy of the Ear,” by Prof. E. E. Prince,
B.A., F.L.S., with lantern slide illustrations.
‘* Gannets and Cormorants, with special reference to Canadian
forms,’ by Andrew Halkett, Esq., of the Marine Department.
“© Notes on the Bridgewater Conglomerates,” by Alfred E. Barlow,
M.A., F.G.S.A.
‘* Principal Places of Geological Interest about Ottawa,” by H. M.
Ami, M.A., F.G.S.
‘© Notes on the Occurrence of Remopleurides in the Upper Trenton
of Ottawa,” by H. M. Ami, M.A., F.G.S.
Reports of the Geological, Ornithological and Zoological Branches
of the O.. F. N.'C.
Jan 23.—‘‘ Electric Currents of High Potential and High Frequency, with
Roentgen Ray Experiments,’ by Ormond Higman, Esq., of the
Electrical Staff of the Canadian Government.
Feb. 6.—Conversazione and Microscopical Soirée in the Assembly Hall of
the Normal School. Microscopical objects will be exhibited
either on the screen or under microscopes, and a number of
five-minute addresses will be delivered on the specimens exhi-
bited.
Feb. 20.—‘' Labrador Peninsula,’ by A. P. Low, B.A.Sc., of the Geological
Survey Department, with lantern slide illustrations.
Mar. 6. —‘‘ Sable Island,” by Prof. John Macoun, M.A., F.L.S., with lantern
slide illustrations.
“* Traditional History of some of the Indian inhabitants of the
vicinity of Lake DesChénes,” by T. W. E. Sowter, Esq., of
Aylmer, Que. f
Mar. 20.—Annual Meeting of the O. F. N. C. for the reception and adoption
of Reports of Council, election of Officers, &c.
N.B.—At each meeting various objects of Natural History will be exhi-
bited and conversation and discussion expected. Any member is at liberty-to
introduce a paper or note on any Natural History subject in connection with
the work of the Club at any of the evenings of the course.
TIME AND PLACES OF MEETINGS.
The Inaugural Address on Nov. 28th, 1899; the X Ray Lecture and
Demonstration by Ormond Higman, Esq., Electrician, Jan. 23rd, 1900, andthe
Microscopical Soirée and Conversazione, Feb. 6th, 1900, by kind consent of
Principal MacCabe, will be held in the Assembly Hall of the Normal School, —
and the remaining Soirées will be held in the Lecture Hall of the Y. M.C.A.,
O'Connor street. All the Soirées are held on Tuesdays at 8 p.m. sharp.
ee, eee as ad
THE OTTAWA NATURALIST.
VoL. XIII. OTTAWA, JANUARY, 1go0.. No. 10
ARCHAOLOGY OF LAKE DESCHENES.
By T. W. EpwIn SOWTER.
To those who are unacquainted with local topography it may
be said that Lake Deschénes is an expansion of the Ottawa River,
extending from the Chats Falls, in a south-easterly direction, as
far as Deschénes Rapids, a distance of about thirty miles, and
averaging from less than one to upwards of three miles in width.
This beautiful expanse of water was known to the old ‘‘voyageurs”
as ‘*Lac Chaudiére,”’ and was so designated at a time as com-
paratively recent as that in which the late John Egan was mayor
of Aylmer, as there is an old by-law, bearing his signature, in the
municipal archives, in which the westerly limit of the Aylmer Road
is described as Chaudiére Lake.
A similar confusion of place-names, in this connection, is a
source of annoyance to the student of natural or ethnic history in
dealing with matters of local reference. For instance: Chats
Island is now known to many as Moore’s Island; Pointe a la
Bataille has become Lapottie’s Point, and Pointe aux Pins, the
site of the Queen’s Park, is known to summer visitors as One-tree
Point.
_ It seems a pity that names given to these places by the
pioneers of civilization should be thus lightly set aside for the
‘prosaic nomenclature of modern times.
As already noted in Tue Natura ist, the evidences of Indian
occupation of the shores of Lake Deschénes are of frequent occur-
rence and of extreme interest to the archeologist. These consist |
_ for the most part, of what may be termed beach workshops, or
certain portions of the lake shore where the primitive workman
226 THE OtTTawa NATURALIST. [January
chipped out his flint arrowheads ; or labouriously ground an edge
to his rude stone tomahawk, many years before the coming of the
pale-faces.
At these places the beach is thickly strewn with flint chippings
and, frequently, the sand or gravel contains large quantities of
them to a considerable depth. This flint, which is very dark, is
identical. both in colour and character with that contained in the
Trenton formation at Hull, from whence it was doubtless procured,
as it is there found in large quantities and may be removed from
the limestone beds with little difficulty. The fact that flint is not
found in the Chazy or Calciferous rocks, outcropping on the lake
front, would seem to justify the presumption that the Algonkin
warriors of Lake Deschénes procured their supply of raw material
from the nearest and most convenient source, which would be the
place already indicated.
While these work places contain such traces of palzolithic
art in great abundance, they also reveal evidences of later contact
with the white man in the shape of light colored gun and musket
flints which are said to be characteristic of the Cretaceous flint of
western Europe.
At Bell’s Bay, just below Aylmer, I removed several fragments
of worked flint from beneath a large oak stump and about one foot
below its base. These were taken from a bed of river gravel that
was being washed away, at high water, by successive spring
floods. Similar fragments were also obtained from the surface of
the same gravel bed, having been laid bare by the washing away
of the overlying deposit of vegetable mould. As, in the former
instance, the flints must have become embedded in the gravel long
before the time required for the oak to grow from a seedling to a
large forest tree, it is not difficult to form an approximate estimate
of the long period of time which must have intervened between
the days in which the first and the last of these fragments were
cast aside by the lithal artificer.
At Raymond’s Point, on the side next the big bay, some
recent quarrying operations have exposed a fine section of strati-
fied rock, with an overlying bed of coarse gravel about 18 inches
in thickness. I secured a piece of flint from the bottom of this
gravel, where it came in contact with the bed of rock beneath. It
1900 | SOWTER—ARCHAOLOGY OF LAKE DESCHENES. 227
was evident that the gravel had not been disturbed by natural or
artificial agencies since the clearing away of the forest, and, as the
bed is beyond the reach of the high water in the spring, there is
some ground for the supposition that it must have been washed
into its present position at.a time when the volume of water in
Lake Deschénes was much greater than it has been in recent
years.
From a personal examination of the foregoing and similar
data, [ am convinced that for many generations these work places
were centres of aboriginal occupation, either as village sites or
permanent camping grounds, for the red men of this part of the
_ Ottawa valley.
¥ These places, which have so far been examined, are situated
_at Raymond’s Point, just opposite the innermost extremity of
| Chartrand’s Island, and at Snake Island Point and Noél’s Point,
_allon the Ontario shore. AlSo, from the eastern boundary of the
; Queen’s Park at Pointe aux Pins, on the Quebec side of the lake,
_ the shore is strewn with flints as far down as the rocky point which
forms the eastern limit of Newman’s Bay. At Bell’s Bay, between
_ the town of Aylmer and Deschénes village, at the mouth of a small
creek, flints are also found in great abundance, and above and
below it at frequent intervals.
A peculiar feature of these beach workshops is that the
greatest accumulations of flint chippings are to be found about
large boulders or detached masses of rock, which appear to have
been-utilized as work-tables upon which the chipping, pecking or
grinding processes in the fabrication of implements of war or of
the chase were accomplished by the ancient workmen.
Fragments of rude pottery, at Raymond's Point, composed of
a mixture of clay and gravel, and imperfectly burnt, are indica-
tions that in fictile work the primitive dwellers on the shores of
_ Lake Deschénes had mastered the initial stages in the manufac-
ture of domestic utensils. These fragments are quite smooth and
_ Ornamented on the outside; while they are either smooth or bear
the unmistakable impressions of grass blades on the inside; from
_ which it would seem that two different methods were employed in
the manufacture of the originals to which they belonged. In one
process, the primitive potter seems to have daubed the matrix
228 THe Otrawa NATURALIST. [January |
about a core of grass, which was doubtless worked into the shape
of the desired utensil. Then, by placing the whole mass in the
fire the grass core would be burnt to ashes and a rude eathern |
vessel would remain as a triumph of aboriginal art. By the other
method, some advance appears to have been made, as in this in-
stance the matrix has evidently been manipulated both on the |
inside as well as the outside, which is evidence that the grassy |
core had been discarded by the adoption of a simpler process of
manufacture. |
Specimens of celts or paleolithic tomahawks, picked up at
Bell’s Bay and Raymond’s Point, as well as others from neighbor- |
ing localities, are very crude products of lithal workmanship. A
fragment of stone appears to have been selected about the size
and as near as possible the shape of the desired weapon. One
end of this was then ground down to a cutting edge, and a celt
from Raymond’s Point has had one side reduced to proper shape
by pecking. A peculiarity of many specimens from this district is,
that the sharpened end of the blade has béen ground flat on one
side and broadly rounded on the other, something like the edge of
a carpenter’s axe.
The arrowheads, from these beach workshops, vary in shape,
as they were doubtless designed for different purposes. They are
usually made of flint and some of them of white quartz. The
Squaw’s Knife, Fig. 1, and the arrowheads, Figs. 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7
in Plate II., were collected by Mr. Jacob Smith of the Interior
Department at Ottawa. They are now in the collection ot Rev.
A. W. Mackenzie of Lakefield, Ont., who kindly loaned them to
illustrate this paper. Mr. Jacob Smith, of the Interior Depart-
ment, picked up a small and very perfect one, at Snake Island
Point, which was probably designed for the killing of birds or
small animals. It was only about one half the usual size and was
made of light grey agate. A single arrowhead, made of bone, was
taken. from an Indian grave on the Lighthouse Island, and is
probably the only specimen of the kind from this district. It
should be remembered, however, that weapons made of this
material and exposed for many years to the action of the weather, —
as well as in many cases to the attrition of the shifting gravel of ©
the lake beach, would soon be destroyed ; so that the absence of
——— a
}
1900] SOWTER—ARCHA:OLOGY OF LAKE DESCHENES. 229
all but a single specimen should by no means be taken as negative
evidence that bone arrow-tips were not in common use among
the Indians of the lake.
As already stated, gun and musket flints have been found
mingled with the flint chippings of these workshops. This is
obviously an indication of the advent of the European trader. Of
“course these flints may have been lost or discarded by either white
Sean or Indian ; but their presence may also bear witness to these
pillage sites having been used as temporary camping grounds by
the ‘*‘ coureurs des bois,” or, later on, by the agents of the Hud-
son’s Bay Company. A silver bangle was-~also found, at Snake
Island Point, which is said to resemble those which are still used
in the ornamentation of hunting shirts and supplied to customers
of the above named company in the North West Territories.
My attention was first directed to these workshops by Mr.
Jacob Smith, of the Interior Department at Ottawa, to whom is
due the sole credit of their discovery. Mr. Smith has thus rendered
an important contribution to the advancement of science that will
‘be duly appreciated by every student of Canadian archeology.
In a former paper in THE NATURALIST on tke ‘‘ Antiquities of
Lake Deschénes,’’ I called attention to the finding of a cache of
bullets, some years ago, by Joseph Leclair of Aylmer, at Pointe
a la Bataille, otherwise known as Lapottie’s Point, at the junction
of the lake shore with the eastern limit of Constance Bay. The
bullets are said to have been large and suited for a 12-bore gun.
Mr. Leclair took away several hundreds of them, but lelt many
ore washing about in the sand.
On the 24th of May, 1897, Aldos and David Pariseau dis-
overed a cache of bullets at Flat Rock, near Wilson’s Bluff, and
ust above the summer residence of Mr. A H. Taylor, in the town-
hip of South March, Ontario. They were found in the sand, in
few inches of water quite close to the shore, and 800 were taken
rom the cache, together with an Indian pipe with the head of some
animal moulded or carved on the bowl. Some of these bullets are
10w in my collection, and I am told that they are what are known
s the ‘‘trade bullets’”’ supplied to Indians of the Northwest by the
udson’s Bay Company. They are about the size used for a
6-bore gun.
230 THe Ortrawa NATURALIST. [January
Some time ago while Mr. Charles Breckenridge was plowing
on his farm at the mouth of Breckenridge’s Creek, on the Quebec
shore of the lake, about eight miles above Aylmer, he unearthed a
large cache of gun-flints. He also found in the vicinity a couple
of stone celts and the copper handle of a kettle, The handle was
of rolled sheet copper and belonged to a large sized kettle.
A very fine specimen of pipe-tomahawk was picked up by Mr.
Samuel Edey on his farm on the N. % of lot 19, 2nd concession of
the township of South Hull. The axe weighs 1 lb. 1% ozs., and
is one of the kind said to have been designed for presentation to
Indian chiefs. The flint lock of a musket was also found at the
same place, by Mr. Edey, but it was so badly rusted as to
crumble to pieces on being touched. The point at which this find
was made is about two miles from the lake shore to the north-east
of Aylmer.
Some years ago, while a path was being cut through a gravel
bank in front of the summer residence of the late Col. J. S. Dennis,
at Kingsmere, Que., the workmen unearthed an iron tomahawk of
French manufacture. An old squaw, who was living in the
neighborhood at the time, informed Col. Dennis_that according to
a tradition of her people an Indian trail at one time led across the
mountains, by way of Kingsmere, from the waters of the Gatineau
River to those of Deschénes Lake.
This is by no means an unlikely story, for on the earliest
recorded map of the township of Hull, several creeks of consider-
able size are shown as taking their rise at or near these mountains
and flowing southward into the lake. Many of these tributary
streams have shrunk in volume owing to the clearing away of the
forest and subsequent drainage of the land for farming purposes ;
and some of the smaller ones have disappeared altogether. Traces
along these watercourses of the dams of the much prized beaver,
as well as the testimony of the early settlers that this district was
at one time teeming with game, are sufficient reasons for suppos-
ing that these local tributaries of the Ottawa River were frequented
by Indian hunters and trappers ; and as one of the largest of these —
streams flows from the mountains, within a short distance of —
Kingsmere, this may have been the direction taken by the trail
above mentioned.
Relates Xo
1900] SOWTER—ARCHOLOGY OF LAKE DESCHENES. 231
Apart from the foregoing, it is not unlikely that when the
primeval forest stretched in unbroken continuity between the
waters of the Ottawa and the Gatineau, many a red inhabitant of
the river front, in times of trouble, found an asylum on some of
these streams and saved his hair from the covetous hands of
unwelcome visitors, by availing himself of the strategic advantages
of these intricate waterways in a practical application of the old
Indian proverb that ‘‘ water leaves no trail.
Although much important work has been accomplished in con-
nection with the beach workshops already alluded to, there still
remains a large amount of useful information to be derived from a
careful examination of Indian burial places, at various points
along the lake. One of these is said to be situated near Blueberry
Point, a short distance above Bell’s Bay ; another may be found
on what are known as the Sand Hills, between Bucham’s and
Constance Bays, on the Ontario side of the lake, near the mouth
of Constance Creek ; while a third is situated near the foot of the
old Indian portage on Conroy’s Island at the Chat’s Falls.
A most important burial place, however, and the only one I
have so tar examined, is that of the Lighthouse Island above
Aylmer and opposite the Queen’s Park at Pointe aux Pins. At
this place I have assisted at the exhumation of several skeletons,
which has given me a fairly accurate insight into the mode of
sepulture which obtained among the aboriginal people of Lake
Deschénes.
This island, which is about an acre in extent, and rises at its
highest point to some fifteen feet above the summer level of the
lake, is composed of sand, gravel and boulders. It is of glacial
origin and was obviously left in its present position by the reces-
sion of the vast glacier which at one time occupied this part of the
Ottawa valley. Its area was at one time much greater than it is
at present, but the upper side is being worn away by the ice
shoves every spring and the subsequent high water.
There is abundant evidence to show that the island has been
used as a burial place from very early times down to a period so
comparatively recent as to come within the memory of those of the
generation that is now passing away.
It is clearly evident that the interments are all intrusive, a
232 THe Orrawa NATURALIST. [January
fact which would do away with the suggestion of a tumulus to
account for the dome-shaped crown of the island where most of
them are to be found. This is sufficiently shown, on the upper
side ot the island, where the cut bank in falling away has exposed
sections of graves soeclearly as to leave no room to doubt that
they were excavated.
The usual mode of sepulture seems to have been to swathe
the remains of the dead warrior in birch bark and place them,
with or without his personal effects, in a shallow grave from two
to three feet below the surface of the ground, in a recumbent
rather than a prostrate posture. With one exception the burials
are single, but in excavating the foundations of the lighthouse,
recently erected by the Marine Department, at the highest point
of the island, the workmen laid bare a great accumulation of
bones, which would seem to indicate the presence of an ossuary,
the approximate extent of which may be judged from the fact that
a cartload of bones was removed from the holes for the base sup-
ports of the superstructure.
It, therefore, we may rely upon the testimony of the workmen
who excavated the foundations.of the lighthouse, and there is no
reason why we should not do so, then, we have on this island two
distinct modes of sepulture, the single and communal. This
would lead to the conclusion that two different races, practising
variant mortuary rites, were contemporaneous occupants of the
lake shores, according to each other the privileges of a common
burial place. The presence of the communal grave is accounted
for, as a matter of course, by shadowy Indian traditions of a
bloody native battle fought in the vicinity. A. F. Hunter, in
dealing with a kindred subject, ‘‘The Rice Lake and Innisfil
Mounds,” says that ‘‘ the same is true of every bone-pit or com-
munal grave of any kind from Montreal to Detroit, none of which
could be understood by the modern Algonkins as burials made in
times of peace.”’
Now, in the first place, the bones on the Lighthouse Island
have been thrown into the pit promiscuously, as they are not
grouped in the relative positions which would naturally follow if
they had been buried in the flesh. ‘In the second place, if an
invading force had been met and ‘‘ wiped out”’ by the warriors of
1900] - SOWTER—-ARCH2ZOLOGY OF LAKE DESCHENEs. 223
the lake, it is altogether likely that, after the scalping-knife had
done its work, the victors, instead of giving their slain enemies a
decent burial, such as the above grave would indicate, would have
left them, in conformity. with Indian usage, to the wild beasts of
the forest, while their own dead would have been interred at
leisure in accordance with tribal custom.
As a suggestion, in explanation of the presence of this
Ossuary, may it not have been likely after the great Huron-
Iroquois family quarrel that one of the remnants of the fugitive
Huron nation may have found an asylum in this vicinity, have
lived in friendly intercourse with the native population and held
the ‘‘ Feast of the Dead” on this island burial place. Iron toma-
hawks, scalping-knives, gun and musket flints, porcelain beads,
&c., have been found on this island at different times. A stone
slab bearing the letters J P OT was found by Mr. Boucher in what
was probably the grave of a white man. :
The most unique isolated burial, however, that has yet been
discovered on the island, was that recently laid bare by the light-
house keeper, Mr. Frank Boucher.
After the destruction of the old lighthouse, in the early part
of last summer, and before the erection of the new structure by
the Marine Department, while Mr. Boucher was sinking holes for
the reception of a tripod to support a temporary light, he unearthed
a skeleton together with a large array of implements. The skele-
ton was in a reclining position with the implements placed beneath
the shoulders. Mr. Boucher very generously presented me with
the skull, the bones of the pelvis and the implements. These
latter consisted of an iron tomahawk, three knives, five gouge-like
iron tools, some beaver teeth, a bone gouge, a bone skin-dresser,
a bone harpoon and a bone netting needle, a copper kettle with an
iron handle, a bar of wrought iron perforated near the middle,
some pieces of sheet lead, a number of shell beads or disks, a flint
for making fire, and a quantity of human hair made into fringe and
wrapped in birch bark.
Sketches of this tomahawk and of the one found by Mr. Edey
were sent for identification to Mr. David Boyle, curator of the
Archeological Museum at Toronto. As Mr. Boyle ts one of our
-. most distinguished archeologists, and one who has had large
234 THe Ottawa NATURALIST. [January
experience in the study of Indian relics, his own description of the
weapon will be far clearer than any that might be substituted by
me. He says :—
“*The tomahawks of which you send drawings are un-
doubtedly French. We have many bearing a similar mark. The
British ones usually have a round eye and are not nearly so well
made as the French tools. They are also smaller and handier, ©
according to Indian notions, for we have several examples of
attempts, successful and otherwise, to make the French ones
lighter by laboriously sawing off longitudinal sections with flints,
just as if the tools had been made of stone.”
‘‘The French stamps vary somewhat, and tools of British
make have seldom any stamp at all. There is quite a little field
for investigation respecting the makers and the stamps. I fancy
that each trading company had its own mark, those from, say
Rochelle being distinguishable thus, from those made in or com-
ing from Havre or St. Malo. This, however, is only a surmise.”
The iron tomahawk from the Lighthouse Island is made with
a slide eye, and is 2 lbs. and 14% ozs. in weight.
The three knives are all of the same pattern but of different
sizes. As they are so badly rusted, it is impossible to find any
marks on them by which they might be identified. One of them
has a wooden handle, inlaid with a vine-like design in copper.
One ot them is strongly made, with a 6-inch blade, and was doubt-
less the one used in removing the emblems. of victory from the
heads of slain enemies, in other words, the scalping-knife.
The five gouge-like tools are of iron, and therefore of Euro-
pean make. It is difficult to say, however, for what purpose they
were used, Mr. Boyle inclines to the belief that from the small
bulb or knob, at the end of the handles, they may have been used
by means of pushing directly in the hand, perhaps as skin-dressers
or flesh-scrapers. The blades are all more or less curved, and
vary in width at the ends. A tool somewhat similar to these was
received at the Toronto museum, not long’ since, but it had a
straight blade and was minus the knob at the end of the handle.
It is just possible they may have been the crooked knives used by
wood-workers ; but they are so badly rusted that this must be
merely a conjecture.
1900 | SOWTER—ARCHOLOGY OF LAKE DESCHENES. 235
The bone harpoon is six inches in length and a little more
than half an inch in width. It has four barbs and an eye at the
shank end, by which it was doubtless attached to the shatt.
The bone netting needle is about three and a-half inches in
length by less than half an inch in width, with an eye in the
middle.
The copper kettle, which is of European manufacture, is in a
good state of preservation and still bears the marks of fire upon
the bottom. The bottom has not been knocked in by the stroke
of a tomahawk, so as to render it useless, as is the case with
many specimens from western Ontario. It is about six inches
across the top, and four inches in depth, The handle, however, is
badly rusted and might be broken by careless handling.
The bone gouge and the skin dresser are made, the former
from a human thigh bone and the latter from a human jawbone,
from which we are constrained to form a very low estimate of the
moral status of their owner, who thus appropriated portions of a
fellow-creature’s anatomy from which to fabricate. his domestic
implements.
The hair fringe is a specimen of intricate and beautiful work-
manship, and a tangible example of the delicate manipulation of
the aboriginal hair-dresser. In his archeological report, 1897-98,
te the Minister of Education for Ontario, Mr. David Boyle, in
reference to native textile work, has written: ‘‘ Before very long
we shall be unable to become possessed of such specimens, and an
effort should be made at once to collect every available type-
sample of woven work from the hands of our Indians.” As this is
a timely and valuable suggestion, I have been particularly careful
in ascertaining the exact texture of this piece of hair work. The
warp, into which the hair is woven, consists of three threads
about the thickness of and somewhat resembling orGinary stout
sewing cotton. Examined through a common magnifying glass,
these threads appear to have been spun from the inner fur of some
- animal, such as the beaver, the otter, or the muskrat, or from
fine human hair from the head of a child. As the loom in which
the fringe was fabricated was not buried with him, and a descrip-
tion of it, therefor, being out of the question, let us suppose that
the ancient weaver adopted for the purpose some contrivance of
236 Tue OrrawA NATURALIST. [January |
the simplest and most primitive character. His hunting bow may
have suggested the use of a piece of bent wood, which, being
strung with the warp threads one above the other, the thin strands
of hair which constituted the weft were manipulated in something
like the following manner: One of these strands was taken
and one end of it passed outward between the middle and
upper warp threads, around the upper thread, forward and down-
ward across it and the middle one, outward between the middle
and lower threads, around the lower one, forward and upward
across this and the middle one, again passed outward between the
middle and upper threads, then around the upper one and outward
again between it and the middle one, around behind the middle
thread and forward between it and the lower one. The free ends
of the strand, one on each side of the centre warp thread, were
then united and drawn forward with one hand, while with the
thumb and finger of the other both warp and weft were brought
firmly together. Succeeding strands having been treated in a
similar manner and connected with each other by a lateral or side-
long pressure, the result wasa section of hair fringe with a selvage
of about % of an inch in-width. Figure roa in Plate If, repre-
sents a 3-ply strand of twine woven loosely through a warp of
three threads, to illustrate the weaving of the hair fringe in
Fig.-ro.
The shell beads or discs are a little over 3@ of an inch in
diameter, and appear to have been made from the shells of the
Unio.
In looking over the bones belonging to the same skeleton,
which Mr. Boucher had collected for the purpose of re-interring
them, Dr. R. W. Neill, of Aylmer, now of Balmoral, Manitoba,
picked out a segment of the lumbar vertebre of an Indian that was
transfixed by a bone arrowhead. Dr. Neill very generously pre-
sented this interesting relic to me, thereby furnishing us with g
striking example of the deadly nature of this aboriginal weapon,
and a graphic illustration of the manner in which the deceased
warrior met his death. This bone belonged to the Indian
unearthed by Mr. Frank Boucher on the Lighthouse Island. The
shank. of the arrowhead, which had pierced the spinal cord from
behind, is broken off, doubtless by the falling of the body, the
———---—- -.
1g00| SOwTER—ARCHOLOGY OF LAKE DESCHENES. 237
lower portion of which would become immediately paralyzed as a
matter of course; so that this victim ot inter-tribal warfare in all
probability passed to his happy hunting grounds with the war-
whoop still ringing in his ears and his scalping tuft in the hands
of a triumphant enemy.
It is indeed a gruesome relic and carries ie mind back to a
time in the history of New France when the line of communica-
tion, by the way of St. Lawrence, between the Indians of the
great lakes and the lower French settlements had been severed by
the blood-stained tomahawk of the Iroquois, and the northern and
western tribes were beset at the carrying places and vulnerable
points on the ‘‘ River of the Ottawas”’ by the implacable hostility
of their southern neighbours.
I might say in conclusion, that as we have in the membership
of the Field Naturalists’ Club some of the most eminent scientific
men in America, it would be well if some of these would devote
some of their leisure time to the study of Canadian archeology.
We have in the vicinity of Ottawa a splendid field of investigation
and I trust that the study of ethnic history, in this domain, will
reflect honour upon the members of the Field Naturalists’ Club.
ILLUSTRATIONS.
PEATE tf.
Figure 1.—Pipe-tomahawk, 4% diameter, from Mr. S. H. Edey’s farm, N,% of
lot 19, 2nd concession of the township of South Hull.
Figure 2.—Tomahawk, ' diameter, from Indian grave on Lighthouse Island,
near Aylmer.
Figure 2a.—French stamp, natural size on Fig. 2.
Figure 3.—Stone celt, 4% diameter, from Bell's Bay, Lake Deschénes.
Figure 4.—Segment of lumbar vertebrae of Indian, natural size, pierced by
bone arrowhead, from Lighthouse Island, near Aylmer.
Figure ga.—Flat side of bone arrowhead in Fig. 4.
Figure 5,—Bone netting needle, % diameter, from Indian grave on Light-
house Island.
Figure 6.—Shell bead, from Indian grave on Lighthouse Island.
Figure 7.—Silver bangle, Snake Island Point, Lake Deschénes.
Figure 8.—Bone harpoon, % diameter, from Indian grave on Lighthouse
Island,
238 Tue Orrawa NATURALIST. [Jannary
PLATE
Figure 1.—Squaw’s knife of dark flint, % diameter, from Lake Deschénes.
Figures 3-7.—-Flint arrowheads, % diameter, from Lake Deschénes.
Figure &.—Skin scraper, made from human jawbone, % diameter, from In-
dian grave, Lighthouse Island. j
Figure 9.— Gouge made from human thigh bone, % diameter, from Indian
grave on Lighthouse Island.
Figure ro.—Hair fringe, natural size, but hair % the natural length, from
Indian grave, on Lighthouse Island.
Figure roa.-—Twine woven loosely to show method of weaving hair fringe in
figure Io.
Figure 11.--Copper Kettle, 4% diameter, from Indian grave on Lighthouse
Island,
Figures 12-14.—Knives of European make, % diameter, from Indian grave on
Lighthouse Island.
PLATE III.
Figures 1-5.—Front view of gouge-like implements or crooked knives, %
diameter, from Indian grave on Lighthouse Island.
Figures 1ra-5a.—Side view of figures 1 to 5.
Figures 6-7.—Gun flints, natural size,from Lighthouse Island, Lake Deschénes,.
Figure 8.—Stone slab, 1/10 diameter, lettered J.P.O.T., from grave on Light-
house Island.
ON SOME TRENTON (ORDOVICIAN) FOSSILS FROM
THE LIGHT GRAY LIMESTONES OF CUMBERLAND,
COUNTY OF RUSSELL, ONTARIO, CANADA.
By H, M. Ami, M. A.. F.,G. S.
Some weeks ago I received from my friend, Dr. F. Slater
Jackson, of the Biological Laboratories, McGill University, a small
but interesting collection of fossil organic remains made by him in
1890, at Cumberland, some 24 miles below Ottawa City.
They proved on examination to be eminently characteristic
forms of the Trenton formation in the Ordovician System. This
collection enables the writer to complete more perfectly the suc-
cession of life-zones in the Ordivician of that locality.
On the occasion of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club ex-
cursion to Cumberland on the t5th of July, 1899, the Calciferous,
Chazy, Black River and Trenton formations—the latter only very
1g00] Ami—ON Some TRENTON (ORDOVICIAN) FossILs. 239
imperfectly—were examined and recognised as forming a regular
succession of well-nigh horizontal strata which appear along the
Ottawa_River front and foim a more or less conspicuous series of
cliffs and planes in ascending order until the summit of the high-
land is reached south of Cumberland, where the Trenton formation
and the overlying Pleistocene deposits make their appearance.
This locality is evidently a most interesting one inasmuch as it
gives the geologist and collector an uninterrupted succession of
fossiliferous sedimentary strata from the Calciferous to the Tren-
ton at least, without the presence of the faults and folds or dislo-
cations so prevalent in the immediate vicinity of Ottawa, which
tend to obscure and puzzle the student of geology.
The following list of species of organic remains collected by
Dr. F. S. Jackson in the light-gray, semi-crystalline limestone of
Cumberland in 1890, as determined by the writer, are presented in
the hope that they may serve to stimulate some of the local collec-
tors to visit that interesting locality where our Ordovician forma-
tions are so well seen and developed.
ZOOPHYTA.
1. Streptelasma corniculum, Hall or allied form.
ECHINODERMATA.
2. Crinoidal fragments, not determinable.
BRYOZOA.
3. Branching form, requires a micro-section before it can be identified
with certainty.
BRACHIOPODA.
4. Plectambonites sericea, Sowerby, typical form.
5. Strophomena fluctuosa, Billings.
6. Rafinesquina alternata, Conrad (Emmons).
7. Strophomena, cf. §. tenuistriata, Sowerby.
. Platystrophia biforata, var. lynx, Eichwald.
0
Rhyncheoma inzquivalvis, Castelnau.
10. Zygospira recurvirostra, Hall.
GASTROPODA.
11. Liospira Progne, Billings.
12. Trochonema umbilicatum, Hall.
13. Hormotoma gracilis, Hall.
14. (?) Omospira Alexandra, Billings,
240 THe Orrawa NATURALIST. [January
TRILOBITA.
15. Asaphus, sp. fragments of what appear to represent Asaphus ptaty-
cephalus, Stokes.
16. Calymene senaria, Conrad; a fine pygidium.
17. (?) Lichas, sp. cf. L. Trentonensis, H.
Ot the above, Strophomena fluctuosa, Billings, and the form
referred to (?) Omospira Alexandra, Billings, are of special interest,
the former species having been founded on specimens occurring
in the Trenton limestones of Ottawa City, ‘and the latter from
the limestones of Paquette’s Rapids, Ottawa River, below
Pembroke. With the generous consent of Dr. Jackson, this col-
lection of Trenton fossils will be presented to the local collection
at the Normal School, where it is now deposited.
Ottawa, Nov. 24th, 1899. :
PALZZONTOLOGICAL NOTES.
In Doctor G. F. Matthew’s ‘‘ Studies on Cambrian faunas,”
Nos. 3 and j and ‘‘The Etcheminian fauna of Smith Sound, New-
foundland,”’ just issued by the Royal Society of Canada, Trans,
vol. v, section 4, series 2, 1899-1900. (1899), the following new
genera and species of Canadian fossil organic remains are des-
cribed :
1.—Upper Cambrian fossils from Mount Stephen, Field, B.C.
(From the cabinets of Mr. Byron E. Walker, F.G.S.,
Toronto, Ont.)
ANNELIDA (= Pteropoda of other writers. )
UROTHECA, (n, gen.) Matthew, 1899.
U. flagellum, Mattew.
U. parva, Matthew.
BYRONIA, (n. gen.) Matthew, 1899.
B. annulata, Matthew.
Orthotheca corrugata, Matthew.
Hyolithes carinatus, Matthew.
TRILOBITA, :
Agnostus montis, (emend.) Matthew,
Corynexochus Roemingeri, Matthew,
bent Sena on wy
Po ee
1900] , PALZONTOLOGICAL NOTES. 241
Dolichometopus occidentalis, Matthew.
Bathyuriscus pupa, Matthew.
NEOLENUS, (n. gen.) Matthew, 1899.
N. granulatus, Matthew,
Oryctocephalus Walkeri, Matthew.
Besides the above, Dr. Matthew also records the occurrence
at Mt. Stephen, of the following forms from the Walker col-
lection :
ANNELIDA,
Hyolithes, sp.
* TRILOBITA.
Ptychoparia cordillerz, Rominger.
Bathyuriscus Howelli, Walcott. 2
Neolenus serratus, Rominger, sp.
Doropyge Darwini, Walcott, sp.
Zacanthoides spinosus, Walcott.
Ogygia (Ogygopsis) Klotzi, Rominger.
Dr. Matthew then gives a very careful analysis of the genera
obtained from the Mt. Stephen horizon, and the percentage of their
occurrence, with the use of comparative tabfes. He concludes by
making the following statement: ‘' The Mount Stephen Fauna 1s
essentially Upper Cambrian.” This places the horizon of the Mount
Stephen trilobite bed (at an altitude of between eight and nine
thousand feet above sea-level) a higher position than had pre-
viously been assigned to it.
IT.— Studies on Cambrian Faunas, No. 4—Fragments of the Cam-
brian Faunas of Newfoundland.
In this paper Dr. Matthew discusses the succession of faunas
in Newfoundland, and combats the ‘‘ conclusion so universally
adopted” that the Olenellus zone occurs below the Paradoxides
zone. He reverts to the arrangement of the succession of strata
of E. Billings in 1864. In this connection Dr. Matthew writes :
‘* The impossibility of finding the genus Olenellus 07 z¢s accompany-
ing fauna in the strata of the Eastern Provinces of Canada, below
Paradoxides (which strata were eventually found to contain a
considerable fauna of trilobites) led him in 1892 to propound the
view that Olenellus might be contemporaneous with Paradoxides
but confined to a different habitat. This surmise was, in a sense,
242 THE
OtTTrsawa NATURALIST.
[January
confirmed by the finding of the fauna accompanying Olenellus,
though not that genus itself, in company with the highest sub-zone
of Paradoxides at Hastings Cove near St. John, in 1896.”
The following fossil organic remains are described and
recorded by Dr. Matthe
w in the text.*
List oF NEWFOUNDLAND FOSSILS DESCRIBED AND NOTED.
SPECIES,
LocALITY.
HORIZON,
Obolella Atlantica, Walcott.
Raphistoma (?) Kelliensis,
Matthew.
Arenicolites antiquatus, Bill-
ings.
Arenicolites brevis, Matthew
Ctenichnites ingens (?) Mat-
thew.
Hyolithes Hathewayi, Mat-|
thew.
Microdiscus bellimucronatus
Shaler & Foerste, mut, ip-
sularis, 72. mut.
Agraulos (Strenuella) stre-
nua, Billings, mut. robusta
n. mut,
Strenuella (?) Attleborensis,
Shaler & Foerste.
Mut. vigi/ans, n. mut.
Micmacca Walcotti, Matthew
‘* Angimargo, Matthew.
Avalonia plana, Matthew.
Protolenus Howleyi, Wal-
cott sp. (?)non P. Harveyi
Metadoxides magnificus,
Matthew.
Atops trilineatus, Emmons,
Erinnys breviceps, Angelin,
Foster's (Smith's) Pt, Smith
Sound, Nfid,
Kelly's I., Conception Bay,
Nfld,
Great Bell
Bay. Nfld,
do
I,, Conception
do
Manuel's Brook.
Red limestones of Brigus ;
calcareous shales of Man-
unl’s Brook.
Manuel's, Bonception Bay,
Nfld.
Manuel's, Conception Bay.
“ shale No, 3, Con-
ception Bay,
do
do
Foster's Point, Smith's
Sound.
Manuel's Station,
tion Bay, Nfld.
Manuel’s Brook (??)
!
Concep-
Manuel's Brook.
Lower part of the
Protolenus Zone.
Upper Cambrian,
(Howley & Walcott)
do
do
do
Protolenus Zone,
do
Above basal conglo-
merate, Protolenus
Zone.
do
do
Lower part of P roto-
lenus Zone.
do
Subzone of Parad-
oxides bed(?)
“* Paradoxides Dav-
idis sub-fauna.
*TItalicized names being those new to science and just published ( oc. cit.
supra.)
Ill. The Etcheminian Fauna of Smith Sound, Newfoundland. By
Dr. G. F. Matth
The fossils describ
ew.
ed under this head
‘‘are from the Upper
Limestone of the Etcheminian series at Smith; Sound an inlet of
iam
1900] PALZONTOLOGICAL NOTES. 243
Trinity Bay, Newtoundland (one is from the shale immediately
below the limestone), and were collected in the summer of 1898.”
They include the following forms :
BRACHIOPODA.
Obolella, cf. O. chromatica, Billings.
Kutorgina granulata, Matthew.
GASTEROPODA.
Scenella, cf. S. reticulata, Billings.
ss cf. retusa, Ford.
Randomia Aurore, Maithew.
Parmophorella (?) paupera, Billings, sp.
Platyeeras transversum, Matthew.
ce
radiatum, Matthew.
oe
cymbula, Matthew.
LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.
Modiolopsis thecoides, Matthew.
ANNELIDA.
Urotheca pervetus, Matthew.
Helenia granulata, Matthew.
Hyolithellus micans, Billings.
(?) flexuosus, Matthew.
Coleoides typicalis, Walcott.
Orthotheca pugio, Matthew.
#3 sica, Matthew.
Ss stiletto, Matthew.
fe bayonet, Matthew.
Hyolithes excellens, Billings.
ae
rugosus, Matthew.
CRUSTACEA.
Aptychopsis terranovicus, Matthew.
ee oe
mut. arcuata,
These three papers are published in consecutive order in the
Trans. of the Royal Society of Canada and form pp. 39—119 of
Vol. V, second series, and contain eight plates of illustration of
species described in the text. They form one of the most import-
_ant additions made to our knowledge of the oldest fossils.—H. M.A,
— oF
244 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [January
In the Geological Magazine, Vol. 6, No. 8, August, 1899,
pp. 358-361, Mr. F. R. Cowper Reed of the Woodwardian
Museum, describes ‘‘ A New Trilobite from Mount Stephen, Field,
B.C.” A new species of Oryvetocephalus, O. Reynoldsz, is the name
given by Mr. Reed from the calcareous shales of Mount Stephen—
the trilobite bed—referred to the Upper Cambrian by Dr. Matthew
and the Middle Cambrian by Dr. Walcott.-—H. M. A.
REPORT OF THE ENTOMOLGICAL BRANCH, 18g.
(Presented at meeting held December 12th, 1899.)
The Leaders of the Entomological Branch are pleased to
report that there has been a marked increase in the work done by
this Branch during the year. A welcome addition to its ranks is
Mr. Arthur Gibson, a new assistant in the Entomological Division
of the Central Experimental Farm.
Considerable additions have been made to local lists, par-
ticularly of Nocturnal Lepidoptera, which have been specially
collected and bred by Messrs. Fletcher, Gibson, Young and Henry
Saunders. Some of the more interesting species of moths and
caterpillars are shown here to-night, and will we trust be of
interest to the members of the club, and an inducement tosome to
join the Branch and help in this interesting and useful work.
The publication of Dr. Holland’s exquisite Butterfly Book isa
notable addition to the literature of entomology, and provides the
beginner with a most valuable aid to his studies of our most
attractive insects, This beautiful work will enable anyone who
wishes to study our butterflies to easily identify any species he is
likely to capture in the district.
Those who may desire to study practical entomology have
many aids available in the various official reports and publications
issued by the several Governments in Canada, as well as by the
U. S. Department of Agriculture and the numerous State Experi-
ment Stations.
Many additions: have been made to the public collections of
insects at the Central Expermental Farm and the Geological
Survey, as well as to the private collections of the Leaders, all of
which are freely accessible to any person wishing to examine them, -
tar bette co
1900 | REPORT OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL BRANCH. 245
LEPIDOPTERA.—Good work has been done in this order, in
breeding from the egg or from larvz collected in the field, as well
as in collecting at electric lights. Some nice specimens of
Scopelosoma were bred from eggs collected in Montreal, and sent
to Dr. Fletcher, by Mr. Dwight Brainerd of that city, of these the
perfect insects of Scopelosuma tristigmata and S. morrisont as
well as one of S. szdus taken at the Mer Bleue, are shown
here to-night. rebza epipsodea was reared to maturity from eggs
received by post from Banff, in the Rocky Mountains, and collected
by Mr. N. B. Sanson. Mr. C. H. Young bred a large number of
the beautiful lo moth, Hyperchzria Jo, from eggs laid by a captured
temale taken in the month of August. A large proportion of the
moths emerged last autumn, which is rather unusual. Others
remained in the cocoons and will not emerge until next spring.
Among the specimens of moths shown this evening are two,
Smerinthus modestus and Brephos infans, wh‘ch are interesting for
the reason that although reared from the egg with several others,
these two specimens instead of emerging at the usual time, in the
spring following pupation, remained in the pupal condition for a
whole year Icnger and the perfect insects only appeared last
spring. —
The Leaders-wish to call special attention to a remarkably
beautiful collection of inflated caterpillars collected at Ottawa and
prepared by Mr. C. H. Young. There are in this collection over
100 specimens which will serve to show the value of this method
of preserving for study and exhibition a stage in the development
of Lepidoptera which has been very much neglected by ento-
mologists.
Of the injurious species of this order, special mention must be
made of the serious attacks of the American and Forest Tent
Caterpillars, which devastated forests and orchards in many places
in the district, but not in exactly the same areas as in previous
years. Late in the season serious injury was wrought in turnip
fields and on cabbages of many varieties by the small, active cater-
pillars of the Diamond-backed Moth, (Pluéella cructferarum). The
parasites which usually accompany a serious outbreak of this
insect Lzmneria parva and Pheogenes discus were tound, but not in
the large numbers ordinarily occurring. Late in the season much
246 Tue Orrawa NarTuRALIsT. [January
damage was observed upon forest trees of various kinds by the
caterpillars of a small moth, not yet identified, which webbed the
jeaves together and consumed much of their substance. Maples
and beeches were the trees most attacked.
DipTERA.--A subject which has been of considerable interest
to the Leaders is an injury to new bricks, previous to burning,
brought to their notice by Mr. Walter S. Odell. The larve caus-
ing the injury travel up from the ground and burrow in the surface
of the soft bricks, thus disfiguring them very much. On two or three
previous occasions larve have been submitted by Mr. Odell, but it
was not until the present season that the perfect insect was reared.
Dr. Howard, of Washington, to whom a specimen was sent for
determination, reports the species to be Pachyrhina sodalis, Loew.
This is one of tbe Tipulidz, or Crane-flies, the larve of which are
known by agriculturists as Leather-jackets, many of which are
extremely injurious to growing crops. The injuries of the above-
mentioned species have been noticed in the brickyards both in
autumn and spring, showing that this curious habit is manifested
not merely at the time when the larve are seeking suitable places
for pupation.
Among injurious flies one of the notable attacks of the past
season has been that of root-maggots (Anthomyidz) to all
cruciferous crops. Another species of the same family has been
troublesome this year by its attacks upon the young shoots of
various species of cultivated Dianthus, and also of the elegant
garden plant Gypsophila paniculata. This last attack has been
observed for some years, but was first noticed this season by Mrs.
M. J. Whelan, by whom specimens were sent to the Leaders.
A preliminary list of Ottawa Diptera and some notes upon
these insects will be presented by Mr. Harrington this evening,
illustrated by specimens of many of the species.
HeEmMIPTERA.—In this order some investigations have been
made upon the local species of Scale-insects and Plant-lice. The
most remarkable occurrence of these insects has been a severe
attack upon Elm-trees, during the month of August, by a species
of plant-louse, which appeared so abundantly upon shade-trees as
to render sitting or walking beneath them exceedingly unpleasan
1 st annie Mees
1900 | REPORT OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL BRANCH. 247
by reason of the copious showers of honey-dew which were ejected.
Sidewalks and seats beneath such trees were made both unsightly
and disgusting. Later, the trees themselves took on a dirty black
appearance from the copious growth of the fungus /wmago
salictna, which always develops under similar conditions.
Another attack which requires mention was by a large and
previously undescribed Aphid, the Destructive Pea-louse, which not
only did considerable harm to Sweet Peas in Gardens at Ottawa,
but was a most serious pest to crops of Field Peas in many parts
of the Dominion as well as in the United States. This insect has
been named WNectarophora destructor by Prof. Johnson of College
Park, Md. Several species of its enemies were collected in the field
or bred from Ottawa individuals. Among these the following
have been identified : Praon cerasaphis, Aphidins Fletcheri, Ash-
mead (N. sp.); Syrphus rzbessiz, Coccinella g-notata, and C. trans-
versogultata.
In conclusion, the Leaders again invite all interested in the
study of insects to make the fullest use of them during the season
1900, whether they should be re-appointed as Leaders or not.
W. H. HarrincrTon,
Leaders.
JAMES FLETCHER,
REVIEWS.
REPORT ON THE GEOLOGY AND NATURAL RESOURCES OF THE AREA
INCLUDED BY THE NIPISSING AND TEMISCAMING Map SHEETS,
COMPRISING PORTIONS OF THE DISTRICT OF NIPISSING, ONTARIO,
AND OF THE CouNTY OF PonTIAc, QuEBEC. By Alfred Ernest
-Barlow, M.A. Geological Survey of Canada, Pt. I, Annual
Report, Vol. X, 1899, p. 302.
This report, accompanied by two well executed maps on a
scale of four miles to the inch and covering an area of 6912 square
miles of the northern protaxis of the Dominion of Canada, is a
valuable addition to the literature of the pre-Cambrian of North
America, and is a further instalment of the work which is being
systematically carried forward by the Dominion Geological Survey
248 THe Ottawa NATURALIST. [January
on these older rocks. The two maps, constituting what are
known as sheets Nos. 131 and 138 of the Canadian Series, lie in
the Upper Ottawa district along the border of the two provinces
of Quebec and Ontario, and comprise portions of both. Lake
Nipissing and Lakes Temagami, Temiscaming and Keepawa, as
well as many smaller bodies of water, are included in the area,
and afford along their shores especially good opportunities for the
prosecution of geological work.
After presenting a general account of the early explorations
in this region, some of which date back almost to the time of the
earliest settlement of the country by the French, and of previous
surveys, the physical features of the country are described. The
area is a great uneven or gently undulating rocky plateau, sloping
somewhat to the east and northeast, having a general elevation of
of goo to 1200 feet above sea-level, the level being so nearly
uniform that hills 50 to 100 feet higher are conspicuous topo-
graphical features. This peneplain is traversed in a north and
south direction along one line of a very deep and rocky gorge, in
which lie Lake Temiscaming and the Ottawa River. The hills, or
cliffs, rise to a height of 400 to 600 feet from the water on either
side, while the water of the lake is 400 feet deep, the bottom of
the gorge being filled with a fine silt. The depression is thus
1000 feet deep and represents a great canon similar to those which
are found on the margin of the northern protaxis at so many other
points. Several smaller rivers also occupy similar depressions.
‘“ The detailed examination of the region, however, amply demon-
strates that the sculpturing to which the surface owes its present
configuration was practically completed long before the advent of
the glacial epoch, and that the main valleys, especially those of
the Ottawa and Mattawa rivers, were in existence long prior to
the deposition of the Palaeozoic sediments.” With the exception
of some comparatively small areas occupied by Paleozoic outliers,
ranging in age from Black River to Niagara, the district is under-
lain by rocks of Laurentian and Huronian age. The Laurentian,
with the exception of a few small occurrences, is represented
exclusively by the Fundamental Gneiss, a mass of granitic and
dioritic rocks, usually possessing a foliated structure in which are
many streaks, bands or inclusions of basic character, allied to
Pet i te ek
1900} REVIEWS. ; 249
diorites or diabases in composition and representing either basic
segregations from the granitic magma or portions of basic intru-
sions caught up init. This Fundamental Gneiss, it is believed,
probably represents the original crust of the earth which has
undergone successive fusions and re-cementations before reaching
its present condition. In placing these rocks at the base of the
series it is not intended to assert that they stand for any distinct
or prolonged period of geological time, nor to affirm that these
rocks in their present condition and with the foliation which they
now possess antedate those of the Huronian system. This, as is
shown, is not the case in many, or even probably in most, in-
stances.
The chemical and mineralogical composition of the gneisses,
as well as the character and origin of their foliation and the genetic
relation of their associated pegmatites, are considered at length
and many interesting facts brought forward which cannot here be
further discussed. .
The Grenville Series, so extensively developed further south,
is is this northern area represented only by a very small and un-
important occurrences of highly crystalline limestone and a single
occurrence of gneiss. They occur isolated from one another and
surrounded by Fundamental Gneiss on every side, and are referred
to the Grenville Series on account of their identity in petrograph-
ical character with the areas of this formation immediately to the
south. %
The district also includes large tracts of country underlain by
pyroclastic and epiclastic rocks, forming a northeasterly extension
of the development of the ‘‘ typical” Huronian area on the north
shore of Lake Huron. At one place on Lake Temiscaming, these
Huronian rocks are found resting upon the floor of Fundamental
Gneiss on which they were originally deposited, and of whose
detritus they are made up; everywhere else the Fundamental
Gneiss has been re-fused or softened and penetrates the superin-
cumbent Hurovian. The total thickness of the Huronian in the
area is about eighteen hundred feet, made up as _ follows:
1. Breccia Conglomerate, 600 feet. _2. Shales and slaty grey-
wackes, too feet. 3. Quartzose grit or Arkose, 1100 feet. Asso-
ciated with these Huronian sediments are numerous intrusions of
’
250 THe Ortawa NATURALIST. [January
gabbro and diabase, some of which pass over gradually into flesh-
red granites, representing, it is believed, portions of one and the
same magma.
No attempt is made in this report to correlate the Grenville
Series and the Huronian of the area, as the facts are insufficient to
warrant the attempt. And it may be remarked incidentally in this
connection that a statement made on page 415 of the current
volume of the Journal of Geology, in reviewing some other recent
papers on the Canadian pre-Cambrian, is scarcely correct. The
statement is as follows :
‘*The succession and correlation proposed in the above papers
by Adams and Barlow and by Ells are fundamentally different from
the traditional one which has been held in Canada for many years.
The first departure is in placing the Grenville and Hastings Series
as equivalent to the Huronian.”
In the papers in question this correlation was not definitely
made, but it was stated in reference to the Hastings Series that
‘* Both lithologically and stratigraphically the rocks bear a striking
resemblance to the rocks mapped as Huronian in the region to
the north and northeast of Lake Huron, and it seems very likely
that the identity of the two series may eventually be established.
The two areas, however, are rather widely separated geopraphic-
ally and the greatest care will have to be exercised in attempting
such a correlation.”*
The further statement made by the Reviewer that ‘‘ Ells
places with the Huronian all the sedimentary rocks of Eastern
Canada” is also manifestly inaccurate, seeing that while it might
terminate the controversy concerning the upward extension of the
Huronian to include in that system the whole Palzozoic succession,
Ells certainly did not advocate this course.
The Palaeozoic outliers in this area, and especially that of the
Niagara age, are of exceptional interest. Geographically this out
lying patch of Niagara is so widely separated from any other lo-
cality where rocks of this age are known to exist, that it has been
a question as to whether it was formerly connected with the oc-
currences about Hudson Bay or with those about Lake Ontario.
*American Journal of Science, Vol. III, March, 1897, p. 177.
1900] REVIEWS. 251
The strata are highly fossiliferous and the paleontological evi-
dence presented seems to prove that the seas in which the Niagara
sediments of the Winnipeg basin and of Hudson Bay were depos-
ited were practically continuous, while both were separated from
the Temiscaming basin and the region to the south west.
The Pleistocene history of the region seems to consist of a
period of glaciation by a great ice sheet followed by profound sub-
mergence, during which time the ocean invaded a large portion
of the Ottawa Valley forming a marine gulf rivalling in extent the
similar invasions of the sea in Paleozoic times. The direction of
motion of the ice varies from S. 7° W. to S. 18° W.
The report also contains much information concerning the
fauna, flora and timber resources of the district, and has appen-
dixes giving lists of elevations and catalogues of the Paleozoic
fossils.
F. D. ADAms.
CANADIAN GEOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE. By Dr. R. W. Ells.
Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., Vol. V, 2nd Ser., Sec. IV, pp. 3—=38.
In this important contribution to the Science of Geology, Dr,
Ells, as president of Section 1V of the Royal Society of Canada,
discusses the problems still existing in Canadian geology, the new
names added to the geological nomenclature of Canada, the
history and development of the present classification employed in
this country, followed by a discussion ot the nomenclature in ‘‘ the
Great Archen Complex with its vast series of overlying palzozoic
sediments reaching upward in the geological scale to the Triassic
formations ” included in that portion of Canada, east of the Red
River of Manitoba. Dr. Ells indicates clearly the various terms
used in Nova Scotia and New Brunswick as well as in Ontario and
Quebec.
It may not be deemed out of place here however to point out
that, for instance, such names as ‘‘ Dadoxylon sandstone,”’
‘€ Cordaile shales” and ‘‘ Mispec group,” as applied to the Devon-
ian formations, are not, in the strict acceptance of the word, for-
252 THE OTTaAwaA NATURALIST. [January
mational names, but indicate rather, in two cases at least, a
biological zone, a life-zone. The term ‘‘ Perry sandstone” is also
referred to (p. 14), and as is the case also of similar nomenclature
in the gold-bearing series of Nova Scotia, no true formational
names are assigned. For such names as the ‘‘ Perry sandstones”
the ‘* Perry formation” could be easily adopted ; for ‘‘ Mispec
group”’ the term ‘‘ Mispec formation”? employed, whilst substi-
tutes are decidedly necessary for such expressionaas ‘‘ Dadoxylon
sandstone,” ‘‘ Cordaite shales,” etc., which refer to biological
characters rather than stand as names of a definite formation.
Dr. Ells has given us in this interesting address the nomenclature
used up to recent years. It is manifestly high time, especially in
Eastern Canada, that some new and more modern classification
be adopted. Formational names ought to be given to the slate
and quartzite series in the gold-bearing series of Nova Scotia.
If areas exist which can be mapped out over extensive tracts, why
not adopt some name which will be applied for instance, one to
the lower and another name for the upper division of the gold-
bearing rocks of Nova Scotia. The last statement refers more
particularly to the nomenclature used in the excellent reports and
on the maps of Mr. E. R. Faribault, where the names “slate
series” and ‘‘ quartzite series” are employed as formational names
but are names merely based on a description of their lithological
characters. Dr. Ells’s paper is full of suggestions, and deserves
careful perusal.
HMA
SOIREES.
The first soirée in the winter course was held in the assembly
hall of the Normal School, November 28th, when Prof. John Ma-
coun occupied the chair. Dr. MacCabe principal of the Normal
School, in a brief and forcible address bade the club welcome. He
spoke of the educational work done by the club and emphasized
the necessity of field work in the study of nature. Dr. H. M.
Ami, the president of the club, then delivered his inaugural ad-
dress, speaking of the work accomplished by the late E. Billings,
who by his energy and patient research did so much for palzon-
—_~ a. eer, ee
1900] SOIREES. | Pap
tology in Canada. The president then referred to the necessity of
erecting some suitable tablet or memorial in Ottawa to his mem-
ory, as it was here that much of his best work was done. Refer-
ence was also made to the death of Sir J. W. Dawson. Appended
to the biographical sketches of E. Billings and Sir Wm. Dawson
were lists of the writings of each of these two Canadian palzon-
tologists and geologists. Sir James Grant also referred to the
work done by the late E. Billings, with whom he had been asso-
ciated in his geological rambles in and about Ottawa, and hoped
that a suitable memorial would be erected to commemorate his
life-work.
Mr. S. B. Sinclair then gave an interesting address on nature
study and modern methods in scientific research.
A short intermission was then given during which the audi-
ence examined the various interesting objects on exhibition.. Mi-
croscopes under the management of Messrs. Odell, Halkett, Att-
wood and others, were well patronized. Among the exhibits that
were much appreciated was a fine collection of recent shells, shown
by Mr. Thomas Whitley, also four cases of Ontario butterflies and
moths from the private collection of Mr. Arthur Gibson of the
Central Experimental Farm. Mr. R.B. Whyte showed an ex-
cellent photograph of Cypripedium pubescens. Prof. E. E. Prince
exhibit2d the head of the great Lake Trout, and Dr. H. M. Ami
showed photographs of geological phenomena about Ottawa, fos-
sils from the Utica and pleistocene of Ottawa, and human remains
from Lighthouse Island, Aylmer, collected in 1899. Messr. S. B.
Sinclair, and D. A. Campbell then gave an exhibition of lantern
views showing the Minute Structure in Flowering Plants. Mr.
Campbell explained each view as it was thrown on the screen,
pointing out the different kinds of cells which make up the vari-
ous parts of the plant. Thelantern used was that recently pur-
chased for the use of the Normal School and through the kindness
of Dr. MacCabe, was placed at the disposal of the club for this
and other soirées.
The second soirée was held in the Assembly Hall of the
Y. M. C. A..on December 12th. In the absence of Dr. Ami,
254 Tue Ottawa NATURALIST. [January
President of the Club, Prof. John Macoun occupied the chair and
gave a short opening address in which he pointed out the educa-
tional value of natural history studies to young people. Mr. W.
H. Harrington then read his paper on ‘‘ Ottawa Diptera.” He
spoke of the different species of flies, mentioning those that were
injurious to cereals, etc. He also referred to diseases, and to the
habit of grocers placing fruits and berries on the sidewalks
exposed to flies which only a moment before may have come from
some decaying animal or vegetable matter.
Dr. James Fletcher, of the Experimental Farm, then gave a
most interesting address on ‘‘ The Rearing of Insects,” and
showed what great pleasure and profit might be obtained from
watching an insect develop through all its stages. He also gave
many valuable hints to beginners as to the details. Mr. Arthur
Gibson, Mr. Fletcher’s assistant, followed with a paper on ‘*Some
Interesting Moths Taken at Ottawa.” All three papers were
illustrated by suitable collections, and Master Louis Burland
showed a box of minerals and fossils neatly labelled. An interest-
ing discussion followed, in which a number in the audience took
part, and further information was elicited by questions.
The third soirée, was held in the Assembly Hall of the Y. M.C. A-
There was. a good attendance of members and strangers. Zoology,
Ornithology and Geology formed the topics of the evening.
Prof. E. E, Prince, B.A., F.L.S., gave a most interesting
paper ‘‘On the Comparative Anatomy of the Ear,” in which he
traced the unity of structure and arrangement in that organ from
the lowest organism up to the highest and the special adaptation
of that box or mechanical contrivance to receive vibrations and im-
part them to the nerves connected therewith. By means of a
beautiful series of coloured and exquisitely prepared and original
slides thrown upon the screen, Prof. Prince illustrated the ana-
tomy of the ‘‘true ear” in jelly fishes, worms, mollusks, birds,
fishes, reptiles and vertebrates. An interesting discussion follow-
ed this paper in which Messrs. Kingston, Whyte, Evans and the
lecturer took part.
— ae
ae
goo] SorréEs. . 255
Mr. Andrew Halkett, of the Marine and Fisheries Depart-
ment, then read his paper ‘‘ On Gannets and Cormorants, with
Special Reference to Canadian Forms.’’ This paper was full of in-
teresting notes of observations made in the field and along the
shores of the Atlantic and Pacific in British North America.
(1) ‘* Mote on the Occurrence of Ranopleurides in the Upper
Trenton ( Ordovician) of Parliament Hill, Ottawa, Canada” ; (2)
‘“On anew species of Turrilepas from the Trenton limestone of
Governor's Bay, Ottawa, Canada,” are the titles of two brief papers
presented by Mr. H. Ami, in which he give descriptions of two
species supposed to be new to science. The first was a trilobite
from the Upper half of the limestone beds of Parliament Hill,
Ottawa, whose affinities came close to Ranopleurides Canadensis,
Billings, described from the Chazy of the Township of Clarence,
some 500 feet lower down in the series of Ordovician strata in the
Ottawa Valley.
The other was a ‘barnacle’ or cirripede from Governor’s
Bay, of which one of the small opercular values was discovered on
on the occasion of one of the Club’s Excursions last April, 1899.
Its nearest ally is Zurrilepas Canadensis, Woodward, from the
Utica of Gloucester, opposite the Old Rifle Range. Mr. Ami then
drew the Club’s attention to Prof. W. H. Hobb’s interesting paper
“On the Diamond-field of the Great Lakes ” and gave an abstract
of its contents, illustrating his remarks on the discovery of the
eight diamonds in Wisconsin, Ohio and Michigan glacial gravels
by means of lantern slides in which the probable source of the
glacial drift of three states was traced to Canada from the detritus
brought down by the Labradorean or Keewatin glaciers or both.
‘*Principal Places of Geological Interest about Ottawa” was
then discussed by the President and illustrated by means ot
lantern slides. Dr. Fletcher, Messrs. A. W. Brock, R. B. Whyte
and others took part in the discussion which followed the reading
of these geological papers.
256 Tue OrtrawA NATURALIST. [January
NOTES.
In a review of a paper by Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. Henry
Woodward on Belinurus grandevus, a new species of Palzozoic
Limuloid Crustacean from the ‘‘ Eo-Carboniferous” of Riversdale,
N.S., it is stated on page 208 of this journal that Belznurus has
not been found in rocks of earlier age than the Coal Measures.
In Geikie’s Text Book of Geology, however, this genus is men-
tioned as occurring with Pterygotus, Bothriolepis, Coccosteus,
Pterichthys, Glyptolepis and other typical Lower Devonian and
Silurian forms in the Kiltorcan’ beds of Ireland. Thus the
inference drawn in the conclusion of this article that these
rocks are Carboniferous does not seem to be sustained. May
it not on the other hand be assumed that ‘‘The faunz of the
seas of the Lower Carboniferous, Coal formation and Permian
veriods, both in Europe and America, present so great similarities
that they may, in a broad view of the subject, be regarded as iden-
tical; ’ * while for’ ‘* Lower Carboniferous,” according to correla-
tions of the fossils from these strata in New Brunswick and Nova
Scotia made recently by Professor Kidston and Dr. David White,
as recorded by Mr. J. F. Whiteaves in his ‘‘ Address on the Devo-
nian System in Canada,” must we now say ‘‘ Lower Devonian” ?
R.. W. E,
Mr. Sinclair, M.A., Vice-Principal of the Normal School, has
been granted leave of absence tor one year. He expects to spend
most of the year at Chicago University where he has recently been
awarded an honorary post graduate fellowship in the Department
of Pedagogy. The fellowships of which there are only two granted
by the University are given in recognition of original Educational
research. Healso expects to spend several months observing
European schools. During his six years stay in Ottawa he has
been librarian of the O. F. N. C.
* Acadian Geology, page 283.
THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. VOL. XIll., No. IOS TEIs {l-
dice
“aoe
2
To illustrate Mr. T. W. E. Sowter’s paper, “
Lake Deschénes, Aylmer, Que.”
On the Archeology of
PL. Il.
5]
No. 10
VOL. XIll.,
THE OTTAWA NATURALIST.
2
y a =
—
=
“On the Archeology of
To illustrate Mr. T. W. E. Sowter’s paper,
Lake Deschénes, Aylmer, Que.”
VOL. XIII., No. 10, PL. Ill.
THE OTTAWA NATURALIST.
a pass
&G
ig
<2 — eee:
aS
G
rtsd
SS.
Se
A
oa
=a
\F.
> BAI
S paper, ‘‘On the Archeology of
nes, Aylmer, Que.”
é
Lake Desch
To illustrate Mr. T. W. E. Sowter’
a
ES eS ee a ee
THE OTTAWA NATURALIST.
VoL. XIII. OTTAWA, FEBRUARY, 1goo. No. 11
RANGIFER DAWSONI.
PRELIMINARY DESCRIPTION OF A NEW CARIBOU FROM QUEEN
CHARLOTTE’S ISLANDS.
By ERNEST SETON-THOMPSON.
In August, 1899, while at Ottawa, Canada, my attention was
called by Dr. G. M. Dawson, of the Geological Survey, to the fact
that Caribou exist on the northernmost and largest island of the
Queen Charlotte group, and later, on my asking for fuller details,
he wrote me as follows :
‘‘When engaged in geologically surveying the Queen Char-
lotte Islands in the summer of 1878, I heard of this animal but did
not see it, and from Indian accounts came to the conclusion it
was the Wapiti, which as you know occurs on Vancouver Island.
In my report for (878-79, p. 113B, I therefore referred to it as
follows: ‘There is pretty good evidence to show that the Wapiti
occurs on the northern part of Graham, but it is very seldom
killed. The small Deer (C. columbianus) is not found on the
islands, nor is the Wolf, Grizzly Bear, Mountain Sheep or Moun-
tain Goat.’
‘At a later date I ascertained that the animal in question
was not the Wapiti but the Caribou, from Mr. Charles, formerly
connected with the Hudson’s Bay Co. in Victeria. He had a skin
of the animal, imperfect, but with horns and hoofs sufficient to
show its general character.
‘* The only published reference I have made to the occurrence,
that I can remember, is in a paper on the Later Physiographical
Geology of the Rocky Mountain Region in Canada. Trans. Royal
258 THe Orrawa NATuRALIST. - | February
Society of Canada, Vol. VIII, Section IV, 1890, pp. 51-52. This
is as follows :
‘¢*One further circumstance may, in conclusion, be referred to
here as being readily and intelligibly explicable on the hypothesis
of a considerable elevation of the land at about this time, (close of
the glacial period.) This is the existence at the present day of
Caribou in the northern part of Queen Charlotte Islands.
‘‘TIn a former report on these islands I have spoken of the
occurrence of the Elk or Wapiti on them. This statement was,
however, based merely on Indian report, as none of the animalsin
question wereseen. Since that time I have learnea from Mr. W.
Charles, that the animal in question is really the Caribou, and I
have been shown by him the skin and antlers of one of these ani-
mals. The Caribou is not now found anywhere else in the region
of the coast, either on the islands or on the Coast Ranges, though
it roams over high plateaux to the east of these ranges. The
shortest distance between any point of the Queen Charlotte Is-
lands and the nearest islands of the Coast Archipelago is thirty
miles, and the intervening strait is subject to rapid tidal currents.
The isolation of the Queen Charlotte Islands is in fact.so com-
plete that the Deer, which inhabits all the other islands of the
coast, is not found in this group. ;
‘Tt is, therefore, in the absence of the Caribou from the
neighboring coast and its adjacent islands, and in consideration of
the width of the waterway which would have to be crossed, at
least highly probable that this animal reached the Queen Char-
lotte Islands under the present conditions. I am thus led to be-
lieve that the Caribou colonized the islands at a time at which
either the glaciers extending from the mainland attained to the
Queen Charlotte Islands, or by a land connection during a_ period
of greater elevation.* The latter is in every way the more pro-
bable supposition, and, if it be entertained, it may further be as-
sumed that the animal came to the islands at the date of the im-
mediately post-glacial elevation above indicated, and that it has
since, as an isolated colony, succeeded in maintaining itself
there.
* Ths minimum amount of elevation requlred would be about 200 feet
above the present level,
ee eee eee
1900] SETON- THOMPSON—RANGIFER DAWSONI. 259
‘The Indians of the Queen Charlotte Islands have evidently
long employed the antlers of the native Caribou for the manufacture
cf various implements, clubs, etc., as some of the oldest of these
in our collections are of that material, which was evidently prized.
These Indians are not great hunters and in fact dislike going into
the interior of this island and on the higher ground where the small
bands of Caribou occur.
‘* You will notice from my remarks above quoted that these
_ animals must in all probability have been a long time entirely sep-
arated from any others, and I should think it highly probable with
an animal so variable as the Caribou that they may have ce
considerable peculiarities.”
A fortnight later I wasin Victoria, Vancouver Id., and had an
interview with Mr.W. Charles,at his home on Fort St. Mr. Charles
was Hudson Bay Co.’s factor at Victoria for years, and the Queen
Charlotte Islands came within his official district. He informed me
that while visiting at Masset in the north end of Graham Island, he
several times heard reports that Caribou were found on the island.
But the Indians never brought any in, for they have a superstitious
dread of the interior and of the west coast, where the Caribou are
found. They believe that if they go there they will be devoured
by some fabulous monster that comes up from the sea. At best
they are poor hunters, and rarely think about the chase when they
‘can get a meal of fish. One day in 1882 (?) when Mr. Charles
_ went as far as the west slope of the mountains on the Pacific side
he noticed a great extent of beautiful level upland pastures, and
_ remarked that if there are any Caribou on this island this is the
place to look for them. Accordingly Mr. Alex. Mackenzie, an ex-
employee of the Hudson’s Bay Co., set out with some Siwash
Indians and found near the place a large herd of Caribou, and
opened fire on them. The first to fall had only one horn.
They brought its skin and skull to Mr. Charles, who states that
the skin was of a mouse colour and the animal too small for the
Woodland Caribou, and too dark to be the arctic species. He is
of the opinion that it is closely related to the Barren Ground
Caribou. The skin was destroyed, but the fragmentary skull with
its one horn was deposited in the Provincial Museum of Victoria,
B.C,
260 THE Ottawa NATURALIST. {February
Dr. Dawson has called my attention to the following passage
in Mackenzie’s ‘‘ Notes on Certain Implements and Weapons of
Graham Island. (Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, Sec. IJ, 1891, p. 50.
‘* Reindeer antler Tomahawk (Haida, Scoots-Alth-at-low.) [No.
1302|—This very ancient and interesting relic is made from one of
a species of Reindeer which inhabits the mountainous interior of
Graham Island. In ancient times these Reindeer were hunted by
the Haida and killed by bow and arrow, being highly prized both
for meat and skin. [See Marchand’s Voyage, Chap. V, 1791.]
This weapon was the property of the Masset doctor, or medicine
man, who is still alive but aged. To him it was bequeathed by
his predecessor who died many years ago....... It is undoubtedly
a relic of the times before these natives had intercourse with white
men.”
Through the courtesy of Mr. John Fannin I have had the op-
portunity of making a thorough examination of the skull in ques-
tion and am convinced that the animal is entitled to formal recog- —
nition. I propose therefore to name it in honour of Dr. G. M.
Dawson of the Canadian Geological Survey, the eminent explorer
of the Queen Charlotte Islands, who first called the attention of
the scientific world to the existence of the animal.
RANGIFER DAWSONI, Sf. nov.
Sp. character.—Its small size, about that of Rangtfer arcticus,
and its color, which is darker than that of arvcticus, but much lighter
than that of montanus from the interior of British Columbia.
Habitat.—_Queen Charlotte Islands. The type being from the
interior of Graham, which is the northmost large island of the
group.
The nearest point on the mainland where Caribou are found
is 150 miles away in the interior of British Columbia.
This individual was peculiar in having but one horn, but this
is merely an accident and is probably the reason that the specimen
was brought in by the hunters.
The following measurements will be of use in conjunction
with the figures :
In figure 1, the length of the antler from below the burr fol-
lowing the outer curve to the top of the highest point, 2834 inches
v
eee ae se re en, ye ea SS ee
—_— ~~
1900] SETON-THOMPSON—RANGIFER Dawsonl, 261
(730 mm.); girth of antler at base above the burr, 434 inches
(120 mm.).
In figures 2, length from the point of the occiput A to the
posterior point of the nasal bones B, 6,°; inches (166 mm.); great-
est width across the orbits C. D. 6 inches, (153 mm.).
My thanks are due to Dr. J. A. Allen, of the American Mu-
seum, for the opportunity to compare its skull with that of its
giant relative Rangifer montanus.
DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF CALCAREOUS
SPONGE FROM VANCOUVER ISLAND, B.C.
By LAWRENCE M. LAMBE, F. G. S.
LEUCANDRA TAYLoRrI. (Sf. ‘nov. )
Sponge small, solitary, sessile, nearly spherical, terminating
above in a well developed oscular fringe. Surface hispid, owing
to the presence of projecting, stout oxea. The three specimens
representing this species are of about the same size and shape, the
one figured (figs. a@ and 4) measuring 4.5 mm. in breadth and
about 6 mm. in height, including the oscular fringe, which has a
length of a little over 1 mm.
The walls of the sponge are thick and the gastral cavity is
cylindrical and narrow, being slightly less than 1 mm. in width.
The inhalent pores are scattered on the dermal surface and the
flagellated chambers (/ c, fig. c) are small, averaging about .06
mm. in width, rounded and disposed irregularly in the wall. The
exhalent canals leading into the gastral cavity have not been sat
isfactorily seen. ‘
Skeleton.— The skeleton consists of triradiate spicules of the
_ parenchyma, of gastral triradiate, of dermal triradiate and large
oxeote spicules, of slender, linear, dermal spicules and slender ox-
eote spicules of the oscular fringe.
1. Triradiate spicules of the parenchyma.—Slightly sagittal ;
the basal ray straight, up to about .117 mm. long, the
262
Tue Ottawa NATURALIST. [February
lateral rays generally slightly curved, about .og1 mm.
long; the three rays tapering to a point and about .oog
mm. in diameter at midlength ; oral angle slightly small-
er than the other two. Thickly scattered irregularly in
the wall (figs. c and @).
2. Gastral triradiates.—Similar to the triradiates of the paren-
chyma except that the basal ray reaches a length of .209
mm., the lateral rays a length of .157 mm. and all the
rays are about .0o6 mm. in diameter at midlength. Lying
parallel to the gastral surface (figs. c and e).
3. Dermal triradiates.—Slightly sagittal with equal angles,
the basal ray reaching a length of .o72 mm., and the
lateral rays a length of .045 mm.; all the rays are round-
ed at their extremities and measure .oo4 mm. in diame-
ter ; an aborted fourth ray is sometimes apparently de-
veloped. Occurring in three or four layers parallel to
the dermal surface (figs. c. and f.)
4g. Large oxea.—Varying in length from .616 to 1.096mm. and
in diameter at midlength from .041 to .068 mm.; slightly
curved, the curvature being most pronounced near their
outer ends ; at right angles to, and with generally about
one-third of their length projecting beyond, the dermal
surface. Some of the smaller spicules of this kind are
entirely embedded in the wall or protude but a little be-
yond the surface (figs. c, g and h).
5. Minute linear spicules.—Very slender, about .131 mm. long
and .002 mm. in diameter. Numerous and lying irregu-
larly, with the dermal triradiates, parallel to the outer
surface (figs. ¢ and 7).
6. Oxea of the oscular fringe.—Slender, about 2.5 mm, long
and .og mm. in diameter, forming a well developed fringe
around the osculum.
Three specimens of this sponge were collected by the Rev.
George W. Taylor, of Nanaimo, B.C., who found them adhering
to the under side of boulders, between tides, at Boat Harbour, six
miles south of Nanaimo, on the 24th of June, 1899. Mr. Taylor
has also sent to the writer two small sponges that on examination
ee eee ae ee en ee) ee ee Pa
1900] LaMBE—NEW SPECIES OF CALCAREOUS SPONGE. 263
prove to belong to the species Sycon protectum, Lambe, described
originally from a specimen dredged by Mr. J. F. Whiteaves in 1872
eight miles south-east of Bonaventure Island, Baie des Chaleurs
(vzde Transactions Royal Society of Canada, second series, Vol. II,
1896). The specimens of this second species were found also at
Boat Harbour growing on the under surface of boulders between
tides.
Figure c of the plate accompanying the above description
represents part of a horizontal section of the sponge.
ANNUAL ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT OF. THE
OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB, -H..M. AMI,
M,A., F.G.S.. DELIVERED NOVEMBER 28th, 18g.
In four brief months our Club will have attained its majority,
and it may not be considered out of place to look backward for a
moment and cast a cursory glance over that period of time which
has elapsed since the Club was organized in 1879.
The special object which the Club had at its inception, of
investigating the natural history resources of the district about
Ottawa, was constantly kept in view, and I think no one can deny
that the Club has prospered and accomplished a considerable
amount of work in the direction of so worthy an object.
The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club now counts within its
membership a large proportion of the active and working natural-
ists of Canada, which constitute a small army of observers in the
field of Nature. The three original members of the Club, Dr.
James Fletcher, Mr. W. H. Harrington and Mr. R. B. Whyte,
who were the leading spirits in formulating the character as well
as the aims of the Club at its beginning, are still with us, and as
active as ever.
Previous to 1879, the Ottawa district had received a certain
amount of attention at the hands of the late Mr. E. Billings, the
late Dr. VanCortland, and of Dr., now Sir James Grant. The
first obtained a large amount of geological material, especially
from the Trenton formation so well developed in our neighbour-
264 THe Ottawa NATURALIST. {February
hood, which enabled him to publish those excellent Decades, or
Descriptions of Canadian Organic Remains, and give to the
world much information respecting the ancient life of those early
seas which once covered this portion of the North American
continent.
Outside of this but little systematic work had been published
or recorded from this locality until the Club made its appearance,
and sought to develop and search out the geological, botanical,
entomological and other resources at our very doors. In the
department of Entomology, and through the writings of Dr.
Fletcher, of Mr. Harrington and of Mr. T. J. McLaughlin, the
Transactions of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, in the first
six parts, and in THE Ottawa NatTuratist, which followed, con-
tain probably more intormation regarding the insect life of our
district than can be found recorded for any other city in Canada.
In the department of Botany the good work of Dr. Fletcher, in his
early edition of the Flora Ottawaénsis, which served to guide
many of us in the pleasant paths of flowering plants, with his
enthusiastic co-worker, Mr. R. B. Whyte, in the opening year of
our Club, gave an impetus to the study of plants which was only
enhanced by the advent of Prof. John Macoun, M.A., F.L.S., and
his family to our city. In Ottawa, the active, genial and militant
professor was made welcome, and he has given the Club the con-
stant benefit of his wide experience, urged everyone to more ob-
jective work and greater effort in carrying out the objects of our
Club. ‘‘ What are you doing for the Club, or for natural history?”
was the constant question put. It is a notable fact that the
botanical branch of our Club has been ever the most popular. The
second edition of the Flora Ottawaénsis, in which Dr. Fletcher
gives the precise locality in which each species can be found, be-
sides its name, common and scientific, proved a turther boon to
botanical students. A careful use of this work and dilligent search
after the rarer specimens of plants about Ottawa, invariably led
those devoting their attention to this fascinating branch to dis-
cover their prize and complete their herbaria.
Whether on the mountain top or in the valley, or again by
the riverside or along the brooks or lakes of our district, in the
swamps and rocky places, in the diversified regions such as we
SE ee ee ae ee ee
1gg0|> |. Ami—ANNUAL ADDRESS. 265
fortunately possess about Ottawa, in shady as well as in sunlit
spots of the district, there are a thousand and one gems of beauty
in plant life awaiting the keen observer in a delightful as well as
healthful pursuit.
Turning our attention to the field of Geology in the Ottawa
district, a year has not passed since the Club was organized but
some discovery was made of some species or form unknown to
science, or in the tracing more exactly the trend of the
various geological formations which we have. The important
work done by the late E. Billings, and of the Geological
Survey in the fifties, served as a basis for operation, and a
systematic table of the geological formations about Ottawa to-
gether with their characters, their fossils, the thickness of the
strata, and other interesting notes, giving a very comprehensive
and concise history of the district in pre-human times, is now
available for reference. Details in stratigraphy have been recorded,
and rare specimens of fossils discovered during the excursions of
the Club, many of which have proved of considerable value to the
Geological Survey department, have been recorded in the Trans-
actions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club. Information thus
obtained by our members, who happened to be members of the
Geological Survey staff, has enabled the latter to describe with
greater degree of accuracy various geological features of the
Capital besides other portions ot Eastern Ontario, which have
come within the sphere of the Club’s activity. In the field of
Geology there is yet much to be done. In the Archzan formations
alone, which are so well and extensively developed to the north of
our city, and from which mica, apatite, graphite, asbestus and
iron, as well as other minerals of economic value to men are ob-
tained, there is a wide sphere of research open to the geologist. .
More especially in the sub-division of Petrography, or that science
which deals with the microscopical character and structure as well
as the origin of the rocks, is the field extensive and important as
well as interesting. We shall not understand the proper relations
of the various members of that great Archean complex until a
careful study has been made of the numerous and varied rock
masses which are the oldest that we know in the earth’s crust, and
which supplied the materials from which all the subsequent and
266 Tue Orrawa NATURALIST. [February
newer deposits were derived. In this field alone there is work for
a dozen members of the Club, for a whole lifetime each, without
exhausting the subject. There is no better field in North America.
Ever since the formation of the Club, the subject of Con-
chology, or the study of shells, has engaged the attention of
some ot the members of the Club. Mr. Gilbert C. Heron,
Dr. James- Fletcher;- “Mr; WH Hartinpton, Mes jek,
Whiteaves, Hon. Mr. Porier and lastly and conspicuously, Mr.,
now the Hon. F. R. Latchford, have contributed valuable papers
regarding the various species of land and fresh-water shells of the
Ottawa district, and recorded such notes of observations and
descriptions of species as will enable any amateur, or other col-
lector of shells, coming within this district, to ascertain definitely
what species may be found, and will enable also outsicers to seein
what manner satisfactory results may be obtained and information
derived bearing on the shells of whatever district in which they
may be residing.
In Ornithology, Messrs. W. L. Scott, W. A. D. Lees, A. G.
Kingston, Miss Harmer, Miss Ballantyne, Messrs. G. R. and T.
Whyte, and the Messrs. Saunders have contributed valuable notes
to the literature of the Club, whilst in Zoology proper, Mr. H. B.
Small, Mr. W. P. Lett, Mr. J. B. Tyrrell, Prof. Prince, Mr. Odell,
and Prof. Macoun have all given us a fair idea of the fauna of the
Ottawa district and elsewhere. Inthe department of chemistry
many important papers and contributions of special interest to the
Ottawa public and Canadian investigators, have appeared from
time to time from the pens of Mr. F. T. Shutt, Dr. R. F. Ruttan
and others.
In the field of Archeology, the Club has of late had a new field of
research open, and one full of promise. Fora number of years past
it has been known that the Ottawa Valley was the home of many
tribes of aborigines, who left behind them in the sites of their
abandoned villages rude implements of the chase and of war,
relics of a bygone civilization which have only just begun to be
investigated. For years past, an intermittent stream of specimens
has come to the notice of the Ethnological division of the Geo-
logical Survey from various points in the Ottawa Valley, and in
Mr. Sowter’s paper ‘‘On the Archeology of Lake Deschénes,”
EEE
ee ee
oo
——— = Se
1900] Am1i—ANNUAL ADDRESS. 267
read before this Club Jast winter, we have what I believe will form
the first of a series of most interesting papers describing the early
history of Man in this district long after the close of the Glacial
period and subsequent to the Champlain period of submergence,
which is followed by that in which we now live, the ‘‘Recent” per-
iod of elevation.
In all these branches of the Club’s work there has been
marked activity in the field. To this may be added the reports of
_the leaders of the branches, which form, and ever ought to form,
an important feature in the Club’s work, for in them suggestions
for work to be done as well as to avenues open appear trom time
to time in order to stimulate work.
For a number cf years the main object of this Club was the
study of this locality alone, but with the growth of our city, and
the addition of a considerable number of scientific men on the staff
of the various departments of the Government service, as well as
with a considerable influx of members from other parts of the
Dominion who desired to join us, and who contributed papers
upon the natural history of the districts in which they happened to
reside, our Club was of necessity compelled, in 18g0, to widen its
sphere of activity, so that, to-day, besides investigating and report-
ing upon the natural history and geology of the Ottawa district
(which it is understood comprises an area with a radius of twenty
miles, with Ottawa as a centre) also publishes reports and papers
bearing upon the natural history and geology of other parts of the
Dominion of Canada.
Ottawa is no doubt fast becoming one of the leading centres
of scientific research on this continent, and outside of the technical
and professional reports, issued by authority of Parliament, there
ought to be a most active and live organ or medium of publication
in our midst, worthy of our Capital. Freedom in the discussion
of the various scientific problems that occur in the study‘of any
field of natural history or geological inquiry, as well as encourage-
ment in the search for additional light upon these problems, with
facility for publication, ought to be the share of every investigator.
Such encouragement to research must necessarily help in develop-
ing our material resources, which must form a potent factor in
building up our nation.
268 Tue Orrawa Naturauist. [February
Our medium of publication, THE Ortawa NATURALIST, which
constitutes and includes the Transactions of the Ottawa Field-
Naturalists’ Club, has been regularly published since 1880. In its
13 volumes there are more than 2000 pages of text, and there may
be found stores of information bearing upon local natural history, in
which the economic as well as the scientific side of the subject is
recorded. It is not my purpose to shower encomiums or praise
on the workers of the Club for what they have accomplished. The
pleasure and interest as well as the health and exercise derived
from such researches are sufficient remuneration for whatever
toil, trouble and drudgery they may have experienced. To
develop the powers of observation and comparison iu man there is
no better occupation. It is excellent training for the mind as well
as the body.
One feature of the Club’s work to which I need scarcely draw
your attention is in connection with the educational institutions of
the city. Itis very gratifying to the executive of the Ottawa
Field-Naturalists’ Club to have our meetings and excursions prove
ot interest to those engaged in training the mind. Weare pleased
also to have the good-will of the worthy principal of the Normal
School—Dr. MacCabe—who has always been a friend of the Club.
It is one of the ambitions of the Club to assist in a measure not
only to awaken a live interest in natural history researches, but
also to build upa reference collection of specimens illustrating the
recent as well as extinct faunas and floras in the Ottawa district,
so that the students of botany, entomology, conchology and
geology, as well as ethnology can have access to it for the sake
of comparison.
We are pleased to see that already a number of collections
have been donated by various members of the Club to form the
nucleus of such a useful series. The best thanks of the Club are
due to Dr. MacCabe for the use of this fine Assembly Hall for
three evenings of the course of winter soirées.
TRIBUTE TO THE LATE E. BILLINGS.
It was my purpose at one time to give you this evening a
short paper on the more important localities where the most inter-
esting geological phenomena may be studied to advantage about
ee ee ee ee ee ee ks
OYE a
—_—— =
_
ee eee
eS ee
1900] Amt—ANNUAL ADDRSES. 269
Ottawa. Such a paper seems necessary at this juncture, but I
will postpone this to a later date, and if you will bear with me for
a few moments I desire to introduce a subject which long before
this ought to have received attention at our hands. I refer to the
life and works of the late Elkanah Billings, the great Canadian
paleontologist, who founded the Canadian Naturalist and Geo-
logist, was elected Fellow of the Geological Society of London
and of numerous other societies, and assisted Sir William Logan in
laying the foundation of our knowledge of the geology of the older
provinces of Canada. Billings was a citizen of this city, and ina
suitable manner such a society as ours ought to do something to-
wards perpetuating his memory.
As one who for the last twenty years has come in almost
daily contact with the works and writings of the late Mr. Billings,
I cannot refrain from giving utterance to the statement that
it is impossible not to see in him one of the greatest men that
Canada has produced. It is further owing to Billings that some
one should undertake to give to the world a complete and system-
atic list of the various genera and species of fossil organic remains
which he described, in a compact form, and likewise to place to-
gether in their chronological order his numerous and important
writings. These various lists, which comprise some fifty-eight
new genera and as many as 1,051 new species of fossil organisms,
besides a list of his writings, I have undertaken to prepare, and
now beg to submit to you for publication. I shall not trouble you
by reading these over, but would supplement these remarks by
throwing out a suggestion which I humbly ask you to consider.
Is it not our duty as well as our privilege, as a Club organized to
look after the interests of science and scientific research, to see
that a suitable memorial or tribute to the memory of such an illus-
trious Canadian as Billings ought to be erected in our midst? Two
suggestions have occurred to my mind, and both appear feasible
and appropriate. These are:—1. By means of a portrait or oil
painting of the late E. Billings; 2, the erection of a memorial
tablet to be placed in some conspicuous locality on the strata of
our Capital.
With regard to the former, I may say that when the subject
was first mooted, some months ago, a number of gentlemen in-
270 THe Ottawa NATURALIST. _ [February
terested in geology in Canada volunteered to subscribe toward
obtaining a portrait of Mr. Billings. An excellent painting of him
is now in the Museum of the Natural History Society of Montreal.
Inasmuch as Billings not only developed a taste for and
carried on researches in Geology and Palzontology in Ottawa, it
seems particularly appropriate for some such institution or society
as our Club to undertake the task of raising a small fund towards
perpetuating his memory in our midst, and I now desire to present
the case to your mind, with the subscription list open for your
kind and generous consideration, to which list a number of names
are already attached.
With regard to the second suggestion made, of erecting a
memorial tablet and placing it in some conspicuous position in our
city, this seems to meet the approval also of a number of persons
to whom the subject has been broached. A similar memorial
tablet has been erected and placed ina conspicuous outcrop of one
of the geological formations of Prague, in Bohemia, in honour of
the late Joachim Barrande, the great paleontologist of Central
Europe who himself in his lifetime was in communication with
Mr. Billings, whom we are seeking to honour for the marvellously
large amount of most excellent work which he performed, not
only in Canada as a whole, but more especially in Ottawa.
I snall not attempt to give you a biographical notice of the
late Mr. Billings, inasmuch as there exist already a number of
fairly complete notices of his life history. It will suffice to offer
for publication in our Transactions such records of his writings
and works which in our opinion are greatly needed by all working
paleontologists, and which in our humble judgment ought long
ago to have been prepared.
THE LATE SIR WILLIAM DAWSON.
I would be remiss of my duty as president of a Club like ours
if I did not refer to the loss which science in Canada has so
recently sustained in the person of one who during his entire
career has taken a most active part in the progress and advance-
ment of geological research in our country. I refer to the late
principal of McGill University, Sir William Dawson.
His life was one of unremitting toil in the interests of educa-
tion, science and religion. Sir William Dawson accomplished
1900] Am1—ANNUAL ADDRESS. 271
enough in each of these three classes of work to satisfy any three
hard-working individuals! He leaves behind him such monu-
ments of industry and perseverance as few men do. The Peter
Redpath Museum ot McGill University alone is a monument which
for ages will give food for thought to the coming generations both
of students in the University and to the geologists who seek to
unravel the problems of geological science in different portions of
Canada, but more especially with reference to those of the Mari-
time Provinces, his native land. -
Sir William was born in the town of Pictou, Nova Scotia, on
October 13th, 1820, and just as the first hour of the day of rest
dawned last Sunday, November roth, 1899, he departed to his long
rest. He has done more to stimulate and encourage the study of
the natural sciences, and especially of geology, in Canada than
any other individual. His vast store of knowledge, acquired by
diligent labour in the broad field of nature as well as in the labora-
tory, embraced several of the leading sciénces, and at one time,
owing to circumstances in connection with the University over
which he presided for a period of forty years so successtully, his
courses of lectures included chemistry, botany, zoology, together
with geology, paleontology and mineralogy.
As a paleo-botanist, Sir William’s reputation was world-wide,
and his descriptions of the fossil floras of Canada from the earliest
Paleozoic, through the Carboniferous on to the Mesozoic and
later Tertiaries, to those of more recent times are too well known
to be dwelt upon on this occasion.
No less than seventy-nine distinct papers or articles upon
fossil plants have been published by him, and amongst these are
included descriptions of the fossil flora found in the Leda-clay
formation of the Ottawa Valley. As a student of recent plants
he did much to stimulate activity and build up the magnificent
herbarium now existing at McGill. His ‘‘ Acadian Geology,” in
which are described the succession of the geological formations of
Nova Scotia, New Brunswick and Prince Edward Island, as well
as their mineral resources, is a most tascinating work. In it he
describes not only the various organic remains peculiar to the
Atlantic Provinces, but enters into unusually interesting discus-
sions regarding the origin of coal, the climatic and other condi.
272 THe Ottawa NATURALIST. [February
tions which characterized the formations which were laid down with
the coal. To these are appended notes of ethnological value
regarding the Micmac language, and other notes of interest.
In the land animals of the Coal Period, Sir William
Dawson discovered much that was new to science, and opened up
this subject in a masterly way, and it has since expanded to a
marked degree. His descriptions of the Microsauria which he
found buried in the basal portions of the fossil trees, along the
famous Joggins section of Cumberland County, Nova Scotia, will
ever remain as one of his most conspicuous and important
writings. In them he has reconstructed an extinct fauna of quad-
rupeds which inhabited the shores and shallows of the Eastern
Atlantic coast, and of the estuaries and lagoons of the great Coal
period, besides describing shells and insects of those lakes and
bays—all air-breathing types of intense interest—the first of many
races that were to follow in the chain of geological times and
develop to higher torms in subsequent times. His numerous
writings upon ‘‘ Hozoon Canadense”—the ‘‘ Dawn of Life”
organism—have perhaps more than any cthers tended to make
his name famous in the field of Science. In periodicals and
magazines on both sides of the Atlantic, Sir William contributed
a great number of papers and articles bearing upon the origin of
the masses of laminated rock found in the Laurentian rocks of
Canada which Sir William Logan, Dr. T. Sterry Hunt, Dr. W.
B. Carpenter, Prof. Murie and many microscopists, naturalists
‘and geologists held to be of organic origin.
Sir William was highly systematic in all the work he under-
took. His was a busy life, but he was always calm, and met even
the humblest child with courtly grace, generous spirit and dignity,
commanding the respect and admiration of all who knew him.
The McGill of to-day is the result of his arduous labours in
connection with that educational centre. He had the peculiar
faculty of enlisting support and co-operation on the part of those
with whom he came into contact.
As a writer, who sought to present in a popular form the
results of geological science to a larger audience than greeted
him on the college benches, he was eminently successful. Such
works as the ‘‘ Meeting Place of Geology and History,” ‘* The
1900] AmI—ANNUAL ADDRESS. 273
Story of the Earth and Man,” “ Facts and Fancies in Modern
Science,” ‘‘ Fossil Men and their Modern Representatives,”
‘‘Sakent Points in the Science of the Earth,” ‘* Modern Ideas
of Evolution,” are some of the more interesting, of his popular
works. The many editions through which these various
writings passed, testify to their popularity on both sides of the
Atlantic. Throughout the English-speaking world his name was a
household word, and a letter of introduction from him was a pass-
port in every country in Europe.
As a Bible expositor, Sir William stood high. He ploughed
deep in the books of Holy Writ, and subjected those writings to
the same keen critical sense to which he referred other problems _
in the scientific world, and brought out many hidden truths from
the Word of God which had been hitherto obscure. ‘‘ Egypt and
the Holy Land; their Geology and Natural Resources,” ‘‘ Eden
Lost and Won,” ‘‘Archaia,’’ ‘* The Mosaic Cosmogony,” ‘*t Modern
Science in Bible Lands,’ ‘‘ The Origin of the World According to
Revelation and Science,” form part of a series of writings of an
apologetic character, Which in his day Sir William Dawson
deemed necessary to combat certain views which were thrust npon
the more or less observant and thinking world regarding the
origin of man, as well as of other species living upon this planet.
These have no doubt played a conspicuous part in establishing the
present more or less evident equilibrium which exists in the think-
world regarding the relations which exist between our beliefs in
religion as well as in science. They are two distinct spheres, and
our earnest endeavours ought to be directed towards the perfection
of our knowledge in one direction as well as in the other, in order
to satisfy these two sides at least of our nature.
Between four and five hundred titles of papers bearing
directly on the Geology and Paleontology of Canada and other
countries have been gathered together, and it is my purpose to
append to this brief sketch of the life-work and history of one of
Canada’s greatest sons as complete a catalogue of his writings as
possible in chronological order.
His first work was published in Edinburgh, Scotland, in 1841,
while yet a student at the university, and the last of his writings
is yet unpublished.
274 THE Ottawa NaTurRALIST. _ [February
His was a well-spent life, unselfish in all its aims and pur-
pose, unsparing in his efforts to advance the interests of his fellow
citizens and of humanity in general, exercising withal a power and
influence for the moral good and welfare of all in a high degree.
Of him it might be truly said what Socrates once said of a well-
spent life, ‘‘ For noble is the prize and the hope is great.”
And to those of us who have had the privilege to listen to his
marvellous flow of language, his lucid descriptive power, as well
as those of us who have sat under him, may it be said that we
have caught something of the fire and earnestness of his life and
spirit which helped to complete his noble life. And when we see
the many results achieved during this useful life, to those who ask,
’
we say, ‘' Sz guaeris monumentum, ctrcumspice.*
THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Another point which sucha Club as ours is in duty bound
to notice, is the erection in our midst of a Netional Museum. As
a citizen of Ottawa, the Capital of our great Dominion, if not
as an officer or simple member of this Club, I desire this evening
to unite our voices and sentiments with those expressed at the
opening meeting of the Canadian Institute.
Mr. Byron E. Walker, F.G.S., President of that Institute,
and Manager of the Bank of Commerce, condemned in very strong
terms the inadequate outlay upon the Geological Survey of this
country, and the condition of the Museum. ‘‘We will stand dis-
graced,” he said, ‘‘ until we bestir ourselves, and show that we
possess intelligence in this matter....... At least $250,000 should
be appropriated annually by the Dominion for our Geological and
Natural History Survey, whilst each of the Provinces should in
addition grant $10,000 for the same purpose. The Dominion
Government at Ottawa and each of the Provincial Legislatures
should have museums belonging to the people. The housing of
the present collection at Ottawa in an unsafe building is a crime.”
Apart from what you may consider professional reasons in
making such a statement regarding the Museum, as a Canadian,
as one who has at heart the development of our vast mineral as
well as forestry and fishery resources—which represent Canada’s
best and most valuable commercial asset, our need of a National
Museum, of a fireproof building, sufficiently large to house pro-
“se
1900] AmI—ANNUAL ADDRESS. 276
-perly not only the present collection, which is exhibited in the old
building on Sussex street, but also the thousands of specimens
which are either stored away out of sight, or which it is impossible
to exhibit in so ltmited a space at our disposal, but a building
large enough to meet the exigencies of a growing time, is very
deeply felt.
It is gratifying to see the noble effort put forth by the junior
member of parliament for Ottawa, who takes such an active part in
forwarding this good cause. We heartily wish him success and hope
that the coming session of the Dominion Parliament will not close
without voting a sum of money with which to begin the erection
of such a monument.
CONCLUSION.
And now a word, in closing, about the work of our Club at
Ottawa. There isa vast amount of work to do in any one branch
in which the Club is engaged at present. . It is earnestly hoped
that the endeavours which are being put forth by this Club to
stimulate and encourage the study of botany, geology, entomology
and other sciences in our midst, will be appreciated by the Ottawa
public, who are invited to attend the present course of lectures.
Copies of the programme of this course of free soirées are here for
distribution.
The membership ot the Club, though fairly large, is not one-
half what it ought to be in®a city like Ottawa with a population of
nearly 60,000 souls. It is gratifying, however, to notice a con-
stant addition to our membership at each of the meetings of your
council.
Without desiring to encroach upon the report of work done
since the last annual meeting, it is particularly encouraging to
observe that the seven Monday afternoon lectures, held in the
Normal School building during the months of April and May,
were very largely attended, as also the excursions and sub-excur-
sions of the Club in the early part of the year. Let us all remem-
ber that the leaders of the various branches of the Club’s work,
as well as the editor and his staff of associates, are ever willing to
give all the assistance they can to anyone desiring either to enlist
in the army of the students of Nature or to contribute articles for
our official organ, THE OTTAWA NATURALIST.
276 THE OTTawa NATURALIST. [February
This is the first opportunity which I have had as your presid-
ing officer to thank you for the honour you have done me in placing
me in the chair. I make this statement being fully aware of my
incompetency and mistakes, but depending upon you all for co-
operation and good-will in carrying on in our midst the good work
of my predecessors. Coming after such a series of illustrious
men as Dr. James Fletcher, Dr. R. W. Ells, Dr. G. M. Dawson,
Mr. F. T. Shutt, and Prof. E. E. Prince, not to go back any far-
ther, I feel that the task assigned to me as well as the honour
bestowed upon me, might have fallen upon much worthier
shoulders. It shall be my utmost endeavour during the remainder
of my term of office to promote the interests of this Club in all its
branches.
We are not allowed to know very much in this world. Life
is intensely short. The world of Nature around us contains
myriads of attractive objects from which the highest lessons can
be learned and our minds improved. Let us try, then, in some
measure, to acquire some accurate idea of something in our
vicinity.
THE OTTAWA NATURALIST, VOL. XIII. PLATE IV.
Fig. 1.
RANGIFER DAWSONI (Thompson.)
THE OTTAWA NATURALIST, VOL. XIII. PLATE V.
Fig. 3.
RANGIFER DAWSONI (Thompson.)
? ea
ie
PLATE VI.
THE OTTAWA NATURALIST, VOL. XIII.
\
dermal
\surface
L. M. LAMBE, DEL.
LEUCANDRA TAYLORI.
ee i
| ae
) ae
wi
77, - fa 4
ia 1 a
aah dan ‘ y < La on %
‘<
: in ;
'
;
é
é
. 4 >
* a.
‘
~
é
4
’
.
+t
' 3
;
a a
+
‘ $
.
2 > a
Pe
*
i ‘
\
i] *
F :
a)
t
= s
sy ee me
x
: 3
5 7 ‘
4h
; 7 y 4
. - : (
ae
. - ih 7
i thas : :
- a - =
eS s
j v
i’
7 pe a
i }
y £
: su
s j
‘
4 it ' uf
' a, if
( ie ‘ ra
- . & : )
* t . :
Th ‘ - :/ J
a ee ae AL
ry - re | met Vel h
_ THE OTTAWA NATURALIST.
Vor. XIII. OTTAWA, MARCH, 1900. No. 12
NOTES ON HUDSON BAY SPONGES.
By LAWRENCE M. LAMBE, F. G. S.
The number of species of recent marine sponges known to oc-
cur in the waters of Hudson Bay and Strait is, up to the present,
only four in number, viz., taking them in the order in which, they |
have been collected, Phakellia ventilabrum, Johnston, Renztera
mollis, Lambe, Suberties montalbidus, Carter and Craniella cran-
zum, (Miiller).
The specimens representing these species are in the collection
of the Geological Survey.
Two specimens of Phakellia ventilabrum were obtained by Dr.
Robert Bell, of tne Geological Survey, in 1880, one at York Factory,
the other between York Factory and Fort Severn, and later, in 1896,
Mr. A. P. Low, of the Geological Survey, collected another speci-
men of the same species on the east coast of Hudson Bay, near
Great Whale River. This species has been recorded in North
American waters from the North Pacific Ocean, Behring Sea and
the Arctic Ocean in the west, and from the River and Gulf of St.
Lawrence, and the north-east coast of the United States in the
_easi, (vide Transactions, Royal Society of Canada, vol. xii, 1894,
and second series, vol. ii, 1896). -
The second species is represented by a fragmentary specimen
dredged by Mr. Low in 1897, in Wakeham Bay, Hudson Strait,
in-10 fathoms, mud bottom. Renzera mollis, like P. ventilabrum,
has been found on both the Pacific and Atlantic coasts of the con-
tinent, in Elk Bay, Discovery Passage, Vancouver Island, B. C.,
and off the coast of Labrador and at the entrance to the Baie des
Chaleurs (vide Transactions, Royal Society of Canada, vol. xi,
1893, and second series, vol. ti, 1896).
278 THe Otrawa NATURALIST. | March
One specimen of each of the remaining species Suberztes mont-
albidus and Craniella crantum was dredged by Mr. Low in June,
1899, in Richmond Gulf, Hudson Bay, in from 15 to 30 fathoms,
soft mud bottom.
Suberites montalbidus has a wide northern distribution and it
is not surprising to find it in Hudson Bay. Its range includes
Behring Sea and Strait, Beaufort Sea, the Siberian Arctic Ocean,
the Kara Sea, the European Arctic Ocean, Barent’s Sea, and the
sea west {rom Greenland (vide Transactions, Royal Society of
Canada, vol. xii, 1894). The Hudson By specimen is irregularly
pear-shaped, higher than broad, broader above than below where
it has apparently been attached to some hard object ; height 6
cent., greatest breadth a little over 4 cent., colour in alcohol a
dark grayish brown, surface rough (except on the top, where it
is comparatively smooth), covered with small, irregular elevations
separated from each other by a net-work of wrinkles or furrows.
A single osculum, about 8 mm. in width, occupies the centre of
the summit, and in the sides are numerous small openings, having
a maximum width of about 1 mm., which ire probably the en-
trances of inhalent canals. The sponge is soft and yielding to the
touch and probably the roughness of the surface is exaggerated by
shrinkage. The spicules agree in size and shape with those of the
specimen from Unalaska Island, referred to by the writer in vol-
ume xii of the Royal Society’s Transactions.
Crantella cranium is also well known from North Atlantic waters
generally and Fristedt in his ‘‘Sponges from the Atlantic and Arctic
Oceans and the Behring Sea”
off the east and west coasts of Greenland. Mr. Low’s specimen
is somewhat ovate iu shape, broadly roundeu above and prolonged
downward below where the basal strands have the appearance of
having been attached to some foreign object; total height 1ocent.,
maximum breadth 4.5 cent., surface uneven, monticulose. The
extreme summit is abraded. The measurements of the spicules
agree with those given by Sollas in his description of the species
(vide Report Tetractinellida, Challenger Expedition. vol. xxv). A
point of sume interest is that the spicules of Cranzella Logant,
Dawson, from the Leda clay at Ottawa and Montreal, are
practically identical in shape and size with those of Mr. Low’s
mentions three specimens obtained
— S| —
~
1900] LamMBE—NOTES ON Hupson Bay SPONGES. 279
specimen. The spicular similarity between the Leda clay sponge
and Cranzella cranium has already been pointed out by the writer,
(vide Transactions. Royal Society of Canada, second series, vol.
ii, 1896). Mr. Whiteaves has recognized amongst the shells
dredged by Mr. Low with this sponge, some of the species consid-
_ ered typical of the Leda clay in eastern Canada, notably—Pecfen
Grenlandicus, Sowerby, Modrolaria discors, L., Portlandia glaci-
alts, (Wood), Nucula tenuts, M ntagu, Macoma sabulosa, Spengler
(calcarea, auct.) and Saxicava arctica, L. Judging from this we
evidently have in Hudson Bay a deposit, in course of formation,
that has a fauna to a la'ge extent the same as that revealed to us
by the Pleistocene fossils of the Leda clay.
APPENDIX TO. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS DELIVERED
BEFORE THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’
CLUB.
Sir JoHN WILLIAM Dawson has contributed so many papers,
volumes and articles to Science, Education and Literature in
general that it will be some time before a complete list of his
writings can be produced.
I have attempted, in this issue of THE NATURALIST, to submit
as complete a list of Sir William’s writings as I have been able to
gather to date. It forms part of my presidential address, de-
livered November 28th, 1899, before the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’
Club, and especially to that portion (pp. 270—274) referring to the
life and works ot Sir William Dawson.
I desire to acknowledge with thanks valuable assistance re-
ceived from Dr. G. M. Dawson; the Librarian of the Parliament
of Canada, Mr. Martin J. Griffin; the Librarian of the Peter
Redpath Library of McGill College, Montreal, Mr. C. H. Gould ;
Mr. Scott, Librarian of Princeton University, Princeton, New
Jersey; Prof. D. P. Penhallow; Sir John Bourinot, Hon. Sec.
of the Royal Society of Canada, Ottawa, and Prof. David White,
of the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.
H. M. A.
280 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. | [March
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SIR JOHN WILLIAM Dawson.
1841.
Species of Meriones in Nova Scotia. Edinburgh Philosophical Journal
(Illustrated). Edinburgh.
1842.
A Geological Excursion in Prince Edward Island. WHaszard’s Gazette.
1843.
On the Lower Carboniferous or Gypsiferous Formation of Nova Scotia.
Proc. Geol. Soc., Vol. 4, pp. 272—281. (Six woodcuts, and Dr. A. Gesner’s
geol. map of Nova Scotia.) London, Eng.
1845.
On the Lower Carboniferous Rocks, or Gypsiferous Formation of Nova
Scotia. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol 1, pp. 26—35. London, Eng.
On the Newer Coal Formation of the Eastern part of Nova Scotia. Proc.
Geol. Soc., London, Vol. 4, pp. 504—512, (with geol. map section, notes on
fossils, etc., by J. W. D. ; also Vol. 1, pp. 322—330. Same paper, published
in two volumes). London, Eng.
On the Newer Coal Formation of the Eastern part of Nova Scotia. Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 1, pp. 322—330, (with appendix on the Junction of the
Carboniferous and Silurian System at Maccaras). London, Eng.
1846.
Notice of some Fossils found in the Coal Formation of Nova Scotia. Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 2, 1846, pp. 132—136. London, Eng.
Report on the Coal Fields of Caribou Cove and River Inhabitants. Journ.
Nova Scotia Legislature. Halifax,
1847.
On the Destruction and Partial Reproduction of the Forests of British
North America. Edinb. New. Phil. Journ. 42. 1847. pp. 259-271. Silliman’s
Journ. Vol. 4. 1847. pp. 161-170; Froriep, Notizen, 5., 1848, col. 65-72.
1848.
On the Mode of Occurrence of Gypsum in Nova Scotia, and on its probable
origin. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. Vol. 2, pp. 141-142. Edinburgh.
On the New Red Sandstone of Nova Scotia. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Vol.
4., 1848, pp. 50—59. London.
Notice of Specimens of the Wheat Midge from Nova Scotia. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila. Proc. 4, 1848-9, pp. 210-211; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 5, 1850,
Pp. 152 — 154- i
1849.
On the Colouring Matter of Red Sandstones and of Grayish and White Beds
1900 | APPENDIX TO PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 281
Associated with them. (Read, May 17th, 1849.) Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,
Vol. 5, 1849, pp. 25—30. London, Eng.
Notice of the Gypsum of Plaister Cove in the Strait of Canseau. Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 5, 1849, pp. 335—339- London, Eng.
1850.
Account of a Halo observed at Pictou, Nova Scotia, August 23, 1549. Edinb.
New Phil, Journ., Vol. 48, 1850, pp. 65—68. Edinburgh.
On the Metamorphic and Metalliferous Rocks of Eastern Nova Scotia.
(Read March 13th, 1850.) Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 6, pp. 347—364-
1850. London, Eng.
1851.
On the Boulder Formation and Superficial Deposits of Nova Scotia. Proc.
Roy. Soc. Edinb., Vol. 2, 1851A., pp. 140—144.
Notice of the Occurrence of Upright Calamites near Pictou, Nova Scotia.
(Read March rath, 1851.) Quart. Journ. Geo, Soc., Vol. 7, 1851, pp. 194—
196. London, Eng. é
1852.
Additional Notes on the Red Sandstones of Nova Scotia. (lllustrated.)
(Read June 16th, 1852.) Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 8, 1852, pp. 398—400.
London, Eng.
Handbook of the Geography and Natural History of Nova Scotia, (Map.)
Pictou and Edinburgh.
On the Remains of a Reptile and of a Land Shell discovered in the interior
of an Evect Tree in the Coal-Measures of Nova Scotia. (Lyell and Dawson.)
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 9, pp. 58 —63. London, Eng.
° 1853-
On the Albert Mine, Hillsborough, New Brunswick. Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc., Vol. 9, 1853, pp- 107—115. London, Eng:
1854.
Notice of the Discovery of Baphetes Planiceps (Dawson and Owen.)
Journl. Geol. Soc., London, Vol. 10, pp. . London, Eng.
On the Structure of the Albion Mines Coal Measures, Nova Scotia.
(Dawson and Poole.) Quart. Journl. Geol. Soc., London, Vol. 10, pp. 42—47.
London, 1852. 1857 (enlarged edition).
Scientific Agriculture in Nova Scotia. Halifax.
On the Coal-Measures of the South Joggins, Nova Scotia. Quart. Journ.
Geol. Soc. Vol. 10. 1854. pp. 1-42, London, England.
On Fossil Coniferous Wood, from Prince Edward Island. Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phil,, Vol. 7, 1854-55, pp. 62-64. Philadelphia.
282 Tue Ortawa NATURALIST. [March
1855.
Acadian Geology, an account of the Geological Structure and Mineral Re-
sources of Nova Scotia and portions of the neighbouring provinces of British Am-
ertca. st edition, xii pp. & 388 pp. 1855, (illustrations and map.) Edinburgh,
Scotland. k
Notice of the Discovery of a Reptilian Skull in the Coal of Pictou.
(Read Nov. rst, 1854:) Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 11, pp. 8-9. London,
Eng. (Issued.1855.)
On a Modern Submerged Forest at Fort Lawrence, Nova Scotia. Quart.
Journ, Geol. Soc., Vol. 11, 1855, pp. r19g—122. London, Eng.
On the Course of Collegiate Education adapted to the circumstances of Bri-
tish America. The Inaugural Discourse of the Principal of McGill College,
Montreal. 29 pp. H. Ramsay, Montreal. 1855. (Canadian Pamphlets,
No. 83, Library of Parliament, Ottawa, Canada.)
1850.
Remarks on a Specimen of Fossil Wood from the Devonian Rocks ( Gaspé
Sandstones) of Gaspé, Canada East. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sc., 1856.
Pt. 2, pp. 174—176. Mass.
On the Species of Meriones and Arvicole Found in Nova Scotia. Brit.
Assoc. Rep., 1855, Pt. 2, p. 110; Edinb. New Phil. Journ. II], 1856, pp. 1-—4.
Remarks on a Specimen of Fossil Wood from the Devonian Rocks ( Gaspé
sandstones) of Gaspé, Canada East. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1856,
Pt. 2, pp. 174—176. (Boston meeting), Mass.
1857.
Natural History in its Educational Aspect. Barnard’s Amer. Journ. of
Education, pp. 428 —436, Art. II, June, 1857. (Extracts from the introductory
Lecture of the popular course of the Natural History Society of Montreal.)
Hartford, Connecticut.
On the parallelism of the Rock Formations of Nova Scotia with those of
other parts of America. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sc. Part 2, pp. 18—25.
(Albany.) Cambridge, Mass.
Archaia, or Studies of the Narrative of the Creation in Genesis. Mon-
treal, 1857.
On the Varieties and Mode of Preservation of the Fossils known as Stern-
bergiae. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1857. (pt. 2) pp. 64-74; Can. Journ. 2,
1857, pp. 476—479, Toronto ; Can. Nat. and Geol., vol. 2, No. 4; Sept., 1857,
pl. 5, pp. 299-305. Montreal.
On the Newer Pliocene Fossils of the St. Lawrence Valley. Proc. Amer.
Assoc. Adv, Sci., 1857. pt. 2, pp. 74-75. See also Review Can. Nat. Geol.
vol, 2, No. 4, pp. 279-280, Montreal.
On the Geological Structure and Mineral Deposits of the Promontory of
my Prete
1900 DIX: T RESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 2
APPENDIX TO P ’s A 83
Maimanse, Lake Superior. Can. Nat. and Geol., Art,1, vol. 2, No 1, pp. 1—12,
(Illustrated.) March, 1857. Montreal.
The Testimony of the Rocks, by Hugh Miller. Can. Nat. and Geol. Art g,
vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 81—92. May 1857. Montreal.
Recent Geological Discoveries. Can. Nat. and Geol.,vol. 2, No. 3, pp. 188—
195. (Review of suppl. to 5th ed., Lyell’s Manual of Geology. London. 1857.)
July. 1857. Montreal.
On the Newer Pliocene and Post Pliocene Deposits of the vicinity of Mon-
treal, with notices of Fosstls recently discovered in them. Can. Nat. & Geol.,
Vol. 2, No. 6, December, 1857, pp. 401—426. Montreal.
1858.
On the Newer Pliocene and Post Pliocene Deposits of the vicinity of Mon--
treal, with notices of Fossils recently discovered in them. Can, Nat. & Geol.,
1858. Issued as separate. 25 pp. Montreal.
Things to be Observed in Canada, and especially in Montreal and its
vicinity. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 3, 1858, pp. 112. Montreal.
Report of the Geological Survey of Canada. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 3,
pp. 32—39, 81—9. Montreal.
Permian Fossils in Kansas and elsewhere in America. Can. Nat. & Geol.,
Vol. 3, No. 1, p. 80. February, 1858. Montreal.
Agassiz's Contributions to the Natural History of the United States. Vols.
1&2. Boston. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol 3, No. 3, Art. 22, pp. 201 —212
June, 1858. Montreal. (Concluded in) Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 3, No 4,
Art. 24, pp. 241—260. August, 1858. Montreal.
Coal tn Canada. The Bowmanville Discovery. Can. Nat. & Geol.,
Vol. 3, No. 3, Art. 23, pp. 212—223. June, 1858. Montreal.
A Week in Gaspé. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 3, 1858, pp. 321—331.
Montreal.
On Sea Anemones and Hydroid Polyps from the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Can.
Nat. & Geol.. Vol. 3, 1858, pp. 401--409. Montreal.
| 1859.
On Fossil Plants from the Devonian Rocks of Canada. Quart. Journs
Geol. Soc., Vol. 15, 1859, pp- 477—488. London, Eng.
On the Lower Coal Measures as developed in British America. (1858.)
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 15, 1859, pp. 62—76. London, Eng. Can. Nat.
& Geol., Vol. 4, 1859, pp. 303—305. Montreal.
On the Vegetable Structures in Coal. Quart. Journ. Geol. ‘Soc., Vol. 15,
1859, pp. 626—641. Can. Journ., Vol. 5, 1860, pp. 305—307. Toronto.
Additional Notes on the Post Pliocene Deposits of the St. Lawrence Valley.
Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 4, No. 1, 1859, pp. 23—39. February. Montreal.
On the Microscopic Structure of Some Canadian Limestones. Can. Nat. &
Geol., Vol. 4, 1859, pp. 161—169. Montreal.
284 Tue Ottawa NATURALIST. ' [March
On a Specimen of Aboriginal Pottery in the Museum of the Natural History
Society of Montreal, Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 4, 1859, pp. 186—190. Montreal.
Geological Survey of Canada. Can, Nat. & Geol., Vol. 3, 1859, pp. 220—
228. Montreal. (A Review.)
Recent Researches in the Devonian and Carboniferous Flora of British
America. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1859, pp. 308—310. Can. Nat.
& Geol., Vol. 4, 1859, pp. 297-298. Montreal.
Post-Tertiary of the St Lawrence Valley. Silliman’s Journal, vol. 27, 1859.
PP 434—437:
On a New Species of Stickleback. (Gasterosteus gvmnetes.) Can. Nat. &
Geol., Vol. 4, 1859, pp. 321—324. Montreal.
1860.
On the Fossil Plants of the Devonian Rocks of Canada, Can. Nat. &
Geol., Vol. 5, 1860, pp. 1—14._ Montreal,
On the Vegetable Structures in Coal. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. (London),
pp- 626—641, (with plates 17, 18, 19, 20). February. London, Eng.
Archaia, or Studies of the Cosmogony and Natural History of the Hebrew
Scriptures. 400 pp. B. Dawson & Son, Montreal ; Sampson, Low, Son &
Co., London, Eng.
On a Terrestrial Mollusk, a Chilognathous Myriapod, and some new species
of Reptiles from the Coal Formation of Nova Scotia, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,
Vol. 14, 1860, pp. 268—277. London, Eng. Abstract of paper Can.
Nat. & Geol., Vol. 5, No. 3, pp. 222-223. June, 1860. Montreal.
On the Tubicolous Marine Worms of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Can. Nat.
& Geol., Vol. 5, 1860, pp. 24—30. Montreal.
Review of ‘‘ Darwin on the Origin of Species by means of Natural Selec-
tion.”’ Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 5, No. 1, Art. III, Feb, 1860, pp. 1o0o—120,
Montreal.
On the Silurian and Devonian Rocks of Nova Scotia. Can. Nat. & Geol.,
Vol. 5, pp. 132—143- Montreal. (Same title and subject—published as
separate pamphlet, 28 pp.)
Notice of Tertiary Fossils from Labrador, Maine, &c., and Remarks on the
Climate of Canada, in the Newer Pliocene or Pleistocene Period. Can. Nat. &
Geol., Vol. 5, No. 3, Art. XV, June, 1860, pp. 188—200. Montreal.
Professor Hall's Report on the Geology of Jowa. Vol. 1, Pts. 1 & 2. Can,
Nat. & Geol., Vol. 5, No. 3, pp. 213—215. June, 1860. (Review) Montreal.
Paleontological Note by Dr. Dawson in Paper by Rev. D. Honeyman on
new Localities of Fossiliferous Silurian Rocks in Eastern Nova Scotia, Can,
Nat. & Geol., Vol. 5, No. 4, Art. 41, pp. 297—299 (printed 197—199) August,
1860. Montreal.
Notes on the Coal Fields of Pictou, by Henry Poole. Can. Nat. & Geol.,
Vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 285-286 and 291-293 (printed 192-193). August, 1860. Mon-
treal. (Paleontological and other notes by J. W. D. at pages indicated.)
a ee we
1900] APPENDIX TO PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 285
Notes on the Earthquake of October, 1860. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 5,
1860, pp. 363—372. Montreal.
Notes on Aboriginal Antiquities recently discovered in the Island of Mon-
treal. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 5, No. 6, Dec., 1860, Art. 52, pp. 430—449.
Montreal.
Supplementary Chapter to Acadian Geology. 1zmo. 7o pp. Wood en-
gravings of fossils. Edinburgh.
On an undescribed Fossil Fern from the Lower Coal Measures of Nova
Scotia. (Abstract) Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 5, No. 6, Dec., 1860, pp. 460-461.
Montreal. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 17, 1861, p. 5. London, Eng.
Note on a Specimen of Neera collected by Mr. R. S. Fowler, and exhibited
to the Natural History Society of Montreal. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 5, No. 6,
Dec., 1860, pp. 461-462. Montreal.
Note on Relics of the Red Indian of Newfoundland collected by Mr. Smith
McKay, and exhibited to the Natural History Society. Can. Nat. & Geol.,
Vol. 5, No. 6, half page 462. Dec., 1860. Montreal.
1861. .
Archéologie Canadienne. De quelque sépultures danciens indigenes de
? Amérique découverts a Montréal. (Traduit du “Canadian Naturalist” et
annoté pour le ‘‘ Journal de I’Instruction Publique.”) 24 pp. Impr. Eusebe
Senecal, Montreal, 1861. (Canadian Pamphlets, Nos. 473 & 104, Library of
Parliament, Ottawa, Canada.)
Notes on the Geology of Murray Bay, Lower St. Lawrence. Can. Nat. &
Geol., Vol, 6, pp. 138—151. (With list of Cambro-Silurian and Post-Ter-
tiary fossils and description of Lingula Eva, by E. Billings, p. 150.) Mon-
treal.
On the Precarboniferous Flora of New Brunswick, Maine, and Eastern
Canada. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 6, 1861, pp. 161:—180. Montreal.
The Earthquake of July rz, 1861. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 6, No. 4,
p- 329, August, 1861. Montreal. :
On the Recent Discoveries of Gold in Nova Scotia. Can. Nat. & Geol.,
Vol. 6, 1861, pp. 417—433 Montreal.
On an Erect Sigillaria from the South Joggins, Nova Scotia. Journ, Geol.
Soc., Vol. 17, 1861, pp. 522—524. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 7, 1862, pp. 106—
111. Montreal.
Note on a Carpolite from the Coal Formation of Cape Breton. Journ. Geol,
Soc., Vol. 17, 1861 pp. 525-526. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 7, 1862, pp. 111—
113. Montreal.
1862.
Synopsis of the Course of Zoology McGill University (Montreal), Session
1862-63. 17 pp. (General view, functions and classification of the Animal
Kingdom.) Montreal.
—.
286 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. | [March
Notice of the Discovery of Additional Remains of Land Animals in the Coal
Measures of the South Joggins, Nova Scotia, Quart. Journ. Geol, Soc.,Vol. 18
1862, pp. 296—328. Silliman’s Journ., Vol. 35, 1863, pp- 311—319.
Note on Mr. Leslie's Paper on the Coal Measures of Cape Breton. Proc.
Phil. Soc. Amer., Vol. 9, 1862-63, pp. 165—170. ;
On the Flora of the Devonian Period in North Eastern America. Quart.
Journ. Geol. Sec. vol. 18, pp. 296—330. (0, Localities; N. Y., Maine, Canada,
N. Br. 2. Deseriptions of Species. 3. Conclusion.) Nov. 1862, London, Eng.
(Opposite page 329 an additional ipseS or appendix, | earing date September,
1862, was inserted.)
Notes on the Flora of the White salsa in its Geographical and Geolo-
gical Relations. Can. Nat. & Geol. vol. 7., 1862. pp. 80—102.. Montreal.
On the Erect Sigillaria a Carpolite, pe Nova Scotia. Can. Nat. & Geol.
vol. 7, pp. 106-113. Montreal.
On the Footprints of Limulus as compared with the Protichnites of the Pots-
dam Sandstone. Can. Nat. & Geol., vol. 7, 1862, pp. 271—277. Montreal.
Zoological Classification of Celenterata and Protozoa versus Radiata. Can.
Nat. & Geol. vol. 7, 1862. pp. 438—443. Montreal.
On the Footprints of Limulus as compared with the Protictinites of the Pots-
dam Sandstone. (Abstract of paper in Can. Nat. and Geol.) Amer. Journ. Sc.,
vol. 34, scr. 2, pp. 446-447. New Haven, Conn. U.S. A.
1863.
The Duties of Educated Young Men in British America. (Being the An-
nual Alumni lecture of McGill University, Montreal. Session of 1863-4.) 24
pp-; John Lovell, Montreal, 1863. (Canadian pamphlets, No. 527, Library of
Parliament, Ottawa, Canada.)
Further Observations on the Devonian Plants of Maine, Gaspé and New
York. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 19, 1863, pp. 458—469.
Notice of a New Species of Dendrerpeton, and of the Dermal Coverings of
certain Carboniferous Reptiles. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 19, 1863. pp.
469-473.
On American Devonian. Silliman’s Journ. or Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 2,
vol. 35, 1863, pp. 309-311. New Haven.
Air Breathers of the Coal Period. A descriptive account of the land ani-
mals found in the Coal Formations of Nova Scotia, with remarks on their
bearings and theories of the formation of Coal and of the origin of species.
81 pp.; (with illustrations), June, 1863. Dawson Bros. Montreal.
Further Observations on the Devonian Plants of Maine, Gaspé and New
York. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., London, pp. 458—469, pls. 17-19. Nov., 1863.
London, Eng. ,
The Air-breathers of the Coal Period in Nova Scotia. Can. Nat. & Geol.
Vol. 8, 1863, pp. r—-12, 81—88, 159-160, 161—175, 268—295. Montreal.
ee —=
1g00] APPENDIX TO PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 287
Synopsis of the Flora of the Carboniferous Period in Nova Scotia, Can.
Nat. & Geol., Vol. 8, 1863, pp. 431—457- Montreal.
1864.
On Some Points in the History and Prospects of Protestant Education in
Lower Canada.
Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., (new series,) vol. 8, No. 6, pp. 340%54)
Montreal. Pamphlet, 1 page, issued Oct., 1877. Montreal.
The Earthquake of November 4, 1877. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci.,
vol. 8, No. 6, pp. 342-345. December, 1877. Montreal.
Lower Carboniferous Fishes of New Brunswick. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ.
Sci., vol. 8, No. 6, pp. 337—340. Montreal. Published as separate. 4 pp
Montreal.
( To be continued. )
muQ
“hh
‘noM
;
B
= CSS
PF
Ami— BIBLIOGRAPHY OF S1R Wm. Dawson. 295
1877.
Fossil Agricultural Implements. A note on American flint hoes. By
Principal Dawson. Separate, 4 pp. (Read Feb. 5, 1877). Trans. Victoria
Institute, London, Eng.
Plants from Quesnel (and) Plants from Blackwater. Geo. Surv. Can.,
Report of Progress for 1875-76, pp. 259-60. (In report of explorations in
British Columbia, by George M. Dawson.) Montreal, 1877.
New Facts Relating to Eozoon. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Buffalo meeting,
1876. (Printed at the Salem Press, Mass., May, 1877.) Philadelphia, Pa.
on te
~-ase Cvnuctaceans from Nova Scotia (Anthrapalemon
7 DIRECTIONS FOR BINDING.
——___
This fascicle contains the balance of the «
Bibli .
William Dawson,’ 1 liography of Sir
’ part of which was issued in Ma
: ; rch, 1900, pp.
279-294, as an ‘‘ Appendix to President’s Address deliver
‘ ed bef
the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club.” Mie
The Bibliography of the late E. Billings referred to in the
presidential address has been withdrawn for a time
EpITor.
Sal:
Notes on a Fossil Seal from the Leda-clay of the Ottawa Valley. (Read
before the Natural History Society [Montreal] October 29, 1877.) Can. Nat.
& Quart. Journ. Sci., new series, vol. 8, No. 6, pp. 340-341. Montreal.
Pamphlet, 1 page, issued Oct., 1877. Montreal.
Grand Eury on the Carboniferous Flora. (Being a review of Grand’Eury’s
Flore Carbonifére du départment de la Loire et du centre de la France.)
Reviewed in Amer. Journ. of Sci., 3rd ser., vol. 13, pp. 222—226. 1877. New
Haven, Conn.
Notes on a species of Diploxylon from the Coal Formation of Nova Scotia.
Quart. Journ. Geo. Soc., vol. 33, pp. 836—-842. 1877. London, Eng. Ann.
& Mag. Nat. Hist.. vol. 20, pp. 152-153. 1877. London, Eng. Can. Nat. &
-t. Journ. Sci., vol. 8, pp. 249-250. 1877. Montreal.
ve so-called ‘‘ Conflict of Science and Religion.” Popular Science
athly, vol. 10, pp. 72—74. 1877. Appleton & Co., New York,
204 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [March_
Note on the Phosphates of the Laurentian and Cambrian Rocks of Canada.
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 32, pp. 282—285. 1876. London. Phil. Mag.
vol. 1., pp. 558-559. 1876. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., (new series) vol.
8, pp. 162—170. 1878. Montreal.
Eozoon Canadense according to Hahn. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 18,
pp. 29—38. 1876. London, Eng.
On Mr. Carter's objections to Eozoon. (1875). Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,
vol. 17, pp. 118-119. 1876. London, Eng.
be Oe ee ee ee
Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., (new series,) vol. 8, No. 6, pp. 340%§4)""
Montreal. Pamphlet, 1 page, issued Oct., 1877. Montreal.
The Earthquake of November 4, 1877. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci.,
vol. 8, No. 6, pp. 342 —345. December, 1877. Montreal.
Lower Carboniferous Fishes of New Brunswick. Can, Nat. & Quart. Journ.
Sci., vol. 8, No. 6, pp. 337—340. Montreal. Published as separate. 4 pp
Montreal.
( To be continued. )
muQ
Vv.
‘noM
i
“mee
<=
Ami— BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SIR Wm.- Dawson. 295
1877.
Fossil Agricultural Implements. A note on American flint hoes. By
Principal Dawson. Separate, 4 pp. (Read Feb. 5, 1877). Trans. Victoria
Institute, London, Eng.
Plants from Quesnel (and) Plants from Blackwater. Geo. Surv. Can.,
Report of Progress for 1875-76, pp. 259-60. (In report of explorations in
British Columbia, by George M. Dawson.) Montreal, 1877.
New Facts Relating to Kozoon. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Buffalo meeting,
1876. (Printed at the Salem Press, Mass., May, 1877.) Philadelphia, Pa.
Note on two Paleozoic Crustaceans from Nova Scotia (Anthrapalemon
(Paleocarabus) Hillianum. new sp. & Homalonotus Dawsoni, Hall. Geol.
Mag., Dec. 2, vol. 4, pp. 56—58. London, 1877.
Fossil Floras and Glacial Periods. Nature, vol. 16, pp. 67-68. London.
1877.
The Earthquake of November 4, 1577. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci.,
vol. 8, No. 6, pp. 342—345- 1877. Montreal. (Reprinted as separate, 4 pp.
Montreal.) Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. I5, Pp. 321-—324. 1878. New Haven,
Conn.
The Origin of the World, according to Revelation and Seience. 438 pp.
Dawson Bros., Montreal, 1877.
( Remarks on Geology of Belwil and Vicinity.) Can, Nat. & Quart. Journ.
Sci., new series, vol. 9, No. 5, pp. 286 -288. July, 1877, Montreal.
Annual Address to Natural History Society of Montreal ; Pleistocene
History. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., new series, vol. 8, No. 5, pp. 293—
303. July, 1877. Montreal.
Lower Carboniferous Fishes of New Brunswick. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ.
vol. 8, No. 6, pp. 337-340. Montreal. Published as separate, 4 pp.
al.
Notes on a Fossil Seal from the Leda-clay of the Ottawa Valley. (Read
before the Natural History Society [Montreal] October 29, 1877.) Can. Nat.
& Quart. Journ. Sci., new series, vol. 8, No. 6, pp. 340-341. Montreal.
Pamphlet, 1 page, issued Oct., 1877. Montreal.
Cos
Grand Eury on the Carboniferous Flora, (Being a review of Grand’Eury’s
Flore Carbonifére du départment de la Loire et du centre de la France.)
Reviewed in Amer. Journ. of Sci., 3rd ser., vol. 13, pp. 222—226. 1877. New
Haven, Conn.
Notes on a species of Diploxylon from the Coal Formation of Nova Scotia.
Quart. Journ. Geo. Soc., vol. 33, pp. 836—842. 1877. London, Eng. Ann.
& Mag. Nat. Hist.. vol. 20, pp. 152-153. 1877. London, Eng. Can. Nat. &
-t. Journ. Sci., vol. 8, pp. 249-250. 1877. Montreal.
vé so-called ‘‘ Conflict of Science and Religion.” Popular Science
athly, vol. 10, pp. 72—74. 1877. Appleton & Co., New York.
296 Tue OtTTawa NATURALIST.
1878.
(Bibliography of John William Dawson.) Catalogue of Scientific Papers
(1864-73), compiled and published by the Royal Society of London, vol. 7,
pp. 497499: London, Eng. (50 titles, with references.)
Evolution and the Apparition of Animal Forms. Princeton Review,
vol. 1, pp. 662—675. New York.
Presidential Address, Natural Hist. Soc., Montreal, delivered May 18, 1878 ;
includes biographical sketches of Dr. Philip Pearsall Carpenter, Prof. Charles
Frederick Hartt, and Dr. John Bell. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 8,
No. 8, pp. 445—450. 1878. Montreal.
Stromatopora as distinguished from Millepora. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,
vol. 2, pp. 28—30. 1878. London, Eng.
On the Miscroscopic Structure of Stromatoporide and on Paleozoic Fossils,
mineralized with Silicates in illustration of Eozoon. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,
vol. 35, pp. 48—66, pl. 3—5. 1878. London, Eng.
Supplement to the second edition of Acadian Geology, containing additional
facts as to the Geological Structure, Fossil Remains and Mineral Resources of
Nova Scotia, New Brunswick and Prince Edward Island. 102 pp. London
Issued as separate for 3d Edit. Acadian Geology. 818 pages. 1878. Dawson
Bros., Montreal.
The Present Rights and Duties of Science. Princeton Review, Nov. 1878,
pp. 674—696. New York. Also printed separately, same year,
Notes on some Scottish Devonian Plants. (Read before the Edinburgh
Geol. Soc., Dec. 20, 1877.) Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 8, No. 7,
pp- 379—389, pl. 4, April, 1878. Montreal. Issued as separate pamphlet, te pp.,
with one plate.)
1879.
Genesis and Migration of Plants. Princeton Review, vol. 3, pp. 277—294-
1879. New York. Nature, vol. 20, pp. 257-258. 1879. London, Eng.
Points of Contact between Science and Revelation. Princeton Review,
vol. 4, pp. 579-606. New York, 1879.
Moebius on Eozoon Canadense. Amer. Journ. Sci. & Arts, vol. 17, pp.
196—202, March. New Haven, Conn. Can. Nat, & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol.
9, No. 2, pp. 105—112, June, 1879. Montreal.
Semi-metamorphic Fossiliferous Rocks containing Serpentine. Amer.
Journ. Sci. & Arts, ser. 3, vol. 17, pp. 327-328. 1879. New Haven, Conn.
List of Tertiary Plants from localities in the Southern part of British Col-
umbia, with description of a new species of Equisetum. Geol. Surv. of Can.
Rep. of Progress for 1877-78, pp. 186B-187B. 1879. (Dawson Bros.) Montreal.
Remarks on recent papers on the Geology of Nova Scotia. Can. Nat. &
Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 9., No. 1, pp. 1—16, 1879. Montreal. Published
as separate pamphlet, 16 pp, February, 1879. Montreal.
AmI—BIBLioGRAPHY OF SiR Wm. Dawson. 297
A Canadian Pterygotus (Pterygotus Canadensis), Can. Nat. & Quart.
Journ. Sci., vol. 9, No. 2, pp. 103—105. June, 1879. Montreal. Also issued
as separate pamphlet. Montreal, 1879.
Note on recent Controversies respecting Eozoon Canadense. Can. Nat. &
Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 9, No. 4, pp. 228—240. 1879. Montreal. Published
as separate pamphlet, 12 pp. Montreal, 188r,
The Ouebec Group of Sir William Logan, etc. Annual Address of the Pre-
sident before the Natural History Society of Montreal for May roth, 1879.
Can, Nat., pp. 165—180, 1879. Issued as separate 15 pp.
1880.
Lecture Notes on Geology, and Outline of the Geology of Canada for the
"use of Students, with Figures of Characteristic Fossils. 96 pp. Dawson Bros.,
Montreal, 1880.
Haeckel on the Evolution of Man, Princeton Review, vol. 5, pp- 444—464.
1880. New York.
Fossil Men and their Modern Representatives ; an attempt to illustrate the
Characters and Conditions of pre-Historic Man in Europe by those of the
American Races. 348 pp. Dawson Bros., Montreal.
Future of McGill University. Anuual University Lecture, session 1880.
19 pp. Montreal. (Bound with Dr. J. W. Dawson's paper ‘‘ On the Course
of Collegiate Education. Peter Redpath Library, Montreal.)
Notes on the Limestones from the Gneiss Formation of Brazil. Amer.
Journ. Sci., ser. 3, vol. 19, p. 326. 1880. New Haven, Conn.
Notes on Fossil Plants Collected by Dr. Selwyn in the Lignite Tertiary
Formation of Roches Percées, Souris River, Manitoba. Geol. Surv. Can., Rep.
of Progress, 1879-80. Appendix pp. 51A.--55A. Can. Nat. & Quart Journ.
Sci., vol. 9, No. 7, pp. 447-448. 1880. Montreal.
The Chain of Life in Geslogical Time. A Sketch of the Origin and Evolu-
tion of Animals and Plants. 8vo., xvi pp., 272 pp-, 192 figures in the text and
several landscapes. London, 188o.
Revision of the Land Snails of the Paleozoic Era, with Descriptions of
New Species. Amer. Journ. Sci. & Art, vol. 20, pp. 403-415, Nov., 1880.
New Haven, Conn.
New facts respecting the Geological Relations and Fossil Remains of the
Silurian Iron Ores of Pictou, Nova Scotia. Read before Nat. Hist. Soc.,
Montreal, April, 1880. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 9, No. 6, pp.
332—345- Montreal. Published as separate pamphlet, 15 pp. Montreal,
April, 1880.
Notes on the Geological Reiations of the Fossil Insects from the Devonian of
New Brunswick. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. Ann. Memoirs, pp. 34—41, (In-
cluded in ‘‘The Devonian Insects of New Brunwick.”) By S. H. Scudder,
1880. Boston.
298 Tue Orrawa NATUuURALIST.
1881.
Paleontological Notes
1. A New Species of Piloceras.
2. Saccamina? ( Calcisphera) Eriana. (An Erian rhizopod of un-
certain affinities.
3. New Devonian Plants from the Bay de Chaleur.
Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 1—11, April, 1881. Montreal,
Notes on the New Erian ( Devonian) Plants (1880). Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc., vol. 37, pp- 299—308, 2 pl, (12-13). London, Eng. Noticed by Stein-
mann in Bot. Centr. Bd. 8, pp. 171-172. (Abstract) Amer. Journ. Sci., 3rd
series, vol. 22, p. 233. 1881. (Abstract) Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci.,
vol. 9, No. 8, pp: 475-476, March 17, 1881. Montreal.
Revision of Land Snails of the Paleozoic Era with Descriptions of New
Species. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 9, No. 8, pp. 449—463, March,
1881. Montreal.
Continental and Island Life. Princeton Review, vol. 8, pp. I—29. 1881.
New York.
Note on Specimens of Ptilophyton and Associated Fossils collected by Dr. H.
S. Williams, in the Chemung Shales of Ithaca, New York. (Abstract) Proc.
Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 30th Meeting, Cincinnati, vol. 30, p. 204. 1881.
(Whole volume issued in 1882.)
Genesis and Modern Thought. Kansas City Review, 8vo. vol, 4, pp.
170—175, 1881. Kansas City, Mo.
The Antiquity of Man and the Origin of Species. WKassas City Review,
8vo. vol. 4, pp. 530—5363 595—600. 1881. Kansas City, Mo.
Geological Features of Bible Lands. Kansas City Review, 8vo. vol. 4, pp-
672—674. 1881. Kansas City, Mo.
The Oldest Known Insects. Nature, vol. 24, pp. 483-484. 1881. London,
Eng.
Note on Cretaceous Fossil Plants from the Peace River Country. Geol and
Nat. Hist. Surv. Can., Report of Progress for 1879-80, pp. 120B—122B, (in-
cluded in G. M, Dawson's Report on the Exploration of the Northern part of
British Columbia. 1881. Montreal.
Note on Spirorbis contained in an Ironstone Nodule from Mazon Creek,
with Millipede. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 21, pp. 157-158, March 2,
1881. Boston.
Note (by Dr. J. W. Dawson) on the Structure of a Specimen of Uphantenia
from the Collection of the American Museum of Natural History, New York City.
Bull, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. No. 1, pp. 12-13. 1881. New York. Amer.
Journ. Sci., vol. 22, pp. 132-133, August, 1881. New Haven, Conn. 1881.
Note on a Fern associated with Platephemera antiqua Scudder. ( Pecopteris
serrulata, Hartt.) Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 10, No. 2, pp. 102—
104, December, 1851. Montreal. :
AmI—BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SiR Wm. Dawson. 299
Note on the Geology of the Peace River Region. Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 3,
vol. 21, pp. 391--364. 1881. New Haven, Conn.
Additional Observations on the Superficial Geology of British Columbia
and Adjacent Regions. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 37, pp. 272—285. 1881.
London, Eng. (Abstract) Phil. Mag., N.S., vol. 11, pp. 539-540. Edinburgh.
Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 3, vol. 22, pp. 75 -77. 1881. New Haven, Conn.
The Future of McGill University, Annual University Lecture, Session
1880-81. 19 pp. Montreal. 1881.
Creative Development and Evolution. Contributed to The Expositor.
36 pp. Printed for private circulation.
1882.
On the Result of Recent Explorations of Erect Trees containing Reptilian
Remains in the Coal Formation of Nova Scotia. Roy. Soc. Proc., vol 33, No.
218, pp. 254—256, Jan., 1882. London, Eng. Issued as separate, pp. I—3,
also in Can. Ree. Sci., vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 252—254, June 1882. Montreal.
Notes on Prototaxites and Pachytheca discovered by Dr. Hicks in the Den-
bighshire Grits of Corwen, N. Wales. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 38,
pp. 102—106. 1882. London. Geol. Mag., N.S., vol. 9, pp. 40-41. 1882.
London, Eng.
Recent Discoveries in the Erian (Devonian) Floras of the United States.
Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. 24, pp. 338—345. 1882. New Haven, Conn.
Facts and Fancies in Modern Science. 238 pp. American Baptist Publica-
tion Society, Philadelphia, Pa. 1882. —
Comparative View of the Successive Paleozoic Floras of Canada. Proc.
Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., vol. 31, pp. 415-416, Aug. 1882. Can. Nat. & Quart.
Journ. Sci., vol. 10, pp. 372—377, 1882. Montreal.
Recent History of McGill University, being the Annual University Lecture,
1882-83. Montreal, 1882. 19 pp.
Communication on a Paper by Dr. Southall on ‘* Pliocene Man.” Trans.
Victoria Institute, vol. 15, pp. 205—208. London, 1882.
Report on the Peter Redpath Museum McGill University. No. 1, April,
1882. Montreal. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ., Sci., vol. 10, No. 3, pp. 185—
190, April 1882, Montreal.
188 3.
On Two Paleozoic Rhizocarps: Sporangites Braziliensis and S. bilobata
(Protosalvinia. ) Paper read at Minneapolis meeting Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci.,
1883. Amer. Nat., vol. 17, p. 1168, Nov., 1883.
Annual Report of the McGill University, Montreal, for the year 1882.
(Printed by permission of His Excellency the Governor-General, Visitor of the
University.) 7 pp. (Signed by J. W. 1. as Vice-Chancellor.)
(Opening Address of the President.) Royal Society of Canada, Proceed-
ings and Transactions, vol. 1, pp. vi—xi, published 1883. Montreal.
300 THe Orrawa NATURALIST.
The Presidential Address. (Being a summary of arguments for the need,
and basis for establishment, of a Society with a national character to encourage
science and literature in Canada,) Roy. Soc. Can. Proc. & Trans., vol. 1 ;
proceedings, pp. lii—lvii. 1883. Montreal.
On the Cretaceous and Tertiary Floras of British Columbia and the North-
West Territory. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., Sec. 4, vol. 1, pp. 15—34. 1883.
Montreal.
The Quebec Group. Appendix A. (Life of Sir William E. Logan, Kt., by
B. J. Harrington, B.A., Ph.D.) pp. 403—418. Dawson Bros., Montreal.
Canadian Pleistocene. Geol. Mag., Dec. 2, vol. 10, No. 3, pp. 111—113.
March, 1883. London, Eng. Issued as separate pamphlet 3 pp.
On portions of the skeleton of a whale from gravel on the line of the Cana-
dian Pacific Railway near Smith's Falls, Ont. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ.
Sci., vol. 10, No. 7, pp. 385—387. March, 1883, Montreal. Amer. Journ. Sci.,
vol. 25, pp. 200—202. 1883. New Haven, Conn.
Preliminary notice of new fossils from the Lower Carboniferous Limestones
of Nova Scotia and Newfoundland. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 10,
No. 7, pp. 411—416. March, 1883. Montreal.
Notice of Graptolites of the Quebec group, collected by Mr. James Richardson
Jor the Peter Redpath Museum. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 10, No.
8, pp. 461—463, July, 1883. Montreal.
On the Geological relation and mode of preservation of Eozoon Canadeiise.
Brit. Assoc. Report, 1883, p. 494. London.
Comparative view of the successive Paleozoic Floras of Canada. (1882.)
Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci. Proc., vol. 31, pp. 415-416. 1883. Salem, Mass.
On some unsolved problems in Geology. Extr. Presidential Address.
Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci. Proc., Minneapolis meeting. 29 pp., I—29. 1883.
Salem Press, Mass. Nature, vol. 28, pp. 449—455. 1883. London.
Some unsolved problems in Geology, Popular Science Monthly, New York,
D. Appleton. 8vo. vol. 23, pp. 827—837. 1883. Parts 1 and 2 also issued as
separate from above, pp. 827—837.
Impressions on Potsdam Sandstone. Science, vol. 1, p. 177, 1883. New
York.
Appendix to Report on Peter Redpath Museum of McGill University,
No. 2. January, 1883. 22 pp. Montreal. (Report: pp. 1—6;) Contains :—
1. On portions of the skeleton of a whale from gravel on the line of the Cana-
dian Pacific Railway near Smith's Falls, Ontario. pp. 7 -9.
to
. Preliminary notice of new Fossils from the Lower Carbonizerous Lime-
stone of Nova Scotia and Newfoundland. pp. 10—15.
3. Graptolites of the Quebec group. pp, 15—17.
4. Notice of collections. Logan Memorial Collection. pp. 18—20. January
1883. Montreal.
AMI— BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SIR Wm. Dawson. 301
1884.
Notes on Prehistoric Man in Egypt and the Lebanon. (Author's copy.)
Read and distributed May 6, 1884, before Victoria Institute, London, Eng.
15 pp., 2 pls. ‘
Observations on the Geology of the line of the Canadian Pacific Railway,
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., London. vol. 40, pp. 376--388, August, 1884.
London, Eng. (Read April 23rd, 1884.)
Address on some unsolved problems in Geology. Amer. Asso. Adv. Sci.
Proc., 32nd meeting, Minneapolis. 1883. Salem. 8vo., pp. 1—27. Whole
volume issued 1884.
Notes on the Geology of Egypt. Geol. Mag., new series, Dec. 3, vol. 1,
PP- 385—393 3 PP- 439442; pp. 481— 484, and p. 576. London, 1884.
Notes on the Geology of the Nile Valley. Geol. Mag., new series, Dec. 3,
vol. 1, pp. 289—292, July, 1884. London, Eng.
On the more ancient Land Floras of the Old and New Worlds. Geol. Mag.,
new series, Dec. 3, vol. 1, pp. 469-470, Oct., 1884. London, Eng. Brit.
Assoc. Adv. Sci. (Montreal meeting) 1 p. (Abstract of paper.) Brit. Assoc.
Rep., pp. 238-239; Spottiswood & Co., 1884. London, Eng.
Comparisons of the Icebergs of Belle Isle with the Glaciers of Mont Blanc,
with reference to the boulder clays of Canada. pp. 1—14. Edinburgh,
On Rhizocarps in the Paleozoic period. Abstract. 1883 meeting. Amer,
Assoc. Edv. Sci. Proceedings, vol. 32, pp. 260—z264. 1884. Salem. Published
as separate pamphlet, 8 pp.; proof copy distributed at meeting.
‘Remarks on Sir G. Stoke's paper on the absence of opposition between Science
and Revelation. Trans. Victoria Institute, vol. 17 pp. 219-220. London, 1884.
Man in Nature. Princeton Review, vol. 4, pp. 219—232. New York.
Report on the Higher Education of Women. (Presented to the Corpora-
tion of McGill University, Oct., 1884.) 14 pp. Montreal, 1884.
The Higher Education of Women in connection with McGill University.
Pamphlet, 12 pp. Dec., 1884. Montreal. (Reprinted from Gazette.)
Annual University Lecture, Session 1884-85. 8 pp. (Gazette, Nov. 8,
1884, Montreal.)
Canadian and Scottish Geology. An address delivered before the Edin-
burgh Geological Society, delivered May 26th, 1884.
The late T. Gwyn Jeffreys, M.D., F.R.S. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 1, No. 2,
pp. 12t—122, 1884.
1885.
On the Mesozoic Floras of the Rocky Mountain region of Canada. Trans.
Roy. Soc. Can., vol. 3, sect. 4, pp. 1—22, 4 pls. 1885. Montreal. (Whole
volume issued 1886.)
302 THE Otrawa NATURALIST.
Ancient Insects and Scorpions. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 207-208,
1885. Montreal.
Mesozoic Floras, Rocky Mountain region of Canada. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 1,
No. 3, pp. 141—45. 1885. Montreal.
Canadian and Scottish Geology. (An address delivered May 26th, 1884,
before the Edinburgh Geological Society at the close of the session, 1883-84,
Trans. Edinb. Geol. Soc., vol. 5, p. 112—122. 1885. Edinburgh.
Egypt and Syria, their physical features in relation to Bible History. (By-
paths of Bible Knowledge series) No. 6, 192 pp. Publishers: The Religious
Tract Society, London, Eng. (Printed in Oxford, 1835.)
Notes on Prehistoric Man in Egypt and the Lebanon, Trans, Victoria
Institute, vol. 18, pp. 287—313. London, 1885. (Read and advance sheets
distributed May 6th, 1884; published 1885.) ts
A modern type of plant in the Cretaceous. Science, vol. 5, June 26th, 1885,
p- 514.
On a Jurasso-Cretaceous Flora in the Rocky Mountains. Science, vol. 5,
June 26th, 1385, pp. 531-532.
The Chain of Life in Geological Time. A sketch of the succession of
Animals and Plants. Second revised edition London, 1885.
The Cretaceous Floras of Canada. Nature, Nov. 12, 1885, pp. 32—34-
(From advance sheets of Trans. Roy. Soc. Can.)
Appendix to Modern Science in Bible Lands. With map. pp. 537—599-
Hodder & Stoughton, London, Eng. 1885.
Notes on the Geology and Fossil Floras of Prince Edward Island by J. W.
D. & Francis Bain. Communicated to the Royal Society of Canada at its
meeting in Ottawa, May, 1885. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 1, No. 3, July, 1885,
pp- 154161. (Illustrated.) Issued as separate. Montreal.
Guide to Visitors to the Peter Redpath Museum of McGill University.
14 pp. Montreal, 1885.
1886.
The Origin of the World according to Revelation and Science. Fourth edi-
tion, with corrections and additions. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 27
Paternoster Row. 1886. 8vo. 2 pls., 438 pp.
On Rhizocarps in the Evian ( Devonian ) period in America. Bull. Chicago
Acad. of Sci., vol. 1, No. 9, 13 pp-, 1 pl. 8vo. pp. 105—118. Review by Weiss
in N. Jahrb, f. Min., 1888, vol. 1, Heft., 3, p. 478.
On Canadian examples of supposed Fossil Alge. Geol. Mag., new series,
Dec. 3, vol. 3, pp. 503—505- 1886. Also Rep. 56th meeting Brit, Assoc. Ady.
Sci., pp. 551—553- London, Eng.
AmI- -BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SIR Wm. DAwson. 303
On the Fossil Flora of the Laramie series of Western Canada. Amer. Journ.
Sci., 3rd series, vol. 32, 1886, pp. 242-243. New Haven. Amer. Nat., vol.
20, pp- 157-158. Feb., 1886. Philadelphia.
The Fossil Plants of the Erian ( Devonian) and Upper Silurian formations
of Canada. Pt. 2. Montreal, 1882. Reviewed by Weiss in Neues Jahrbuch
f. Min., &c., 1886. vol. 1, Heft. 1, pp. 131— 133.
Handbook of Zoology with examples from Canadian species, recent and
fossil, by Sir J. W. Dawson. 3rd edition, revised and enlarged. Montreal;
Dawson Bros. 1886. 12mo., 304 pp. & 19 pls.
The Geological History of the North Atlantic. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci.,
Birmingham meeting, Sept., 1886. Montreal, 1886. 50 pp. 8vo. separate.
Notes on the Geological relations of Rocks from Assouan and its neighbour-
hood. Geol. Mag., March, 1886. Dec. 3, vol. 3, No. 3, pp. 101—103. March,
1886. Montreal.
Notes on Pleistocene Fossils from Anticosti. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 3, No. 1,
Jan., 1886. Montreal, pp. 49 -48. Issued as separate, pp. 46-47. (By J. W.
Dew Lt. Colt C: C. Grant.)
Address of the President, Sir William Dawson, at the Association of
Protestant Teachers of the Province of Quebec, Montreal meeting, 1886. 12 pp.
1886. Montreal. ;
Recent discussions ef the First chapter of Genesis. The Expositor, 3rd
series, No. XVI. April, 1886, pp. 284 —301. London : Hodder & Stoughton.
The present status of the Darwinian theory of Evolution... Homiletic
Review, Vol. XI, No. 5, p. 373. 1887.
1887.
Address of the President. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 56th Meeting, Birming-
ham, Eng. 1886, pp. 1-—16, London.
Presidential Address : Some points in which American * Geological Science is
indebted 10 Canada. Trans. ‘Roy. Soc., vol. 4, Sect. 4, pp; 1—8, 1887.
Montreal.
The University in relation to Professional Education ; being the Annual
University Lecture. 1887-88. 12 pp. Montreal, 1887.
Relation of McGill University to Legal Education. (Letter to Montrea
Gazette, April 19, 1887.) 8vo. Reprint. Montreal. 4 pp.
The Story of the Earth and Man. gth edition. London, 1887. 8vo.
pp x1 and 1—411, with numerous illustrations.
Fossil Wood from the Western Territories of Canada. Nature, vol. 36, 1887,
No. 925, pp. 274-275. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 2, No. 8, 1887, pp. 499—-502.
Montreal.
Gold, Bedolach and Shoham Stone, a Geographical and Mineralogical
“ Study of Genesis II, vv. 10--14.” The Expositor, No. 27, pp. 201—215,
March, 1887.
304. Tue Otrawa NATURALIST.
1888.
The Geological History of Plants. (Manual for use of students ; and
bringing the studies of Sir William to date in one memoir.) The International
Scientific series, vol. 61, (with illustrations,) 294 pp. Appleton & Co. 1888.
New York. pp. 1—294, 8vo. (Note to chap. 2 on Prototaxites by Prof,
Penhallow, pp. 42—44, Many woodcuts; some new species.) Reviewed :
(1) Public Opinion, vol. 4. No. 47, pp. 514-515. (2) Bot. Gazette, vol. 13, No.
6, vol. 13, pp. 167-168. Also reviewed in (3) Appleton’s Literary Bull., New
York, July, 1888, pp. 17-18. (4) Science, vol. 11, No. 273, p. 203. April, 1888,
On the Mesozoic Floras of the Rocky Mountains of Canada. Reviewed in
Neues Jahrbuch f. Min. Geol. Pal., 1888, vol. 1, Heft 3, p. 480.
Remarks on a paper on Caves by Prof. Hughes, F. R.S. Trans. Victoria
Institute, vol. 21, pp. 97-98. 1888. London.
Remarks on a paper on Evolution. Trans. Victoria Institute, vol. 21,
pp. 299. 1888. London.
Notes on Fossil Wood and other Plant remains from the Cretaceous and
Laramie formations of the Western Territories of Canada. Trans. Roy. Soc.
Can., vol. 5, sect. 4, art. 3, pp. 31—37. 1888. Montreal.
Note on Fossil Wood and other Plant Remains from the Cretaceous and
Laramie formations of the Western Territories of Canada. Reviewed in Amer.
Geol., vol. 1, No. 3, March, 1888, pp. 195—197. Review by Knowlton. in
Bot. Gazette, vol. 13, No. 6, June, 1888.
On the use of the term ‘‘ Taconic.” International Congress of Geology,
American Committee report B, p. 17, 1888. Also American Geologist, vol. 2,
p. 207, 1888. Minneapolis.
On nomenclature, subdivisions, characteristics, evidence of life, origin of
some members of the Archean, origin of serpentines, classification of Archean
eruptives, and nomenclature of Lower Paleozoic. International Congress of
Geology, Amer. Com. reports, 1888, I. p. 71. 1888,
. On the Eozooic and Paleozoic Rocks of the Atlantic Coast of Canada, in
comparison with those of Western Europe and the Interior of America. Quart.
Journ, Geol. Soc., vol. 44. pp. 797—817. 1888. London. Also in Proc. Geol.
Soc. London for May 23rd, 1888, with discussion. Abstracts. Geol. Mag.,
Dec. 3, vol. 5, pp. 331-332. 1888. London. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 3, No. 3,
pp. 182-183; vol. 3, No. 4, 230-231 (being a duplicate of Abstract on pages
182-183, without discussion). 1888, Montreal. Nature, vol. 38, p. 142. Lon-,
don. Popular Science Monthly, vol. 36, p. 267. 1889.
Modern Science in Bible Lands. With maps and illustrations. 606 pp.
Dawson Bros., Montreal.
The Historical Deluge in its relation to Scientific discovery and to present
day questions. With appendix. Present Day Tracts. 56 pp. The Religious
Tract Society, London, Eng. No. 76. 1888,
AmI—BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SIR Wm Dawson. 305
The Earliest Plants. (From Geological History of Plants.) Popular
Science Monthly, vol. 32, No. 6, April, 1888, pp. 787—795, 6 woodcuts.
Notes on new facts relating to Eozoon Canadense. Geol. Mag., Dec. 3,
vol. 5, No. 2, pp. 49—54, Feb. 1888, plate iv.
The Constitution of McGill University. Being the annual University
lecture of the session 1888-1889. 11 pp. Reprinted from Gazette, Montreal,
Nov. 16, 1888.
On the correlation of the Geological Structure of the Maritime Provinces of
Canada with that of Western Europe. Abstract. Ex. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 2,
No. 7, July, 1887, pp. 404—406. Montreal.
New species of Fossil Sponges from Little Metis, Province of Quebec, Canada.
(Reprintea from Can. Rec. Sci.) Peter Redpath Museum, McGill University,
Montreal, Notes on specimens. Bulletin. April 1888, pp. 49-59 (by J. W. D.).
On specimens of Eozoon Canadense and their geological and other relations,
Peter Redpath Museum, McGill University, Montreal, Notes on specimens,
1888. (106 pages, plus 1, illustrated.)
1889.
Ueber Einige devonische Pflanzen. (Z. D. G, G. Forme 41, pp. 533—554-)
Modern Science in Bible Lands. With maps and illustrations. New York,
Harper Bros. 1889. 12mo. vol. 15, 606 pp. including 12 pl. and 1 map.
Thoughts on Hospital Site. Letters to the Montreal Gazette, by ‘“‘An On-
looker.” 16 pp. Montreal, 1889.
Educated Women. An address before the Delta Sigma Society of McGill
University. 14 pp. Montreal, 1888. (Bound with paper on the Course of
Collegiate Education (1885) in Peter Redpath Library.)
Discipline in American Colleges. North American Review, July, 1889,
pp. 22— 26.
Genesis and some of its critics. The Contemporary Review, June, 1899,
pp. 900—909.
A new Evian (Devonian) Plant allied to Cordaites. Amer. Journ. Sci.,
vol. 38. July, 1889. Issued as separate pp,
Inauguration of Hon. Sir Donald A. Smith, K.C.M.G., LL.D., as Chan-
cellor, and Annual Address by the Principal. pp. 13—21. Report of the Gov-
ernors, etc. Montreal, 1889.
Notes on Fossil Wood and other plant remains from the Cretaceous and
Laramie formations of the Western Territories of Canada. Reviewed by Amer.
Geol., Vol. 1, No.3, March, 1888, pp. 195—197. Reviewed by Knowlton in
Bot. Gazette, Vol. 13, No. 6, 1888.
Note on Balanus Hameri in the pleistoceno of Riviere Beaudette, and on the
occurrence of peculiar varieties of the Mya areanaria and M., truncata in the
306 THe Ortawa NATURALIST.
modern sea and the Pleistocene. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 3, No. 5, pp. 287—292,
1889. Montreal.
On Fossil Sponges from beds of the Quebec Group of Sir William Logan at
Little Metis. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 3, No. 7. pp. 429-430. 1889, Montreal.
Review in Ottawa Naturalist vol. 3, 1889 (Ami) Ottawa.
Handbook of Geology for the use of Canadian Students. 250 pp. Dawson
Bros., Montreal.
Saccamina Eriana (communicated). Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. 37, p. 318,
April, 1889. New Haven, Conn.
Introductory Notes on Nematophyton and allied forms from the Devonian
( Erian ) of Gaspé and Baie de Chaleur by D. R. Penhallow. Trans. Roy. Soc.
Can. vol. 6, sect. 4, Art. 3, pp. 27—36 Pl. 1 and 2. Read May 25, 1888).
Whole volume issued 1889, Montreal.
On Cretaceous Plants from Port McNeill, Vancouver Island. (By J.W.D.
and Dr. G. M. Dawson). Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., vol. 6, sect. 4, pp. 71-72.
Montreal. (Abstract of same by J. W. Dawson in Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 3,
No. 3, page 167, 1888, Montreal.
Fossil Rhizocarps. ‘‘Nature,”’ vol. 41, page 10. London, Eng.
Determination of Fossil Plants from Rink Rapids, Lewis Valley, Yukon
District, collected by Dr. G. M. Dawson, in 1897 ( Note). Geol. and Nat. Hist.
Sur, Can. (annual report) vol. 3, pt. 1, pp. 146B—147B—149B. Montreal.
Supplementary Note to a paper on the Rocks of the Atlantic Coast of Canada.
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 45, pt. 3, No. 179, p. 80. August, 1899.
1890.
Nature as an Educator. Reprint from the Can. Rec. Sci., July, 1890.
Montreal. 8vo. pp. 171—182. Montreal.
Memoranda prepared for the information of the Board of Governors, Dec. 3,
1890. 8 pp. Montreal, 1890. (Bound with Dawson’s ‘‘On the Course of
Collegiate Education, 1885.” in Peter Redpath Library.)
On Certain Devonian Plants from Scotland. Nature, vol. 41, No. 23,
p- 537- London, April 10, 1890.
Note on the Geological Relations of the Fossil Plants from the Devonian of
New Brunswick. In Scudder’s ‘‘ The Fossil Plants of North America, with
notes of some European species.” pp. 186—193. 1890.
On certain remarkable new Fossil Plants from the Erian and Carboniferous
and on the characters and affirities of Paleozoic gymnosperms. Abstract.
Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 38th (Toronto) meeting, 1889. Published 1890.
On new Plants from the Evian and Carboniferous and on the characters and
affinities of Paleozoic Gymnosperms. Peter Redpath Museum, McGill Uni-
versity, Montreal. Note on specimens, 1890. (Reprinted from Can. Rec. Sci.,
Jan., 1890, pp. 1—28.) 28 pp. :
AMI— BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SiR Wm.- Dawson. 307
On Fossil Plants collected by Mr. R. G. McConnell on Mackenzie River and
by Mr. T. C. Weston on Bow River. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., vol. '7, sect. 4,
art. 5, pp. 69—74, pls. 10-11. 1890. Montreal.
Note on a Fossil Fish and Marine Worm found in the Pleistocene nodules of
Green’s Creek on the Ottawa. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 4, No. 2, pp. 86—88,
N.H.S. Montreal, April, 1890.
On New Species of Fossil Sponges from the Siluro-Cambrian at Little Metis,
on the Lower St. Lawrence. (Including Notes on Specimens by Dr. G. J.
Hinde, F.G.S.) Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., vol. 7, sect. 4, pp. 31--35. 1890.
Montreal.
On the Pleistocene Flora of Canada. 1. Geology of the Deposits ( Dawson ).
2. Note on the Pleistocene Plants ( Penhallow). Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 1,
pp. 411—434. 1890. Rochester, N.Y. (Conjointly with Prof. D. P. Penhallow.)
Modern Ideas in Evolution as related to Revelation and Science. 244 pp.
Religious Tract Society, London, Eng.
The Quebec Group of Logan. Reprinted from Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 4, No.
3, July, 1890, pp. 133—143. Montreal. Issued as separate.
On Burrows and Trails of Invertebrate Animals in Paleozoic Rocks and
other markings. Quart. Journ. Geol. Sci. for Nov., 1890, vol. 46, pp.595—617.
Discussion on same, p. 618. London. ;
1891.
On Burrows and Trails of Vertebrate Animals in Paleozoic Rocks and other
markings. Reviewed by Danain Amer. Journ. Sci., (3) vol. 41, pp. 245-246.
1891.
The Geology of Nova Scotia, New Brunswick and Prince Edward Island, or
Acadian Geology. By Sir J. William Dawson, LL.D. (etc., 7 lines). Fourth
edition, witha map, illustrations and two supplements. London, MacMillan &
Co.; Edinburgh, Oliver & Boyd; Montreal, Dawson Bros.; Halifax, A. & W.
McKinley; New York, Van Nostrand. 1891. 8vo., 14 (2) 27, 694, 103, 37 pp-
including 22 pts., 11 pl. Supplements are those to 2nd edition, 1878, and 4th
edition, 1891. 1 map.
Bibliography of Sir William Dawson. Catalogue and index of contribu-
tors to North American Geology, 1739—1891, by N. H. Darton. Bull. (U.S.A.)
Geol. Surv., No. 127, pp. 324—-330. Washington.
Note on Hylonomus Lyelli. With photographic reproduction of skeleton.
Plate 8. Geol. Mag., Dec. 3, vol. 8, No. 324, pp. 258-259. June, 1891. Lon-
don.
On new specimens of Dendrerpeton Acadianum, with remarks on other Car-
boniferous amphibians. Geol. Mag., Dec. 3, vol. 8, No. 324, pp. 145—156.
Illustrated. London. Issued as separate April, 1891.
Note on specimens of Fossil Wood from the Erian ( Devonian ) of New York
and Kentucky. (By J. W. D. & Prof. D. P. Penhallow.) Can. Rec. Sci., vol.
4, Jan., 1891, pp. 242—247, pl. 1, fig. 1 -4. Montreal.
308 THE Ottawa NATURALIST.
Note on a Shark and Ray obtained at Little Metis, in the Lower St. Law-
rence. Plate 4. Ex. Can. Rec. Sci., April, 1891, pp. 303—309.
The Canadian Student. Annual University lecture, McGill University,
Session 1891-92. Montreal.
Nature and Revelation as related to each other. Ex. Homiletic Review,
Jan., 1891. Ex. Public Opinion, Dec., 1891.
Carboniferous Fossils from Newfoundland. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 2,
pp. 529—540. Plates 21 and 22. May 27th, 1891. Rochester, N.Y.
The age of the Catskill Flora. Amer. Geol., vol. 7, p. 363. 1891. Minne-
apolis.
1892.
Memoranda and statement relating to benefactors exemptions and free
tuition to theological students in McGill University. Montreal. 1892. 8 pp.
Remarks on a paper by Mr. Rassam on the Garden of Eden locality. Trans.
Victoria Institute, vol. 25, p. 127. London. 1892.
Note on Fossil Sponges from the Quebec group of Lower Cambrian-Silurian
age at Little Metis, Canada. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., pp. 409-410, vol. 4.
1892.
Supplementary report on explorations of erect trees containing animal
remains in the Coal Formation of Nova Scotia. Proc. Roy. Soc., vol. 54,
pp- 4-5. 1892. London. Reviewed April 25, 1892.
Modern Science in Bible Lands. With maps and illustrations. Popular
edition revised. Stoughton & Hodder, London. 400 pp.
Pre-historic times in Egypt and Palestine. North American Review, vol.
154, No. 6, pp. 672—683. 1892. New York. Jb7d, vol. 155, No. 1, pp. 69—83.
July, 1592. New York.
On mode of occurrence of remains of land animals in erect trees at the South
Joggins. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., vol. 9, sect. 4, (Read May 2oth, 1891)
pp- 127-128. 1892. Montreal.
Parka dicipiens. Notes on specimens from the collection of James Reid,
isq., Allan House, Blairgowrie, Scotland. Part I, Historical and Geographi-
cal. Trans. Roy. Soc. of Can., vol. 9, sect. 4, (1899,) pp. 3—8. Whole volume
issued 1892. Montreal.
Thomas Sterry Hunt, LL.D., F.R.S. (By Sir J. W. Dawson.) Can. Rec.
Sci., vol. 4, No. 3, pp. 145—149, with portrait. 1892, Montreal.
1893.
Notes on ornamental stones of Ancient Egypt. Trans. Victoria Institute,
vol. 26, pp. 265—282. London. 1893.
Causes of climatic changes. Trans. Victoria Institute, vol. 26, pp. 289—291.
London. 1893.
AMI—BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SIR Wm. Dawson. 309
The Canadian Ice Age, being notes on the Pleistocene geology of Canada
with especial reference to the life of the period, and its climatic conditions (and
lists of the specimens in the Museum). 301 pp.; pls. 8vo. Peter Redpath
Museum, McGill University, Montreal. William V. Dawson. Oct., 1893.
Lhe late Dr. John Strong Newberry. Can. Rec. Sci,, vol. 5, No. 6, p. 340.
8vo. Montreal. 1893.
Fossil Plants from Nanaimo and Queen Charlotte Islands. Paper read at
12th Annual Meeting of the Royal Soc. Can., May 22—25, 1893. Reported in
Science, June 9th, 1893, p. 315.
Geological Notes. Ex. Can. Rec. Sci., July, 1893, pp. 386—393. Montreal.
(J. W. D. Preliminary note on recent [Jan,, 1894] specimens of Batrachians
and other air-breathers in the Coal Formation of Nova Scotia.) Ex. Can. Rec.
Sci., 7 pp. [Separate.] Jan., 1894.
Some salient points in the Science of the Earth. 499 pages, 46 illustrations.
Hodder & Stoughton, 27 Paternoster Row, London. 1893.
The Origin of the World according to Revelation and Science. 6th edition.
Hodder & Stoughton, London, 1893. 452 pp.
The Study of Fossil Plants. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 5, 5 pp. 1893.
Rochester.
Loyalty. A letter to McGill students frém the Principal. Separate
pamphlet. 4 pp. Montreal. 1893.
Thirty-eight years of McGili, being the Annual University Lecture 1893-4.
12 pp. 1893. Montreal. (Reprinted from Montreal Medical Journal, 1894.)
On the correlation of early Cretaceous Floras in Canada and the United
States, and on some new plants of the period. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., vol. 10,
sect. 4 (Read June 2nd, 1892) pp. 79—83. Whole volume issued 1893.
Ottawa.
1894.
Syme salient points in the Science of the Earth. With 46 illustrations.
12mo. 5 pl., 496 pp. including go pl. Harper Bros., New York. 1894.
The Canadian Ice Age, being notes on the Pleistocene geology of Canada,
with especial reference to the life of the period, and tts climatic conditions.
Montreal, William V. Dawson. New York and London, The Scientific Pub-
lishing Company. 1894. 8vo. (11) 301 pp. including 6 pl.
Fossil Plants of Canada and tests of Climate, etc. Natural Science, vol. 4,
pp- 177--182. 1894.
Thoughts on an Ideal College for Women. An address delivered before the
Delta Ligma Society of McGill University. Dec, 13th, 1894. 16 pp. Montreal,
1894.
Remarks on Prestwich’s paper: Causes for the origin of the tradition of the
flood. Trans, Victoria Institute, vol. 27, p. 285. London, 1894.
310 Tue OTTawa NATURALIST.
Note on the genus Naiadites, as occurring in the Coal Formation of Nova
Scotia. With an appendix by Whitton Hind, M.D. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.,
Aug., 1894, vol. 1, pl. 20, pp. 435—442.-
Bivalve Mollusks of the Coal Formation of Nova Scotia. Rep. Can. Rec.
Sci., Oct., 1894. 18 pp. Separate. Illustrated.
Our record of Canadian Earthquakes. Ex. Can. Rec. Sci., Jan., 1894.
pp. 8—16.
Note on a paper on ‘‘ Eozoonal structure of the ejected blocks of Monte
Somma.” (Publication not indicated.) 4 pp. March, 1894. Montreal.
Address to the graduating class of the Presbyterian College, Montreal.
‘« Presbyterian Record,” vol. 19, No. 5, p. 116, Montreal, 1894.
Peter Redpath, Governor and Benefactor of McGill University and founder
of the Museum, Library, and Chair of Mathematics which bears his name, with
Historical Sketch of the Peter Redpath Museum. 39 pp. For the University.
“Witness” Printing House, Montreal.
Revision of the Bivalve Mollusks of the Coal Formation of Nova Scotia.
Peter Redpath Museum Bulletin. Notes on Specimens. pp. 1—18. Montreal.
Biographical Sketch of John William Dawson. The Century Cyclopedia
of Names. By Benjamin E. Smith. p. 312. The Century Co., New York,
Chicago, Toronto.
The Meeting Place of Geology and History. 223 pp. Fleming H. Revell
Co., New York, Chicago, Toronto.
On new species of Cretaceous Plants from Vancouver Island. Trans. Roy.
Soc. Can., vol. 11, sect. 4, (read May 25, 1893,) pp. 53—73, pl. 5—14. Issued
1894. Ottawa.
1895.
(Bibliography of Sir William Dawson.) Index of Transactions, vols.
1—12 inclusive. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., vol. 12. Index, p. 4. Montreal.
1895.
( Bibliography of Sir William Dawson.) Bibliography of the members of
the Royal Society of Canada, by John George Bourniot. Proc. Roy. Soc.
Can., vol. 12, pp. 27—30. Whole volume issued in 1895. Montreal.
Note on a specimen of Beluga Catoden from the Leda-clay. Can. Rec. Sci.,
vol. 6, No. 6, pp. 351—354, April, 1895. Montreal.
Obituary. Gaston, Marquis de Saporta. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 6, No. 9,
pp. 367—369, April, 1895. Reprint for author, pp. 1-3. 8vo. April, 1895.
Review of the evidence for the animal nature of Eozoon Canadense. Geol.
Mag., Dec. 4, vol. 2, Oct., Nov., Dec., 1895. 17 pp. Issued as separate.
The Natural and the Spiritual as presented to us in Science and Revelation.
(For private circulation.) Rep. in pamphlet form in Christian Work. 12 pp,
AMI—BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SIR Wm. Dawson. 311
Synopsis of the Air Breathing Animals of the Paleozoic in Canada up to
1594. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., vol. 12, sec. 4, art. 5. (Read May 23rd, 1894).
pp. 71-88. Ottawa.
1896.
The Primeval Flora. (A lecture giver in 1868, by Dawson in New York.)
Nat. Sci. News, vol. 2, No. 8, 1896, pp. 29—32. March, 1896.
James McGill and the Origin of his University. With engravings. Mon-
treal. 14 pp. (Bound with Dawson's ‘‘On the Course of Collegiate Educa-
tion, 1895’ Peter Redpath Library.) 1896.
Science as the Handmaid of Religion. Evangelical Christendom, vol. 50,
No. 598 (new series, vol. 37) Oct., 1896, pp. 303—305.
Pre-Cambrian Fossils, especially in Canada. (Read in Geol. Sec. Brit.
Association, Liverpool meeting, Sept. 1896.) Can. Rec. Sci., July, 1896, pp.
157—162. Montreal.
Eden Lost and Won. 226 pp. Fleming H. Revell Co., New York, Chicago,
and Toronto, 1896.
Science the ally of Religion. (Substance of an address at the Jubilee Con-
" ference of the Evangelical Alliance, Mildmay Park, London, July 1, 1896.
8 pp. Montreal. -
1897.
On the genus Lepidophiloios, as illustrated by specimens from the Coal For-
mation of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., 2nd
series, vol. 3, sect. 4, pp. 57—78, pls. 1—14. Whole volume issued 1898.
Montreal.
On specimens in the Peter Redpath Museum of McGill College, Montreal,
tlustiating the physical characters and affinities of the Guanches. Trans.
Victoria Institute, vol. 29, pp. 239-258. London. 1897.
First lessons in thie scientific principles of Agriculture, for schools and
private instruction. (By J. W. D. & S. P. Robins) New edition, revised and
enlarged, with permission of the author, by S. P. Robins, Montreal. W.
Drysdale & Co., Montreal, 1897. 323 pp.
Note of a Carboniferous Entomontraca from Nova Scotia in the Peter Red-
path Museum, determined and described by Prof. T. Rupert Jones and Mr.
Kirby by Sir J. William Dawson. Reprinted from the Canadian Record of
Science, Jan., 1897. Montreal. 8vo. pp 316—323. (McGill University, Mon-
treal, paper from the department of Geology, No. 7.)
The historical relation of the Book of Genesis to the exodus from Egypt.
Homiletic Review, vol. 33, Jan., 1897, No. 1, p.
Note on Cryptozoon and other ancient fossils. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 7, No.
4, pp. 203—219. 1 pl. Montreal. April 1897.
Relics of Primeval Life. 335 pp. Fleming H. Revell Co., New York,
Chicago and Toronto.
342 THe Ottawa NATURALIST.
1898.
Addendum to note of Nova Scotia Carboniferous Entomontraca in number
for January, 1897. Can. Rec. of Sci., vol. 7, p. 396, July, 1897. Issued July,
1898. Montreal. 1808.
Testimony of the Holy Scriptures respecting wine and strong drink. 3rd
edition, revised. Montreal, 1898. 52 pp.
The Seer of Patmos and the Twentieth Century. Reprinted from the
Homiletic Review for June and July, 1898. Funk & Wagnalls Co., New York
and London. 18908.
The Case against Evolution. The Independent, January, 27th, 1898, pp.
3-4 (107-108).
Points of contact between Revelation and Natural Science. Present Day
‘Tracts, No. 42, 64 pp., 2nd series. London, Eng. f
Communication on Mr. Mello’s paper on Primitive Man. Trans. Victoria
Institute, vol. 30, pp. 298-299. 1898. London.
Communication on Mr. Mello’s paper on Neolithic Man. Trans. Victoria
Institute, vol. 30, pp- 298-299. 1898. London.
Pre-historic Man. Sunday at Home, vol. , No. , pp. 481, 582, 628, 695,
a |
sy]
ty
1899.
Note on an Echinoderm collected by Dr. Ami at Besserers, Ottawa River, in
the Pleistocene ( Leda-Clay). Ottawa Naturalist, vol. 13, No. 9, pp. 201-202
December, 1899. Ottawa. 5
Sir William Dawson, Biographical sketch of. By Prof. Frank D. Adams,
of McGill University. With portrait. Science, new series, vol. 10, pp. 905 —
git. Dec. 22, 1899. The substance of this sketch also appeared in The
McGill Outlook for December, 1899. Montreal.
Index to papers, pamphlets and books in the Library of Sir William Dawson.
MS. 226 pp. (In Peter Redpath Library.)
AMI— BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SIR Wm. Dawson. 313
ADDENDA.
1851.
Report on the Schools of Nova Scotia for the year 1850, by the Superintendent
of Education. Halifax, N.S. 128 pp. Published 1851,
1852.
Report on the Schools of Nova Scotia for the year 1851, by the Superintendent
of Education. Halifax, R. Urquhart. 1852. Svo. 7o pp. Published 1852.
1853.
Report on the Schools of Nova Scotia for the year 1853, by the Superintendent
of Education, Halifax. 58 pp. 1853.
1859.
Catalogue of Animals and Plants collected and observed on the south-east
side of the St. Lawrence from Quebec to Gaspé, and in the Counties of Rimouski,
Gaspé and Bonaventure. By Mr. Robert Bell, Jr... Assistant to Mr. James
Richardson, Geological Explorer under Sir W. G. Logan, in 1858. Geol. Surv.
of Canada, Report of Progress for the year 1858. Montreal, 1859. Appendix
V, p. 251 and pp. 255—257. ‘‘ Class Annulata” and ‘‘ Class Polyzoa,” (Deter-
minations of Marine Worms and Polyzoa, by J. W. Dawson) incorporated in
the above catalogue.
1860.
Supplementary Chapter to ‘‘ Acadian Geology.” Issued as separate pam-
phlet. 7o pp. (Illustrated.) Edinburgh, London, Pictou.
1862.
Proceedings at the Inauguration of the William Molson Hall of McGill
University by His Excellency the Right Honourable Viscount Monck, Oct. 10,
z862. pp. 31—59. Adden. J. W. D.
Alpine and Arctic Plants. A Lecture delivered before the Young Men's
Christian Association of Montreal, February, 1862. 25 pp. John Lovell
Montreal. 1862.
Fossil Plants discovered at Perry, Me. Letter addressed to C. H. Hitch-
cock, Nov. 26th, 1862. Proc. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, part 2, pp.
99-100, pl. z. 1862. Portland,
1864.
Addresses of Principal Dawson and Rev. D. H. McVicar delivered at the
~ Bible Society meeting, January 27th, 1864... Montreal, 1864. John Lovell.
(Principal Dawson, pp. 3—6.)
First Lessons in Scientific Agriculture, for Schools and Private Instruction.
Montreal and Toronto. 1864. 208 pp. Several editions.
314 THE OtTrawaA NATURALIST.
1865.
Notes on the meeting of the British Association at Birmingham, 1565. Ex.
Can. Nat. for Dec., 1865. 16 pp. Issued as separate.
1870.
James McGill and the origin of his University. New Dominion Monthly,
pp. 37—40, March, 1870. Montreal. ;
The Bakerian Lecture ‘‘ On the pre-Carboniferous Floras of North-Eastern
America, with especial reference to that of the Erian ( Devonian ) Period. Ab-
stract in Proc. Roy. Soc. Can., No, 119, 1870. 1 page.
1871.
Lecture Notes on Minerals. Ladies’ Association Class, 1871-72. 25 pages.
Published as separate pamphlet. Montreal.
Sketches of the Geological Periods as they appear in 1871. The ‘‘ Leisure
Hour razr.
1873.
The Story of the Earth and Man. (Illustrated.) 403 pp. Toronto, Copp,
Clark & Co.; Montreal, Dawson Bros. 1873.
A Manual of Paleontology. By H. A. Nicholson. (A Review.) Can.
Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol 7, No. 2, pp. 123-124. 1573. Montreal.
1874.
Eozoon Canadense. Nature, vol. 10, June 11, p. 102. 1874. London, Eng.
Note on a new Sigillaria showing signs of fructification. Proc. Amer.
Assoc. Adv. Sci. (Abstract), 22nd meeting, Portland, pt. 2, pp. 75-76. 1874.
Salem, Mass.
( Review of Dr. Dawson's paper on Silurian, Devonian, Carboniferous and
Permian plants from Canada.) Botanisher Jahresbericht System. Geord
Reportorium der Bot: Liter. aller Lander, von Leopold Just. Erster Jahrgang
(1873) pp. 426, 429, 430, 431, 435, 453- 1874. Berlin, Germany.
1882.
The fossil plants of the Erian ( Devonian) and Upper Silurian formations
of Canada. Geol. Surv. Canada, pt. 2, pp. 9i1—142. Printed by authority of
Parliament. 1882. Montreal.
The successive Paleozoic floras of Canada. (Read before the Amer. Assoc.
Adv. Sci., Montreal meeting, 1882.) Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., new
series, vol. 10, .No. 6, pp. 372— 378, November, 1882. Montreal.
volution in Education. Princeton Review, vol. 9, pp. 233—248.
Notice of a Memoir on Glaciers and Icebergs in relation to Climate, by Dr.
A. J. VonWickoff, in Proc. of the Geol. Soc. of Berlin, r88r._ (Review.) Can.
AMI—BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SIR Wm. Dawson. 315
Nat. & Quart. Journ. of Sci., vol. 10, No. 3, pp. 181—184. Montreal. (Issued
as separate, pp. I—4.)
DATE UNCERTAIN.
Recollections of Sir Charles Lyell. Being the annual Presidential Address
of the Natural History Society of Montreal for 1875, delivered by Principal
Dawson. 8 pp. Issued as separate.
School Architecture, abridged from Brainard’s School Architecture, with
note by the Superintendent of Education of Nova Scotia. 16 pp. :
Points of contact between Revelation and Natural Science. Present Day
Tracts, No. 22, 64 pp., 2nd series. London, England.
Natural Facts Illustrative of the Biblical account of the Deluge. Homiletic
Review,” vol. 31, No. 5, p. 387; vol. 31, No. 6, p. 438; vol. 32, No. 1, p. 3;
vol. 32, No. 2, p. 99.
vumens DOS Lenlecigurs | twang eb:
i) : : ee Et? tes
Beeps onda SI sih There Sh ER ae
er ft) ad
Axper At oo ,
“\ te pale yore?
Sidi Oe CP aie
Co. Re AA shivacn*
ENO
——_ ~~ a,
INE i eS.
Apatite to.
Afternoon Lectures
APC EOMNOELDLUACE ETO! ok eh Pee in
Alaska plants.....
Ami, H. M., Afternoon Lecture....
Articles, ete) by: 52, 116;
TAR ee hs) 207 2LO, -2355
240, 247; ahs ee
Binal IM CEtiNngac «0 -asescn
Annual Report.......
~odius prodromus
LULL TUN tn PR ene ARAN SO toe
wa gquinguefolia
dgamisus FuUllert ois. he a 8
Archeology, Lake Deschénes.
Arnold Arboretum ........
Asbestus. >...
Aylmer sub- ~excursion......
Batrachia of Gaspé ae
Beechwood, sub-excursion.......
. Bellinurus grandevus............ 7
Bellinurus, notes on
Bermuda Lily ae
Bibliography, Sir Wm. Dawson
Billings, E., Tribute fpr. eet ox
Bird Notes. Si PS ot ae ot Pe
Birds of a arden By ea eo a
Pipeisy Study Of... 6 6 sc cee ee 8 2
BRCIS eR VVITILED? o 2-2, cn Bo oe Soe ewe
Botanical Notes .......... 22 ess
BotamecGardens 50.655 cs. 2 ed he
Botany, Afternoon Lecture ......
Botany. Ganadian a... ost 2
British Columbia Deer >.........
Brooks, Allan, Article by ........
Bryanthus taxifolius ........-..-
BSULG LY MOOG pa chore sess so she se ee all «
Caribou, New .. ...
Carpocapsa pomonella dees ... : 274 Sponges of Hudson Bay, ........ ALT.
Stromatoporoid, Notes on.. ..... 170
INCL OLUSNTEYECHISOMUL: 5 Sas Rass Stave at 123. Sturgeon, Paddle-nosed..... 153
IVCVIEQH AIST LOCS LIN Re (Bie OS tare) se Ah 123. Sub-Excursions..... 2 eee 24, 84, 146
Newfoundland fossils........... 242. Symplocarpus faetidus “<2. 47
New York Bot. Garden.......... 191
Tait; Jj A. Article, byet-oea eee ee 47
Odell. W. S. Afternoon lecture... S83 ‘Raylor(G. Wie rticle) bys 202
AATUICIE DY aes temertete LO7 breastrers) Report «4 saa ee 12
OTicerstibisttotwrs snes. aaa ce 3. Trees.and Shrubs Ex, Farm ..... 200
Okanagan Winter Birds......... 143 ‘Trees, Planting and Care ......., 84
Ornithological Notes, 126........ 195 Trillium grandiflorum....... 77
Onpnitholosy nits ae See ees 50 173 2 Byrrell)-. Bu; Plants collected . 209
OnOleshey. = een ten, sts cose eee 86 = Tyndall, Miss A.G., Articles: by
Paddle-nosed Sturgeon .......... 153 137, 188
Paleontological Notes ...... 116, 240 :
Paludicella Ehrenbergii ....,..... III Verbascum blatlaria..... ........ 22
Pectinatella magnifica. ........... 112 Vicla-b1flora sa ee eee SES LAG
PETC MUOTUSULSUL Ee es aioe faye ae 149 ©Viola cuculata , ¥e Arenas eS}
POTS HIED Co AR eee put Rea ee aay sh 120 Weston, T. C., Aiticle by. Tee 177
Rilants:- frome Alaska ee ne. 149 ©6©°Wild Flowers, ‘Guide oe Oe! 77
Plants from Hudson Bay ........ 147. Whyte, R. B., Afternoon Lecture. 82
Plants. from Klondike...) 72 209 : :
Plumatella repens...... 2. 169 -~ Young, C.-J5 Article: by e224, e204
Poly donespathiilas ind er. aioe age ee 153
le (ek ae — ates A 107. Zoology, Afternoon Lecture ..... 83
, . —
QH The Canadian field-naturalist
1
C1515
5 ge
Biological
& Medi a H
Seri ats
PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY